Post by: King Zultan on October 28, 2018, 04:26:24 am
I'm gonna update this everyday, so if you don't post your character will do a random action.
So go make a costume and get some candy or some shit.
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on October 28, 2018, 11:30:41 am
Post by: ziizo on October 28, 2018, 01:21:56 pm
Post by: TricMagic on October 28, 2018, 01:34:48 pm
Post by: Enemy post on October 28, 2018, 01:53:59 pm
Attempt to clean all these cockroaches out of my fridge.
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on October 28, 2018, 02:11:00 pm
Post by: King Zultan on October 29, 2018, 11:28:34 am
Find a pirate costume. No hat, though.(4) You manage to find a descent looking pirate costume.
Disguise as a giant pumpkin spider.(3) Yon only manage to find some of the things to make your costume.
Go as a Pixie, and make everyones costumes real with the Magic of Halloween.(For pixie costume = 4) You get an okay looking pixie costume.
(For making the costumes real = 3) Some how you manage to make everyone's costumes look slightly better with magic, but not that much better.
I can't go trick or treating yet, I need to clean all these cockroaches out of my fridge.(3) You kill a few of the roaches, but there are still a lot more.
Attempt to clean all these cockroaches out of my fridge.
Open the gates to hell(5) You open The Gates of Hell a super spooky haunted house, people are already wanting to go inside.
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Post by: Yoink on October 29, 2018, 11:37:42 am
Post by: TricMagic on October 29, 2018, 11:41:50 am
Post by: Enemy post on October 29, 2018, 11:42:22 am
Post by: ziizo on October 29, 2018, 12:06:57 pm
Post by: Doomblade187 on October 29, 2018, 12:39:50 pm
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on October 29, 2018, 01:23:35 pm
Go find a generic-looking sheet ghost costume.
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on October 29, 2018, 04:46:01 pm
Post by: King Zultan on October 30, 2018, 06:00:52 am
SAW OFF MY NON-DOMINANT HAND TO ACHIEVE AN ULTRA-REALISTIC AMPUTEE COSTUME(5) You run and grab a handsaw, and immediately begin to saw off your hand, after a minute of sawing the hand is off and you bandage it up.
More Magic of Halloween, make everyone's costume super real!(4) You add to the magic you did earlier, and make everyone's costumes look like the real thing. This also makes everyone's costume look way better then they did before.
Unfortunate. Keep cleaning the roaches out of my fridge.(1) After awhile you start to get mad about the fact that no matter how many you kill there are still more showing up, so you grab a hammer and begin to smash every roach you see, after you recover from your rage you see that there are still tons of roaches and that you beat the hell out of your fridge and broke it.
Keep working in the giant pumpkin spider costume(5) You finish the costume and it looks really good, all most like the real thing.
Make a headless horseman costume.(1) In a flash of inspiration you realize the how you can make the most realistic headless horseman costume ever, and you run out to your shed to get some supplies, and trip on the door frame and slam your head through an old window, which somehow cuts off your head in the process. Well you'd have a really realistic costume if you didn't die.
Go find a generic-looking sheet ghost costume.(3) You make a generic looking ghost costume from an old sheet, after you finished it suddenly changed in to a more realistic ghost costume, somehow.
Perform a ritual to revive the dead and have them work at the house as employes(For ritual = 3) You manage to set up the area to preform the ritual, but people keep coming in and disturbing you, probably should have done this first instead of opening the haunted house.
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Post by: TricMagic on October 30, 2018, 06:30:24 am
Post by: Doomblade187 on October 30, 2018, 06:46:30 am
Post by: ziizo on October 30, 2018, 07:32:37 am
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on October 30, 2018, 10:39:38 am
Post by: Enemy post on October 30, 2018, 12:12:17 pm
After I clean out all these roaches out of the fridge.
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on October 30, 2018, 03:30:32 pm
Post by: Yoink on October 30, 2018, 06:04:32 pm
SURELY I HAVE PLENTY OF PLASTIC BAGS LYING AROUND? THEY'RE A MENACE, THOSE THINGS
Post by: King Zultan on October 31, 2018, 07:17:20 am
With the Magic of Halloween, Everyone who wears a Costume becomes the Real Thing of that Costume!(3+1 for previous work) Building upon previous work you finally achieve making everyone who wears a costume into the thing the costume depicts. So given that, you're a Pixie now.
Oops. Well, this just makes it more realistic. Get up, back to work on the costume.(2) Try as you might you can't get up, so you stay dead.
decorate the house for the festivities(4) You setup all kinds of spooky decorations, then suddenly you turn into giant pumpkin spider, and your not sure why.
Start trick-or-treating wearing the ghost costume over the pirate costume.(1) As you walk out of your house you realize that its not Halloween yet, then you suddenly turn into a pirate ghost, its a strange sensation.
Such is life. Looks like I'll need to fix the fridge now.(4) You finally manage to smash all the roaches.
After I clean out all these roaches out of the fridge.
Open the actual gates to hell and recruit the demons to work for me on my haunted house(Opening the actual gates of hell = 4+1 for having ritual area) With the ritual area prepared you open the gates of hell long enough to let a few demons through, then quickly close it again.
(Getting demons to work = 3+1 for having ritual area) Then using the ritual area again you bind the demons to the house and make them work your haunted house, but they aren't happy about it.
STICK SEVERED HAND IN POCKET THEN LOOK AROUND FOR SOMETHING TO CARRY TREATS IN(4) You find several plastic grocery bags, a tote bag, and a backpack.
SURELY I HAVE PLENTY OF PLASTIC BAGS LYING AROUND? THEY'RE A MENACE, THOSE THINGS
Turns until Halloween: 4
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Post by: TricMagic on October 31, 2018, 08:04:39 am
Post by: ziizo on October 31, 2018, 08:20:47 am
Post by: Doomblade187 on October 31, 2018, 10:07:53 am
Post by: Enemy post on October 31, 2018, 11:09:53 am
Right after I clean all these rats out of the laundry heap.
Post by: Egan_BW on October 31, 2018, 11:20:47 am
Morph self into an acceptable human disguise. Wonder what costume I should wear.
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on October 31, 2018, 11:57:07 am
Post by: Enemy post on October 31, 2018, 11:59:13 am
Start plundering the neighborhood for gold.
At least I'm safe!
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on October 31, 2018, 06:40:02 pm
Post by: King Zultan on November 01, 2018, 06:13:41 am
Hehehe. Use my pixie magic with the Magic of Holloween to make candy grant more magical power the more you have.(5) With out much effort you make candy grant more magical power the more you have.
Go to buy as much candy as you can(4) You spend all your money on candy, then suddenly you feel like you have some magical power.
Go to haunted house as a ghost, be spoopy.(4) You get up and pickup your head and go to The gates of Hell haunted house, and spook some of the people inside, but not the demons working there.
Excellent. Now I can pick out a costume from my laundry heap.(3) You start killing all the rats you could see, but there seemed to be more rats than there appeared.
Right after I clean all these rats out of the laundry heap.
Be fleshhorror.(3) Your a fleshhorror, and try as you might you can't really make your self look human.
Morph self into an acceptable human disguise. Wonder what costume I should wear.
Start plundering the neighborhood for gold.(5) You float around and gather up all the gold in the area and bring it back to your house.
Summon Samhain himself to be the main attraction of my haunted house.(2+1 for having ritual area) You summon Samhain, but you can't control him and he leaves to do his own thing.
Quote from: Yoink
COMBINE ALL THE BAGS!(4) With a little effort and some ducktape you manage to combine all the bags into a bigger better bag.
Quote from: Samhain
Do some evil stuff.(2) He runs around and kicks over some trash cans.
Turns until Halloween: 3
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Post by: ziizo on November 01, 2018, 06:54:53 am
Post by: TricMagic on November 01, 2018, 07:24:00 am
Post by: Yoink on November 01, 2018, 10:17:21 am
ALSO SEE IF THERE ANY ALCOHOL IN HOUSE
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on November 01, 2018, 03:25:28 pm
Post by: Enemy post on November 01, 2018, 03:35:25 pm
Post by: Doomblade187 on November 01, 2018, 04:04:03 pm
Post by: Egan_BW on November 01, 2018, 04:21:12 pm
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on November 01, 2018, 07:12:43 pm
Combining the spirit of Halloween with my costume.
Post by: King Zultan on November 02, 2018, 08:50:29 am
use my new giant pumpkin spider magic to summon more candy(5) You use power you gained from the candy to get a lot more candy, now you have even more magic.
Find some candy.(4) With out much effort you find some candy that was in your house, you gain some more magical power from the candy.
CHECK MAPS, DETERMINE LIKELIEST NEARBY STREETS FOR CANDY ACQUISITION, PLAN OUT MY TRICK-OR-TREAT ROUTE ON PAPER(For planing trick-or-treat route = 6) You spend hours researching and working on your map making it perfect, and as soon as you finish some neighborhood kids run up to you and steal it.
ALSO SEE IF THERE ANY ALCOHOL IN HOUSE
(For alcohol = 3) You search the whole house and all you find are a few flat beers.
Trasnform the house into a supernatural ghost magnet. Then offer the ghosts souls to Samhain in return for him to work for me(For making ghost magnet = 5) After lots of tinkering and messing around with various arcane symbols you manage to make a ghost magnet, it immediately begins attracting ghosts to your haunted house increasing its spookiness.
(For offering ghost souls to Samhain = 1) No matter how many ghost souls you offer him he doesn't want any thing to do with them or you, and as he walks past you he punches you in the face and then he flips your car upside down.
Pick up the laundry pile and shake it so the rats fall out.(1) No matter how much you shake the pile more and more rats fall out until you discover that the laundry pile is mostly made of rats.
Possess a demon, increase spookiness.(5) You discover that demons are really easy to posses for some reason, your spookiness has doubled.
Hmph. Ooh, idea. I'll just make a human costume, and wear that rather than morphing!(3) You start working on your human costume, but the project comes to a stop as you realize you seem to be missing a crucial component.
Melt down the gold and make it into lots of candy-shaped gold.(For melting gold = 4) It only takes a few hours to melt down the gold in to candy shaped gold, doing this you gain some magic power.
Combining the spirit of Halloween with my costume.
(For combining the spirit of Halloween with your costume = 4) With some effort you manage to combine your costume with some of the spirit of Halloween but not all of it.
Quote from: Samhain
Do some more evil stuff.(5) He wonders around punching people in the face, after doing this for a bit the police are called.
Turns until Halloween: 2
Turns until the police arrive: 1
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: ziizo on November 02, 2018, 09:06:38 am
Post by: TricMagic on November 02, 2018, 09:08:47 am
Also, Pixies are pixie sized, and can fly~!
Post by: Enemy post on November 02, 2018, 12:30:57 pm
Clean all the leeches out of my sink so I can wash my hands.
Post by: Egan_BW on November 02, 2018, 12:50:18 pm
Then return and finish my costume! Not much time remains before the conjunction!
Post by: Doomblade187 on November 02, 2018, 01:52:05 pm
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on November 02, 2018, 03:30:34 pm
Post by: KitRougard on November 02, 2018, 03:52:18 pm
wait its not a mask anymore
shit im an actual kitsune now
oh dear
oh wait
that's awesome
Summon some lucky fire-souls for good luck, because luck,
Post by: Yoink on November 02, 2018, 11:22:25 pm
FIGURE OUT WAY TO OPEN ONE OF MY FLAT BEERS WITH ONLY ONE HAND. IF CANNED MAYBE JUST HEADBUTT IT AND SUCK OUT THE NECTAR WITHIN??
IF BOTTLES MAYBE FIND WALL-MOUNTED BOTTLE OPENER OR BALANCE ONE BETWEEN MY KNEES OR SOMETHING
ONCE I'VE HAD SWIG OF BEER, TRY AND REMEMBER VAGUE IDEA OF LOST TRICK-OR-TREAT PLAN
BEER ALWAYS HELPS WITH THIS SORT OF THING, EVEN FLAT
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on November 03, 2018, 12:58:49 am
Post by: King Zultan on November 03, 2018, 09:19:43 am
Use my magic grow pumpkins in my lawn and decorate them.(3) After a few minutes of concentration you get a pumpkin vine to grow, but it only has a few small pumpkins.
Eat a piece of candy to gain the energy to make a Ton of Candy to play in.(1+1 for magic) You eat a piece of candy and nothing happens, maybe you need to eat more or something.
Also, Pixies are pixie sized, and can fly~!
I knew that. At least now I have my rags. I can make a costume from that. However, I need to wash my hands first after all that vermin removal.(3) You spend several minutes taking leeches out of the sink only for more to come out of the drain.
Clean all the leeches out of my sink so I can wash my hands.
Clamble over to corner store and purchase what I need using this mysterious human "currency" stuff.(Buying supplies = 1) As soon as you enter the store the people inside start freaking out and yelling things about a monster in the store and for someone to call the cops as they runaway. You can hear someone in the bask room calling the cops.
Then return and finish my costume! Not much time remains before the conjunction!
Spook all incoming humans, with great spookiness(6) You spook lots of people, but several of them die from to much spookiness, you guess spookiness was to much for them. You hear someone calling for paramedics in the background.
Okay then...hire the Wild Hunt using my ghost souls, and order them to kill Samhain and bring me his head so I can carve it like a pumpking(Hiring the Wild Hunt = 4+1 For ritual area) You successfully summon The Wild Hunt and hire them using some of the ghost souls, you then give them the order to kill Samhain and bring his head back to you. With the orders received they set off, and after they leave more ghosts appear.
Wake up, and realise that SHIT I'M LATE FOR HALLOWEEN - THE ONE DAY OF THE YEAR I WONT BE ASKED ABOUT MY DAMN MASK(4) Your a kitsune, and you manage to summon a few lucky fire-souls.
wait its not a mask anymore
shit im an actual kitsune now
oh dear
oh wait
that's awesome
Summon some lucky fire-souls for good luck, because luck,
"HELL YEAH, BEER!"(Beer can-tails / Beer bottle-heads = Heads) You discover that the beer is in bottles.
FIGURE OUT WAY TO OPEN ONE OF MY FLAT BEERS WITH ONLY ONE HAND. IF CANNED MAYBE JUST HEADBUTT IT AND SUCK OUT THE NECTAR WITHIN??
IF BOTTLES MAYBE FIND WALL-MOUNTED BOTTLE OPENER OR BALANCE ONE BETWEEN MY KNEES OR SOMETHING
ONCE I'VE HAD SWIG OF BEER, TRY AND REMEMBER VAGUE IDEA OF LOST TRICK-OR-TREAT PLAN
BEER ALWAYS HELPS WITH THIS SORT OF THING, EVEN FLAT
(Opening = 5) You quickly find a wall mounted bottle opener and open a beer and drink it, not the best beer you've had but better than no beer.
(Remembering lost trick-or-treat plan = 5) Good thing you memorized the map and everything on it, you never really needed to make the map.
Intimidate the police into commandeering all the candy in the neighborhood and bringing it to me.(4) You successfully intimidate a few cops and they bring you a bunch of candy, and with this candy you feel an increase in magical power.
Quote from: Police
Look for the guy that's been assaulting people.(5-1 Because they are intimidated by a pirate ghost and Samhain) They find him after searching for a bit, but they aren't really sure how to approach him.
Quote from: The Wild Hunt
Go kill Samhain.(1) As they search they get lost in the woods.
Quote from: Samhain
Punch some more people(4) He succeeds in finding more people to punch, probably not the best thing to be doing when cops are around.
Turns until Halloween: 4
Turns until police arrive at a store: 1
Turns until paramedics arrive at The Gates of Hell haunted house: 1
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: TricMagic on November 03, 2018, 09:22:16 am
Post by: ziizo on November 03, 2018, 09:37:00 am
Post by: Ama on November 03, 2018, 10:49:59 am
Attempt to find humans to turn into other werewolves
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on November 03, 2018, 11:48:20 am
Post by: CABL on November 03, 2018, 12:03:18 pm
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on November 03, 2018, 12:16:35 pm
Post by: Enemy post on November 03, 2018, 12:27:58 pm
Post by: Egan_BW on November 03, 2018, 02:21:38 pm
Soften internals, allowing bullets to pass harmlessly through my body. Create grounding lines to foil tasers. Form a non-reactive dermis to protect from tear gas.
After shifting is complete, grab the costume component and casually exit.
Post by: Doomblade187 on November 03, 2018, 07:10:46 pm
Post by: KitRougard on November 03, 2018, 07:57:56 pm
Send Firesouls to assist the fleshhorror in his... Whatever he's trying to do, keeping one behind as a pet/good luck charm
Post by: King Zultan on November 04, 2018, 10:23:31 am
The police have arrived at a store, and some paramedics arrived The Gates of Hell haunted house.
Yoink didn't post so I gave him a random action. Also how do you guys feel about the game so far?
Try eating another again. Ton of candy to play in!(5) You eat another candy and you feel the magical energy needed to make a metric ton of candy, and after you make it you start swimming in it. You also feel a surge of magical energy after the candy appeared.
use more magic in the pumpkins to make them grow.(5) You concentrate on the pumpkins and make them grow, by the time you stop they're the perfect size for what you wanted them for.
Be werewolf(2) Your a werewolf, and you go find some humans, but when you bite them you accidentally bite to hard and they die, luckily for you no one was around to report it to the cops.
Attempt to find humans to turn into other werewolves
Mind-control the cops into joining my pirate crew and then go loot the neighborhood for candy with them.(For mind controlling the cops = 6) You began channeling some magical energy to use to mind control the cops near you, but its to much for some of them and their heads explode, in the end you get a few followers out of it but the rest are dead.
(For looting the neighborhoods candy = 4) You and your crew go around and steal candy from your neighbors, and with this added candy you get even more magical power.
Be a Super Strong Death Metal Ninja Dolphin!(You didn't give me an action.) Your a super strong Death Metal Ninja Dolphin, and you didn't give an actions to you get some beans for existing.
As the Wild Hunt is searching, infuse the house with the remaining ghost souls so it will be alive!(4+1 For ritual area) You use your ritual area to infuse the house with all the ghost souls you have gathered and the ones you'd get from this turn, the house is now alive. After completing the ritual a paramedic approaches you and says you need to close the haunted house so the coroner can instigate what killed those people in the haunted house.
Continue scooping leeches out of the sink.(6) You keep scooping and scooping out leeches, until you realize that there was never a sink but in fact more leeches, at least in the end you got rid of the leeches.
Oh well. If they want to freak out, that's their problem. It's not like the police can stop me.(For changing = 6) You change your body to be bullet proof, taser proof, and poison gas proof, but during this changing you start shaking which starts shaking the building causing it collapses on top of you, taping you under neath a pile of rubble. Suddenly several firesouls appear near you and offer to help you in anyway they can.
Soften internals, allowing bullets to pass harmlessly through my body. Create grounding lines to foil tasers. Form a non-reactive dermis to protect from tear gas.
After shifting is complete, grab the costume component and casually exit.
Drag the dead bodies into a ritual circle, enter the SPOOKY REALM.(4) While the paramedics aren't paying attention you drag several corpses into the haunted houses super convenient ritual area, you do a ritual to use the corpses to create a portal to the SPOOKY REALM, and you enter.
He sat on his couch, wondering what to do with his mystical Halloween night. He flipped through the news and saw a fleshhorror terrorizing a store. "Hm, might as well."(4) You successfully convince the firesouls to help the fleshhorror, and keep one for a pet.
Send Firesouls to assist the fleshhorror in his... Whatever he's trying to do, keeping one behind as a pet/good luck charm
Quote from: Yoink
HAVE ANOTHER BEER.(2) As your walking towards the bottle opener the beer bottle slips from your hand and shatters on the floor, this makes you a sad panda.
Quote from: Police Looking for Samhain
Arrest Samhain.(4) After several taseings, beanbags being shot at him, and being sprayed with mace Samhain goes down and the cops cuff him and start pulling him towards the squad cars.
Quote from: Police Looking for a monster at the store
Figure out what it is.(2) They have no idea what the hell it is or what to do about it, so the stay far back, when it starts shaking and the building collapses on top of it.
Quote from: Paramedics
Try to revive the dead people.(3) They only manage to save a few people and the ones they save immediately get up and runway yelling things about demons, leaving the paramedics really confused.
Quote from: The Wild Hunt
Go kill Samhain.(4) Before Samhain or the cops could do anything The Wild Hunt appears, kills Samhain and cuts off his head, leaving behind a body without a head and a bunch of confused and scared cops.
Turns until Halloween festivities: 3
Turns until the coroner arrives: 1
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: CABL on November 04, 2018, 10:54:20 am
If successful, try one explosive bean out on some random player.
Post by: Enemy post on November 04, 2018, 11:04:08 am
Remove all the possums from my bathtub.
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on November 04, 2018, 11:21:12 am
Post by: TricMagic on November 04, 2018, 11:40:04 am
Make a swimming pool for all my candy, then make it rain cotton candy. Raining Sugar!~
"Candy candy~ Candy, swimming in candy, it's raining Cotton Candy~"
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on November 04, 2018, 12:30:42 pm
Post by: Egan_BW on November 04, 2018, 12:57:45 pm
Post by: ziizo on November 04, 2018, 01:49:28 pm
Post by: Outsider on November 04, 2018, 02:29:45 pm
> Be Yami, Embodiment of Darkness, Son of Shadow, Strategos of Shade!
> Summon Nightmares that will be my minions, part of the Dark Army!
Post by: Doomblade187 on November 04, 2018, 04:13:38 pm
Post by: Yoink on November 04, 2018, 07:40:40 pm
RESIST URGE TO SPONGE BEER UP OFF FLOOR AND STRAIN IT INTO CUP, INSTEAD GO FIND A MOP
Post by: KitRougard on November 04, 2018, 08:34:00 pm
Post by: King Zultan on November 05, 2018, 10:26:49 am
Ama didn't post so I gave him a random action.
Turn the beans into explosives... USING THE POWER OF METAL!(Making explosive beans = 6) Using the power of METAL you turn the beans in to explosives, but the metal is to powerful for some and they explode, causing some of the others to explode as well leaving you with only a few surviving beans.
If successful, try one explosive bean out on some random player.
(Using them on a random player = 10 = Ama) You chose to test them out on Ama.
(Finding Ama = 2) But you can't figure out where to even start looking for him.
Looks like I'll need to wash my hands in the tub.(3) Turns out opossums are really hard to catch as the run around the tub and some of the ones you take out go right back into the tub, but you do manage to chase some of them off.
Remove all the possums from my bathtub.
Try to cast a spell to teleport all the candy in the neighborhood to me.(3) You start to focus on teleporting all the candy into your house, but the spell sputters out after a few pieces pop into existence, at least you got something for your effort. You gain a little more magic for the candy that appeared.
Hm.. Hehe~(For swimming pool = 1+1 for magic) Try as you might you can't seem to make a pool appear, so you give up for now and try your other idea.
Make a swimming pool for all my candy, then make it rain cotton candy. Raining Sugar!~
"Candy candy~ Candy, swimming in candy, it's raining Cotton Candy~"
(For raining cotton candy = 2+1 for magic) It only sort of works as it begins to sprinkle little sugar flakes.
Infect the paramedic with a zombie ghost virus. Then carve Samhain's head into the world's scary pumpkin using all the ghost's souls to enhance my performance(For infecting the paramedic with a zombie ghost virus = 4) You muster up some of your powerful magics and turn the paramedic in to a zombie ghost, right as the coroner and some cops come in, the whole sight terrifies them and they along with the other paramedics run out of the building while they are being chased by the zombie ghost.
(For Carveing Samhain's head in to scary pumpkin = 5) Using all the ghost souls that are around and your own hands you carve Samhain's head it a terrifying jack-o-lantern. It is terrifying. You also see the police setting up barricades outside your haunted house.
Ignore the flamey soulses. Ooze out of the smashed building, say howdy to the cops, and roll back home.(5) Without effort you ooze out of the building and give a wave to the terrified cops as you head back to your house, with the firesouls floating behind you.
carve the pumpkins and use magic to make their insides glow.(5) You quickly carve the pumpkins and use some magic to make the insides glow, they turned our really good you think.
WAIT! I MUST JOIN THIS TO MAKE UP FOR MISSING HALLOWEEN!(2) Your Yami, and you try as hard as you can to summon nightmares, but no matter what you do you can't summon them.
> Be Yami, Embodiment of Darkness, Son of Shadow, Strategos of Shade!
> Summon Nightmares that will be my minions, part of the Dark Army!
RULE THE SPOOKY REALM, GATHER MY ARMY!(For ruling the SPOOKY REALM = 5) You easily out spooky everyone and they agree to make you the ruler of the SPOOKY REALM.
(For gathering an army = 2) But even though you're the ruler of the SPOOKY REALM no one wants to join your army for some reason.
((HOW DID I FORGET TO POST?! I REMEMBER SITTING AT COMPUTER CONSIDERING ACTION AND EVERYTHING. HUH.))(Resist=Heads/Give in=Tails | Heads) You manage to resist the urge to try and save every drop of beer.
RESIST URGE TO SPONGE BEER UP OFF FLOOR AND STRAIN IT INTO CUP, INSTEAD GO FIND A MOP
(Moping up = 5) You make quick work of the spilled beer and broken glass, and make the area even cleaner than before.
Go to local non-destroyed, non-police-burgled store, purchase enough candy to hand out to the whole town.(Finding a store = 3) After a long time spent searching you manage to find a store, but its a gas station, at least you get to buy some candy but not enough for the whole town.
Quote from: Ama
Try to make some people werewolves.(5) You manage to not kill the people this time and they turn into werewolves and they join your cause.
Quote from: Police Looking for The Wild Hunt
Go after The Wild Hunt.(4) They follow behind The Wild Hunt for awhile before they see them disappear inside the Gates of Hell haunted house, so they start setting up barricades outside.
Quote from: Police Looking for a monster at the store
Call for backup.(3) After a few minutes they get the message threw and the station agreed to send out the rest of the officers to help with the situation.
Quote from: Paramedics, coroner, and some cops
Run away from zombie ghost.(2+1 For running towards friendlys) Even with cops around several of the cops and a paramedic dies on the way to the barricade.
Quote from: Zombie ghost
Go out and kill.(5) They go around killing and turning people into more zombie ghosts inside the haunted house.
Quote from: The Wild Hunt
Sit around and wait for orders.(4) They successfully sit around.
Turns until Halloween festivities: 2
Turns until the last of the cops show up: 1
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: ziizo on November 05, 2018, 10:34:07 am
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on November 05, 2018, 10:38:32 am
Post by: KitRougard on November 05, 2018, 10:51:29 am
Turn old car into a fun, spooky, Halloween float!
Post by: Egan_BW on November 05, 2018, 11:06:45 am
Post by: Enemy post on November 05, 2018, 11:12:58 am
Post by: Outsider on November 05, 2018, 11:36:36 am
Not letting up until I have them!
Post by: Dustan Hache on November 05, 2018, 11:43:06 am
Post by: CABL on November 05, 2018, 11:59:00 am
Post by: TricMagic on November 05, 2018, 12:48:04 pm
Sleeting Cotton streamers and sprinkling Sugar Snow~
Also turn my area into a Candyland, including Swimming Pool filled with Candy Cream Soda.
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on November 05, 2018, 01:10:23 pm
Post by: Yoink on November 05, 2018, 08:25:26 pm
THEN PLACE MOP IN FRONT WINDOW OF HOUSE TO SPOOK TRICK-OR-TREATERS
Post by: Doomblade187 on November 05, 2018, 09:35:26 pm
Post by: King Zultan on November 06, 2018, 09:44:01 am
The state police are on there way, they have better equipment than regular cops, also for some reason a priest is going to show up as well.
Yet again the Halloween festivities have been held back because of the increase in police activity.
Ama didn't post again so I gave him a another random action.
Put some webs around the house to finish my halloween decorations.(5) You quickly spin some webs and spread them around your house, increasing the spookiness of your house.
Replace head with pumpkin using magic, become King of Halloween, and open the Actual Gates of Hell and let the spooky creatures of the knight invade the world of the living!(Replacing head with pumpkin = 6) You begin to channel your magic in to a spell to turn your head into a pumpkin, and you cast the spell, but something goes wrong and your pumpkin head grows to big and heavy making it hard to move around.
(Becoming the King of Halloween = 5) Using your powerful magic you become the King of Halloween, but you sense that there is a Captain of Halloween some where.
(Opening the actual gates of Hell = 3) You begin to open the gates of hell again, but something goes wrong and you only open a small hole to hell instead. Then suddenly you hear lots of screaming outside and the small hole to hell grows into the open gates of hell.
It was still a fair amount of candy, he supposed. It felt... magical, somehow, though. Magical enough to help him turn his old car into a spooky, fun, Halloween float! Hopefully.(1+1 For having lucky firesoul) You began prepping the car to make the float, but you realize you need to move it some, and when you try to start it nothing happens, maybe you let the battery die or the car finally died.
Turn old car into a fun, spooky, Halloween float!
Ah, screw it. Morph into a shape that superficially resembles a werewolf. If anyone asks, I'm just in costume.(4) You effortlessly change your bodies shape into that of a werewolf.
Alright! Wash my hands in the bathtub, and then wrap a few of the shredded rags around me to look like I'm wearing bandages. My costume will be me but wearing makeshift bandages.(6) You quickly shove some of the opossums out of the way and use the tub to wash your hands, then you go sit down and begin to wrap the rags around yourself so they look like bandages, and you keep doing it, until you run out of rags and when you get try to get up you realize you tied your self to the chair.
> Summon an army of Nightmares . . . again.(5) You manage to get the right ritual this time and summon several Nightmares.
Not letting up until I have them!
Be a knight. have real sword concealed inside of cheap plastic sword. Go Trick or treating,but dont wave around my sword(s) too much unless I am in danger.(1) Your a Knight, try to go trick or treating but no one seems to be giving out any candy on account of all the cops running around, then suddenly a bunch of kids with a map come up and start trying to mug you.
Go sneaking near the police station, throw a single bean at it, then sneak away.(Sneaking = 3) Turns out Dolphins aren't that good at stealth and you end up knocking down a bunch of trash cans, good thing the cops aren't around to catch you.
(Throwing the bean = 1+2 for being strong) You grab a single bean from your bag and give it a good throw at the police station, and it lands a few feet away from the building and explodes shattering one window, after that disappointing show you walk away.
Hail Candy! Balls of Sugar~(Cotton candy snow = 3+1 For being magic) You manage to make it snow larger sugar flakes this time, it slowly begins to cover the ground.
Sleeting Cotton streamers and sprinkling Sugar Snow~
Also turn my area into a Candyland, including Swimming Pool filled with Candy Cream Soda.
(Turning house into Candyland = 1+1 For being magic) Try as you might you can't make your house into a Candyland.
I attempt to become Captain of Halloween instead of ANGRY, since my costume was partially fused with Halloween, and I am in a sense my costume, I embody Halloween, so I would be better for the job.(4+1 For having the spirit of Halloween) You become the Captain of Halloween, but you sense that there is a King of Halloween out there some where.
HAVE MOMENT OF INSPIRATION AND RANSACK HOUSE FOR CLOTHES AND STUFF TO DRESS MOP UP AS SPOOKY CHARACTER(3) You search your house for stuff to make your mop a spooky character, but only find a few items and it seams like you need more to make anything really spooky.
THEN PLACE MOP IN FRONT WINDOW OF HOUSE TO SPOOK TRICK-OR-TREATERS
Assist in SPOOKY invasion by leading the SPOOKY realm forces in sacrificing the cops outside to open the hellgate.(Leading the SPOOKY forces = 5) You convince the SPOOKY forces to join you and gather them together.
(Sacrificing cops to open Hellgate = 4) You and the SPOOKY forces go out and search for cops, when you find them they're celebrating having killed the zombie ghosts and you and the SPOOKY forces congratulate them by sacrificing them to widen a convenient hole to hell into The Gates of Hell.
Quote from: Ama
Eat the dead people to gain their strength.(6) You eat the people you killed earlier to gain their strength, and some how you get stronger after eating them, but you also feel that everything you ate that didn't go to strength immediately changed to fat, you're now a strong and fat werewolf.
Quote from: Police defending the barricade agents the zombie ghosts
Defend the barricade.(6) They valiantly fight the zombie ghosts and after a long battle with no casualties on their side they manage to kill all of the zombie ghosts, then suddenly the SPOOKY forces come out of nowhere and kill this group of cops.
Quote from: Police following the monster
Follow the monster.(2) After a few minutes the monster takes a bunch of turns and they loose sight of it, and can't find it again.
Quote from: Police help at the barricade
Go to the barricade.(5) They get to the barricades just as the SPOOKY forces finish killing the other cops, one of them contacts the State Police and requests backup.
Quote from: Paramedics, coroner, and some cops
Evacuate the area.(1+1 For being cops) For some reason no one wants to leave there houses with them, and for some reason they hear some one calling for a priest.
Quote from: The Wild Hunt
Go home.(3) As soon as The Gates of Hell opened they when towards them but the SPOOKY forces were blocking the path home.
Turns until Halloween festivities: 4
Turns until the State Police arrive: 2
Turns until the Priest arrives: 1
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: CABL on November 06, 2018, 09:54:15 am
Post by: ziizo on November 06, 2018, 10:07:22 am
Post by: KitRougard on November 06, 2018, 10:55:05 am
Post by: TricMagic on November 06, 2018, 12:15:45 pm
Eat some candy and make the Town a Candyland! All that magic has to go somewhere right?
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on November 06, 2018, 12:31:51 pm
Post by: Enemy post on November 06, 2018, 07:20:11 pm
Post by: Yoink on November 06, 2018, 07:25:20 pm
ARE WE EVEN GONNA HAVE TIME TO CELEBRATE HALLOWEEN ON CORRECT NIGHT WITH ALL THESE DELAYS?!
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on November 06, 2018, 07:46:10 pm
Post by: Doomblade187 on November 06, 2018, 08:42:07 pm
Post by: Egan_BW on November 06, 2018, 09:34:43 pm
Post by: Dustan Hache on November 06, 2018, 09:55:30 pm
Post by: King Zultan on November 07, 2018, 10:16:51 am
The people of the town are panicking, some are trying to flee others are hiding in there homes, several groups of armed citizens are going to help the cops.
A priest has arrived, his reason for showing up is unknown.
More priests are on the way.
The state police are on there way, they have better equipment than regular cops.
Its 11:30p.m.
Ama hasn't posted for the third time so I gave him another random action.
Outsider didn't post so they get a random action.
Using my Ninja powers, teleport to the house where enemy post currently is.(3+1 for Ninja powers) You sneak all the way to Enemy Post's house using your Ninja powers, no one sees you do all your cool Ninja moves.
Use magic to build defenses around my house(2+1 For having magic) You magic up some supplies and start to work on fortifying your house, but after you use up all the supplies you had you realize that you only boarded up some of the windows.
Look outside at the horrible state of things, and decide to steal one of the abandoned cop cars to use as a base for the Halloween float - Now with megaphone! Before doing any actual work on it though, call back all the forgotten firesouls that are following the fleshhorror. I need all the luck I can get right now...(Stealing a cop car = 6) After several minutes you finally find a cop car and get inside, and after looking all over you realize the keys are missing.
(Calling back Firesouls = 4) You make the special Lucky Firesoul sound and they all come to your current location.
Become the Happy Candy Pixie of Halloween~(Becoming the Happy candy pixie of Halloween = 3) Even though it seemed like an easy task you weren't able to obtain the title.
Eat some candy and make the Town a Candyland! All that magic has to go somewhere right?
(Making the town Candyland = 3) After trying for several minutes you have the feeling its not gonna happen, your not sure if you need more magic or the area your trying to affect is to big.
Have the house get up and rain havock along with the other SPOOKY forces!(6) Slowly and shakily your house raises from the ground and starts to move around, and then it begins to run and run, oh crap its running away.
Wait a bit for my house's termite infestation to break apart the chair.(6) After several minutes the termites devour the chair, and you fall to the ground with a thud, when suddenly your house starts to shake and it begins to collapses around you, looks like the termite infestation was worse than it appeared to have been. Your now trapped under the rubble.
CHECK THE TIME, COMPARE IT TO NEW HALLOWEEN FESTIVITY ARRIVAL ESTIMATE(5) You look at your clock and see that its 11:30p.m., and given a the gun fire and screaming you hear your guess is that the Halloween festivities are canceled.
ARE WE EVEN GONNA HAVE TIME TO CELEBRATE HALLOWEEN ON CORRECT NIGHT WITH ALL THESE DELAYS?!
Search for the King of Halloween.(1) You and your crew get hopelessly lost while searching.
RIP AND TEAR! LET ETERNAL NIGHT RULE THE EARTH!(Ripping and tearing you do = 5) Using your demon body you tear through the cops trying to defend the crappy barricade around where the haunted house used to be.
(Ripping and tearing the SPOOKY forces do = 1) They don't really rip or tear anything, they just kind of stand there.
Count how many firesouls I have. Change their settings to give me a +1 to my roll only when I roll a 1, 2, 3 or 4. Also set them to give a -1 to my roll when I roll a 6.(2) After thinking of what to do with the firesouls, you start to look for them and realize their nowhere to be seen.
warn the curs off. If they dont listen, then take a swing at them with my blade and show them I mean buisness!(5) You yell loud insults at the annoying kids, which causes them to run away.
Quote from: Outsider
Go do spooky stuff with army of Nightmares.(2) Your nightmares seem to just want to sit around and do nothing.
Quote from: Ama
Go find a car big enough for me and the other werewolves.(3) The only car you find that has the keys in is a lime green two door hatchback, and there is no way you could fit all the werewolves could fit inside.
Quote from: armed citizens 1
Help the cops.(2) By the time they get to the cops they see a demon kill them all.
Quote from: armed citizens 2
Help people evacuate.(2) They can't get anyone to pay attention to them as everyone's panicking and trying to get out of town.
Quote from: armed citizens 3
Find the enemies.(4) They also arrive at the barricade as the demon kills the cops.
Quote from: Priest
Find the demons.(6) As he looks for the demons he knows are wandering around he calls for more priests to come and back him up, as he continues walking a house runs past and slams him into a wall harming him greatly.
Quote from: Police looking for the monster
Try to find the monster.(4) After a minute they finally find the monster again, and their still not sure what to do about it.
Quote from: Police defend the barricade
Defend the barricade.(2) They try their best to defend the barricade but the house escapes and while their watching it runaway a demon kills them all.
Quote from: Paramedics, coroner, and some cops
Keep trying to evacuate the area.(3) A few people listen to them this time, but most people are to afraid to leave their houses.
Quote from: The Wild Hunt
Try to Go home.(3+1 For being right next to it) The Wild Hunt successfully goes home through the gates of Hell.
Turns until the State Police arrive: 1
Turns until more priests arrive: 2
Town Population: 10,458
Total killed: 55
Total people fled the town: 86
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: KitRougard on November 07, 2018, 10:23:58 am
Hotwire car, magicalize it into a halloween float with the help of firesouls.
Post by: CABL on November 07, 2018, 10:24:06 am
Post by: Enemy post on November 07, 2018, 10:32:05 am
Post by: Egan_BW on November 07, 2018, 10:57:59 am
Morph into a COMBAT FORM and go forth to help the police murder the fuck out of demons and shit. This will not stand. I will spill blood until order is restored and Halloween can begin!
Post by: ziizo on November 07, 2018, 10:59:18 am
Post by: Dustan Hache on November 07, 2018, 11:23:48 am
Post by: Doomblade187 on November 07, 2018, 02:24:01 pm
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on November 07, 2018, 03:40:26 pm
Post by: Yoink on November 07, 2018, 05:47:16 pm
PUT ON AN ARMY HELMET AND MAYBE FLAK JACKET IF I CAN FIND ONE, STUFF MY BELONGINGS INTO MY BAG, WIELD MY KNIFE IN MY REMAINING HAND AND HEAD OUTSIDE. IT'S TIME TO TRICK-OR-TREAT, COME HELL OR HIGH WATER!
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on November 08, 2018, 12:07:05 am
Post by: TricMagic on November 08, 2018, 07:38:11 am
Post by: King Zultan on November 08, 2018, 09:54:02 am
The state police have arrived, bringing several SWAT teams and a news crew came with them.
The US National Guard is on the way it'll take them a bit to get here, and they're better armed than any police agency.
A group of unaligned demons killed The SPOOKY forces.
The nightmares killed all the armed civilians.
The giant pumpkin headed kaiju has risen.
More priests are on the way.
The Wild Hunt went home.
Its October 31 11:20p.m.
Ama hasn't posted for the forth time so I gave him another random action, if he doesn't post next turn his character will become a NPC.
Outsider didn't post for the second time so they get a random action.
He muttered under his breath, "Halloween will not die off like this..."(Hotwireing cop car = 4) After a few minutes you figure out what wire starts the car and which ones don't, and after moving it some it seems to be in good condition so you go to step two.
Hotwire car, magicalize it into a halloween float with the help of firesouls.
(Magically turning it into a Halloween float = 5) With the help of the firesouls you magic the cop car into a super spooky Halloween float, and after looking at it your quite proud of the way it turned out.
Use an explosive bean on Enemy Post.(2) You throw the bean at Enemy Post's house, but after the explosion you don't hear anything that sounded like it hurt him, turns out its really hard to hit someone that's been buried under a bunch of ruble.
Get out of the rubble and hide in my basement, avoiding the angry raccoons that just fell from my attic.(Getting out of rubble = 6) You manage to unstick yourself from some of the ruble but you get cut on a bunch of wood and scratched by the raccoons on the way out.
(Getting to the basement = 2) As you get near the door to the basement there's a large explosion and more of your house collapses and blocks the door.
Halloween is canceled!? How dare these hoolagans cause chaos just in time to ruin my favorite holiday!?(Morphing in to combat form = 5) You quickly morph into am more a more combat ready form, with sharp claws and teeth, in the end you look like a really dangerous werewolf like creature.
Morph into a COMBAT FORM and go forth to help the police murder the fuck out of demons and shit. This will not stand. I will spill blood until order is restored and Halloween can begin!
(Murdering the fuck out of demons = 3) After a few minutes you finally find where the demons are, but you can't get into a good position to kill any of them.
Use magic to turn my house with spooky decorations into a spooky fortress.(5) With the power of magic you turn your house in to a super spooky fortress.
Now that the peasants have been dismissed, it is time to go on a quest for candy to collect and evil to smite!(4) You wander around picking up random candy from the ground, then you stumble upon whats causing all the panic a bunch of demons.
Harness the power of SPOOKY to bring more hellgate forces through! Have the SPOOKY army defend the gate.(Bringing Hellgate forces through = 6) You call out the names of demons in order to get them to come through the gates, but they aren't happy to see you or the SPOOKY forces, and they immediately run out and begin killing the SPOOKY forces, you manage to get out of the way fast enough to avoid being killed.
(SPOOKY forces defending the gate = 1) They try to defend the gate from the demons, but there are to many of them and they get overrun and slaughtered.
Use my Halloween King powers to make me immune to overshoots! Then transform into a giant pumpkin kaiju!(Making immune to overshoots = 3) You try to magic away overshoots, but it seems like your unable to do it.
(Becoming Pumpkin kaiju = 4) With the previous venture failed you turn your attention to becoming a Kaiju and begin channeling your magic into making your self bigger, and slowly but surly you begin to grow and grow until you tower above the town by at least four stories, which wasn't that had as the tallest building in town was three stories.
"SCREW THAT! YOU CAN'T JUST CANCEL HALLOWEEN!"(Finding flak jacket = 6) After looking for a bit you find a dead guy with a flack jacket, and you take it, but its really bloody your not sure if you should wear it or not.
PUT ON AN ARMY HELMET AND MAYBE FLAK JACKET IF I CAN FIND ONE, STUFF MY BELONGINGS INTO MY BAG, WIELD MY KNIFE IN MY REMAINING HAND AND HEAD OUTSIDE. IT'S TIME TO TRICK-OR-TREAT, COME HELL OR HIGH WATER!
(Trick-or-treating = 3) Looks like most people have fled your area, but you do find some candy on the ground.
Have me and my crew go plundering for candy... wherever we are.(4) You and your crew set off looking for candy to plunder, and its really easy to get now that most everyone has runoff in to the night, you obtain a whole bunch of candy.
Try again, and eat the candy for a magic boost.(4) You eat another candy and get an additional magical boost.
Quote from: Outsider
Get the nightmares to do spooky stuff, like kill the locals.(5) You and your nightmares go out to start killing civilians, starting with the armed ones defending some barricade and the others that are helping to evacuating people, you make quick work of the lot of them.
Quote from: Ama
Go find another car, bigger than the last one.(3) You find another hatch back, at this rate you might have to make a convoy of hatch backs to hall all the werewolves.
Quote from: State police command unit
Assess the situation.(1+3 For seeing the Pumpkin headed kaiju) They order an evacuation of all civilians and for all units to fall back to a more defend able position, and contact the national guard for help with dealing with the giant pumpkin monster.
Quote from: State police SWAT unit 1
Go to the barricade.(1) They get lost on the way to where the fighting is.
Quote from: State police SWAT unit 2
Go to barricade.(5) They have better luck finding the barricade than the others, but as they arrive they see a bunch of nightmares kill all the civilians that were trying to defend the barricade.
Quote from: State police SWAT unit 3
Search the town for other threats.(2) After several minutes of looking they can't find any other threats.
Quote from: News crew
Film the action and report whats happening.(Filming = 4) They manage to get great shots of the kaiju growing up and of the civilians being killed by nightmares.
(Reporting = 5) Somehow the reporter manages to stay calm and collected during the crises that's unfolding around them.
Quote from: armed citizens 1
Defend the barricade.(2) They fight valiantly, but there were to many nightmares, and they get overwhelmed and killed.
Quote from: armed citizens 2
Keep trying to help people evacuate.(1) Even though they were no where near the barricade they still got killed.
Quote from: armed citizens 3
Defend the barricade.(1) The nightmares rushed over the barricade like a flood of death, and they all were torn to shreds by the nightmares.
Quote from: Priest
Ask for divine healing, or paramedics.(2) God doesn't answer and the phone lines are all busy.
Quote from: Police looking for the monster
Follow the monster.(3) And again they get lost as they follow the monster again.
Quote from: Paramedics, coroner, and some cops
Keep trying to evacuate the area.(5) This time people listen to them and they help lots of people.
Turns until more priests arrive: 1
Turns until the US National Guard arrives: 5
Town Population: 10,458
Total killed: 165
Total people fled the town: 834
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: CABL on November 08, 2018, 09:58:47 am
Go after enemy post and knock him out my headbutting him.
Post by: ziizo on November 08, 2018, 10:03:12 am
Post by: KitRougard on November 08, 2018, 11:12:45 am
"EVERYBODY STOP!"
His yell resonates through the whole town, and everyone stops for a moment to listen to his voice.
"Look at yourselves! This is supposed to be Halloween! A time where we can pretend to be something we're not, or something we really are! But we've turned it into a war between everyone different!
"It's supposed to be a time of candy and smiles, not blood and tears!
"We've turned into TRUE monsters tonight. By my count, there are no fewer than 150 dead already. Why did we start this bloodshed?
"That's right. There was no purpose. There was no rhyme or reason. Just cold-blooded murder. If we can all just take a step back, and look at what we've done, maybe we can still have a wonderful All Hallow's Eve. But if we keep going like this, then not just Halloween will be cancelled. We'll miss Thanksgiving, and Christmas, and the New Year, and ALL the holidays to come... Because we'll be dead. Please. Take a moment, and breathe. We don't have to stain this pure, cotton-candy snow with red. We can just enjoy the night."
He dropped the mic, hoping that his message got through to a few people. If it didn't, well, there was always the "Halloween Apocalypse Mode" he had installed in the car because of how things were right now. He had a plan B and everything!
TL;DR - DELIVER INSPIRING, SAD SPEECH TO ENTIRE TOWN, HOPING TO COOL THE FIGHTING DOWN.
Post by: TricMagic on November 08, 2018, 11:14:48 am
Then turn my Home into a Candyland-
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on November 08, 2018, 02:46:20 pm
Post by: Dustan Hache on November 08, 2018, 03:13:53 pm
Post by: Enemy post on November 08, 2018, 03:14:34 pm
Also, come on, you've seen how I live. There's not exactly much to kill here. Let's just put this aside and do some Trick or Treating, what do you say?"
Give moral support to KitRougard's action.
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on November 08, 2018, 03:51:37 pm
Call the house back to me and fuse with it! Becoming Halloween GOD!!! DESTROY THE TOWN AFTER THAT!!!
Post by: Egan_BW on November 08, 2018, 05:28:02 pm
Post by: Doomblade187 on November 08, 2018, 07:55:01 pm
Post by: CABL on November 09, 2018, 11:14:53 am
"Wait, CABL! Didn't you hear what KitRougard said? This is supposed to be Halloween. You're not supposed to fight on Halloween, that's what Thanksgiving is for!
Also, come on, you've seen how I live. There's not exactly much to kill here. Let's just put this aside and do some Trick or Treating, what do you say?"
"If you form a band with me, then I shall spare you, so we can rock together!"
Post by: Enemy post on November 09, 2018, 01:36:18 pm
Post by: King Zultan on November 09, 2018, 04:28:09 pm
The people of the town are still panicking, some are trying to flee others are hiding in there homes.
The US National Guard is on the way it'll take them a bit to get here, and they're better armed than any police agency.
The priests have arrived, no one really know why their here.
Its October 31 11:30p.m.
Ama hasn't posted for the fifth time and hasn't been logged on since the third of November, so Ama's character is now a NPC.
Outsider didn't post for the third time so they get a random action.
Yoink didn't post so he gets a random action.
"YOU WILL NOT ESCAPE ME, ENEMY POST!"(1) You decide to get a running start to headbutt him, so you back up quite a bit and run at him at full speed, and he moves at the last second and you slam head first in to a wall. You injured your head and are in a daze
Go after enemy post and knock him out my headbutting him.
Help civilians to get to the super spooky fortress is safer than their houses or the streets(6) You pack so many people in your house that there's no longer room for you.
He started up his float. May the spirit of Halloween protect him. He drove as close as he could to the fighting, then got on top with the mic for the cop-car's megaphone. The fire-souls circled around the speaker, amplifying its volume with magic. He breathed in deep, pushed the button, and started his speech.(People actually listening to speech = 5) You feel everyone in town stop and listens intently to your speech.
"EVERYBODY STOP!"
His yell resonates through the whole town, and everyone stops for a moment to listen to his voice.
"Look at yourselves! This is supposed to be Halloween! A time where we can pretend to be something we're not, or something we really are! But we've turned it into a war between everyone different!
"It's supposed to be a time of candy and smiles, not blood and tears!
"We've turned into TRUE monsters tonight. By my count, there are no fewer than 150 dead already. Why did we start this bloodshed?
"That's right. There was no purpose. There was no rhyme or reason. Just cold-blooded murder. If we can all just take a step back, and look at what we've done, maybe we can still have a wonderful All Hallow's Eve. But if we keep going like this, then not just Halloween will be cancelled. We'll miss Thanksgiving, and Christmas, and the New Year, and ALL the holidays to come... Because we'll be dead. Please. Take a moment, and breathe. We don't have to stain this pure, cotton-candy snow with red. We can just enjoy the night."
He dropped the mic, hoping that his message got through to a few people. If it didn't, well, there was always the "Halloween Apocalypse Mode" he had installed in the car because of how things were right now. He had a plan B and everything!
TL;DR - DELIVER INSPIRING, SAD SPEECH TO ENTIRE TOWN, HOPING TO COOL THE FIGHTING DOWN.
(convincing people to stop fighting = 2) And they completely disregard it and go back to fighting.
Become the Magic Pixie of Halloween with that boost.(Becoming pixie of Halloween = 5) With the power boost your finally able to become the Magic pixie of Halloween.
Then turn my Home into a Candyland-
(Turning house in to a candyland = 2) And again you try to candy your house and it fails again, and your still not sure why you can't seem to be able to make it happen.
Conjure a landship with my magical powers for my crew to ride on.(4) With the power from the magic you've accumulated you create a landship, you and your crew get aboard and began to sail around the town.
enchant my sword using the magic of the candy I have gathered, Then slay the demons and nightmares alongside the werewolf!(Enchanting the sword = 5) With just a little magic you successfully enchant the sword to do more damage.
(Slaying demons = 1) But you get lost while looking for demons and the werewolf.
"Wait, CABL! Didn't you hear what KitRougard said? This is supposed to be Halloween. You're not supposed to fight on Halloween, that's what Thanksgiving is for!(5) You clap and yell good speech at KitRougard this makes him feel better, but you seem like the only one that really gave a shit about his speech.
Also, come on, you've seen how I live. There's not exactly much to kill here. Let's just put this aside and do some Trick or Treating, what do you say?"
Give moral support to KitRougard's action.
FOOLS! HALLOWEEN WAS NEVER ABOUT CANDY OR BEING PEOPLE YOU ARE NOT! IT WAS ABOUT FEARING FOR YOUR LIFE AND SENDING OFFERINGS TO THE DEAD!!! HALLOWEEN HAS BEEN CORRUPTED BY MODERNISM AND CAPITALISM INTO A DISGUSTING COMMERCIAL HOLIDAY!! I WILL MAKE HALLOWEEN GREAT AGAIN!!!(Calling back the house = 3) You call the house back and after a bit you see it but it doesn't seem to want to come over to you.
Call the house back to me and fuse with it! Becoming Halloween GOD!!! DESTROY THE TOWN AFTER THAT!!!
(Becoming Halloween GOD = 3) You try to become the god of Halloween, but all you manage is a bit more strength.
(Destroying the town = 5) At least this is something that's easy to do and you set off on your path of destruction by stomping your neighbors houses and any civilians you see, like the kids that stole Yoink's map and the ones Samhain punched, you keep stomping stuff for a bit, but there seems like there's still a lot of town to stomp.
Grow a giant stinger-tipped tentacle and inject memetic neurotoxin into the god of Halloween.(Growing a stinger tentacle = 3) Try as you might you can't seem to grow the tentacle for some reason, maybe you didn't concentrate hard enough.
JOIN FORCES WITH ANGERY, LEAD A WAR ON THE TOWN AND THE WORLD! SPARE KITROUGARD THOUGH.(6) You start to lead the war on the town when you realize that the SPOOKY forces all got killed earlier, so your kind of at a loss for how to proceed, but you do spare KitRougard.
Quote from: Yoink
Clean off the flack jacket, then put it on.(5) You take the flack jacket home and thoroughly wash all the blood off and put it on.
Quote from: Outsider
Help the nightmares, kill people.(6) You and your army of nightmares set out and kill a lots of civilians before they encounter a SWAT unit and get shot at forcing you to retreat, when you finally get out of range you see that several nightmares are dead.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Try again to find a big car, and if we get on leave the town.(Finding a big car = 3) You find another hatch back, its like this town only has hatch backs in it.
(Leaving town = 3) Even with werewolves on the roofs of the hatch backs you still don't have enough room.
Quote from: group of priests
Find the gates of hell and close them.(Finding gates of hell = 1) They get lost on the way there, but then again they weren't really sure where they were going in the first place.
Quote from: group of unaligned demons
Go and kill civilians.(5) Dozens of civilians die by their claws as they make their way across town.
Quote from: State police command unit
Start evacuating more people.(3) People are panicking to much for the State police to organize an evacuation.
Quote from: State police SWAT unit 1
Fall back to more defensible position.(4) After a bit they manage to get to the fall back point.
Quote from: State police SWAT unit 2
Fall back to better position.(4) As their going to the fall back point they encounter a group of nightmares and kill a bunch of them, and continue to the fall back point.
Quote from: State police SWAT unit 3
Regroup with the other squads.(1) As their trying to regroup with the others a massive foot slams down on top of them killing them instantly.
Quote from: News crew
Keep filming the chaos and report whats going on.(Filming = 3) The crew is visibly shaken by the events and the filming isn't as good as it was at the start.
(Reporting = 3) As it goes on the reporter starts to lose his cool and show that they are starting to panic.
Quote from: Priest
Try to get some help, if that fails try to heal self.(Trying to get help = 2) He tries the phone again just to get the same results.
(Healing self = 1) Try as he might he can't stop the blood flow and starts to bleed out, in his final moments of prayer a giant foot crushes him into a paste.
Quote from: Police looking for the monster
Try to find the monster again.(4) Yet again these cops manage to find the monster and still aren't sure what to do about it.
Quote from: Paramedics, coroner, and some cops
Keep evacuating the area.(5) They keep helping people get out of the town.
Turns until the US National Guard arrives: 4
Town Population: 10,458
Total killed: 739
Total people fled the town: 1,849
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: Egan_BW on November 09, 2018, 04:35:39 pm
Post by: Yoink on November 09, 2018, 04:38:04 pm
STAB THE DICKENS OUT OF ANY OUTSIDER, DEMON OR OTHER MONSTER THAT STANDS IN MY WAY. I'M SAVING HALLOWEEN, DAMNIT, EVEN IF I HAVE TO KNIFE-FIGHT THE ENTIRE FORCES OF HELL IN THE PROCESS!
ALSO RESCUE INJURED FOLKS IF THE OPPORTUNITY PRESENTS ITSELF I GUESS.
Post by: Dustan Hache on November 09, 2018, 04:47:27 pm
Post by: ziizo on November 09, 2018, 05:06:59 pm
Post by: Doomblade187 on November 09, 2018, 05:07:54 pm
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on November 09, 2018, 05:40:16 pm
Post by: TricMagic on November 09, 2018, 06:21:38 pm
Revive Doombladde as The Headless Horseman.
Make the Town a Candyland with all my candy boosted magic.
Post by: Enemy post on November 09, 2018, 06:49:15 pm
Post by: KitRougard on November 09, 2018, 08:25:28 pm
"Pheonix, Phyrra, Clayton... Activate."
Three of the fire-souls fused into a flaming bird, and took the bucket of candy he had planned on throwing in its claws. It lifted into the air soon after, making swoops about the city. Kit got a ping in his mind - ~Pheonix, flying!~
Pheonix's job is to deliver magical, healing candy to front-liners and innocent wounded, as well as maintain a tally of all the warring factions.
The rest of the souls scattered, filling the many skeleton animatronics on the float. It turns out their bones and weaponry were NOT plastic, but cold, hard, steel. Another ping - ÷Phyrra Squad, active.÷
The skeletons formed a defensive perimeter around the float. Their job was to assist bystanders onto/into the float, and attack enemy troops if they got too close.
And then that oddball pet soul sank into the float itself, and turned on a bunch of lights. Kit sank down on a hidden platform into the cockpit of the Halloween Purifier - Clayton. ×Initialization: Active.× said a gentle voice as Kit's HUD lit up.
×Info Screen: Online.×
×Targeting System: Online.×
×Weapons: Pending.×
×Movement: Online.×
×Welcome, Kit - Savior of Halloween.×
×Incinerator Clayton: Active.×
TL;DR - BREAK OUT PLAN B
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on November 10, 2018, 02:40:39 am
Post by: CABL on November 10, 2018, 06:55:20 am
Snap out of a daze, then find a suitable place for a gig in the town.
Post by: King Zultan on November 10, 2018, 08:38:05 am
The US National Guard is on the way and they've sped up their arrival some what do to recent news footage, and they're better armed than any police agency.
Its October 31 11:40p.m.
Outsider didn't post for the forth time so they get a random action, if Outsider doesn't post next turn his character will become an NPC.
Just start murdering demons the normal way.(4) You start by killing the demons that were running the haunted house, but there still a lot more demons.
TAKE A FIRM GRIP ON MY KNIFE AND GO TRICK-OR-TREATING.(Going trick-or-treating = 1) You leave the area you were in and find that all the houses in area you now find your self in have been smashed.
STAB THE DICKENS OUT OF ANY OUTSIDER, DEMON OR OTHER MONSTER THAT STANDS IN MY WAY. I'M SAVING HALLOWEEN, DAMNIT, EVEN IF I HAVE TO KNIFE-FIGHT THE ENTIRE FORCES OF HELL IN THE PROCESS!
ALSO RESCUE INJURED FOLKS IF THE OPPORTUNITY PRESENTS ITSELF I GUESS.
(Finding threats during trick-or-treating = 3) You look around for any kind of threat but only see stuff in the background, like the giant pumpkin man.
(Finding injured people = 6) You hear people calling for help from inside some of the ruble near by, and as you're digging them out some of the ruble collapses on top of you, trapping you under neath it.
(Rescuing the injured = 5) Some how after being trapped under rubble you manage to find the people that are also trapped and release them and after a few minutes you all emerge from the rubble as free people, and they join you on whatever quest you're doing.
oh hey look, priests! Ask them to bless me and my sword, then assist them in getting to the site of this unholy battle!(Getting the sword blessed = 5) After announcing your intentions to the priests they quickly decide to bless your sword.
(getting to the hell gate with the priests = 2) After the blessing you say you know were the battle is, and you set off and you quickly realize you don't really know where the battle is. But then one of the priests says he knows where it is and you follow after them, when your group arrives a few of the priests are killed before you all can retreat.
Summon onion ninjas, they will chop onions in the demons and outsiders faces forcing them to cry and thus being unable to kill people.(Summoning onion ninjas = 6) After a few minutes of work you manage to summon several onion ninjas, and as soon as they start to move around they all start to collapse to the ground and scream as they slowly melt, shrivel up, and die, this whole process takes several minutes and it was a horrible sight to behold.
CRY SO HARD IT FLOODS THE TOWN. ONION POWER!(3) You try to cry but no matter what sad thing you think of you aren't able to produce but a signal tear.
GROW BIGGER AND BIGGER!!! CONJURE THE SPIRIT OF STALIN TO HELP ME!!! WE BOTH HATE CAPITALISM AND AMERICA SO WE CAN DESTROY THE TWO TOGETHER!!! ALSO, DESTROY IT RIGHT AWAY!!!(Growing bigger = 4) You use some of your power and use it to grow bigger, after a minute you began to grow even larger, by the time your finished growing your ten stories tall.
(Summoning the spirit of Stalin = 2) No matter how hard you try you can't summon Stalin, its like he doesn't want to help you destroy stuff.
(Destroying the town = 5) With your increased size you are even better equipped to destroy the town, and you set out to do just that, and begin to stomp around the town flattening people and buildings and after a few minutes of stomping you can see that there is still some more town to flatten and people to stomp.
My Magic senses tingle.(Reviving Doombladde = 4) You revive Doomblade's dead body as The headless horseless Horseman, he begins wandering around your house.
Revive Doombladde as The Headless Horseman.
Make the Town a Candyland with all my candy boosted magic.
(Making the town a candyland = 2) You try yet again to turn the town into a candyland, but you get disturbed when the giant pumpkin man starts smashing more buildings.
Shake the fleas off my ukulele and join CABL's band.(4) You dig the ukulele out of the ruble of your home and shake it until all of the fleas are off of it, then you go and join CABL.
He sighed. In all honesty he expected this. But he had hoped it wouldn't come to this.(Combining three firesouls in to flaming bird = 6) You watch as three of the firesouls combine together, but something goes wrong and they scream, convulse and fall to the ground and die.
"Pheonix, Phyrra, Clayton... Activate."
Three of the fire-souls fused into a flaming bird, and took the bucket of candy he had planned on throwing in its claws. It lifted into the air soon after, making swoops about the city. Kit got a ping in his mind - ~Pheonix, flying!~
Pheonix's job is to deliver magical, healing candy to front-liners and innocent wounded, as well as maintain a tally of all the warring factions.
The rest of the souls scattered, filling the many skeleton animatronics on the float. It turns out their bones and weaponry were NOT plastic, but cold, hard, steel. Another ping - ÷Phyrra Squad, active.÷
The skeletons formed a defensive perimeter around the float. Their job was to assist bystanders onto/into the float, and attack enemy troops if they got too close.
And then that oddball pet soul sank into the float itself, and turned on a bunch of lights. Kit sank down on a hidden platform into the cockpit of the Halloween Purifier - Clayton. ×Initialization: Active.× said a gentle voice as Kit's HUD lit up.
×Info Screen: Online.×
×Targeting System: Online.×
×Weapons: Pending.×
×Movement: Online.×
×Welcome, Kit - Savior of Halloween.×
×Incinerator Clayton: Active.×
TL;DR - BREAK OUT PLAN B
(Firesouls getting in to the skeletons = 6) Several firesouls get in to the skeletons, but some of them runaway as soon as they get in, and three die for some unknown reason.
(Are their weapons steel = 4) As you expected the weapons are made of steel.
(Skeleton defensive perimeter = 1) As soon as you give the order for the defensive perimeter, they all run behind the float and hide.
(Pet firesoul combining with the float = 4) Your pet firesoul gets into the float with out a problem.
Start killing demons with my crew from the landship.(4) You quickly sail your landship towards the fighting and you and your crew kill several of the demons, but there still more demons to kill.
"Cheeki breeki, cyka blyat! My fucking head!"(Snapping out of the daze = 6) You try so hard to undaze your self that you make it worse instead.
Snap out of a daze, then find a suitable place for a gig in the town.
(Finding a place for the gig = 2) In your dazed state you can't really focus on anything, or even find anywhere that would be good for your gig.
Quote from: Outsider
Help the nightmares, kill more people.(6) You and your nightmares go out to kill more people, and after a bit you find and kill several groups of civilians, a SWAT unit and the State police's command unit, but after killing all of them you and your nightmares get cocky and try to kill the last SWAT unit and take heavy losses form their guns before you manage to retreat.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Keep trying find a bigger car, and then leave the town.(Finding a big car = 3) And yet again you find another hatchback, why are there so many of these things anyway?
(Leaving town = 4) After a long time you finally have enough hatchbacks to make your convoy to get you and all of your werewolf friends out of town, and you all set off to wherever this road takes you.
Quote from: group of priests
Find the gates of hell.(6) The priests are joined by a knight and they set off to find the demons, and before they can do any thing several demons jump them and kill a few priests before they can retreat to some kind of safety.
Quote from: group of unaligned demons
Go and kill more civilians.(3) They find a few people to kill and then some random people kill of a few of their members, but that doesn't matter as there's still lots more demons in their group.
Quote from: State police command unit
Organize the evacuating people.(1) As they try to organize the evacuation a bunch of nightmares come in and kill them all.
Quote from: State police SWAT unit 1
Defend the new position.(6) They manage to fight back the nightmares, but not with out several losses.
Quote from: State police SWAT unit 2
Defend the new position.(1) As they're getting into position the nightmares rush them and kill them all.
Quote from: News crew
Calm down and keep filming the chaos and report whats going on.(Try to calm down = 5) They take a few minutes to get their shit together and go back to filming.
(Filming = 2) The footage is really bad this time, most of its blurry and out of focus.
(Reporting = 3) The reporter is stuttering and messing up words, making the whole thing pretty much illegible.
Quote from: Police near the monster
They see the demons for the first time and decide they need to kill them.(4) With the discovery of the demons they decide they have to kill them, they manage to kill several of them, but don't really make a dint in the number of demons wandering around.
Quote from: Paramedics, coroner, and some cops
Keep evacuating the area.(5) They help even more people out of the town.
Turns until the US National Guard arrives: 2
Town Population: 10,458
Total killed: 2,624
Total people fled the town: 3,212
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: CABL on November 10, 2018, 08:55:49 am
Vomit in an attempt to get better.
If I recover, let's try finding a gig yet again!
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on November 10, 2018, 09:16:35 am
Post by: ziizo on November 10, 2018, 09:34:02 am
Post by: Dustan Hache on November 10, 2018, 10:58:01 am
Post by: Egan_BW on November 10, 2018, 11:34:06 am
Burrow into ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES and take it over from within! We'll use its body to kill the remaining threats and then rebuild.
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on November 10, 2018, 01:23:50 pm
Post by: Doomblade187 on November 10, 2018, 04:15:53 pm
Post by: KitRougard on November 10, 2018, 10:33:33 pm
Revive Phoenix, because I NEED MY AERIAL SUPPORT
Post by: Enemy post on November 10, 2018, 11:07:22 pm
Post by: King Zultan on November 11, 2018, 09:43:56 am
The people of the town are still panicking, some are trying to flee others are hiding in there homes.
The US Army is on the way and they've sped up their arrival some what do to recent news footage, and they're better armed than any police agency.
Its October 31 11:50p.m.
Outsider didn't post for the fifth time so their character has become a NPC.
TricMagic didn't post so random action.
Yoink didn't post so random action,
"Uuurgh, I feel so fucking terrible..."(Recovering = 4) After a minute of vomiting and calming down you manage to undaze your self.
Vomit in an attempt to get better.
If I recover, let's try finding a gig yet again!
(Finding a gig = 1) You look everywhere for some kind of place for your gig but they all seem to have been destroyed.
TRY TO BECOME GOD OF HALLOWEEN AGAIN!!! THEN START EATING THE TOWN!!!!(Becoming god of Halloween = 5) You feel a sudden burst of power as you transcend and become the GOD OF HALLOWEEN!
(Eating the town = 3) You start eating some of the undestroyed buildings, and after eating three you feel incredibly full.
use magic to grow the pumpkins to giant size and animate them (turning them into literal pumpkins spiders). If succeful Use the new pumpkin-spiders army to defend the civilians(Making pumpkins in to pumpkin spiders = 4) Using the magic you gained from candy you make the pumpkins bigger and turn them in to literal pumpkin spiders.
(Spider army defending = 4) You give the order and they respond by gathering around the fortress ready to defend it from any threat.
No! those priests were good people! slay the demons, let none survive!(3) You manage to kill a few before you get driven back to your hiding spot.
"Ḏ̗̪͔͠ͅa̞͖̕m͓̱̺m̙̠̪̝͟i̠̥t̹̫̦́ͅ,͡ ̛̮͚͖Í̤͕̣͉̦̘͍ ̱̩l͓͢i̪̪̥̘̼̼k̠̻̳̬͔̜̀e̕d͏ ̵͕̞̩̹ͅt̝̗̗͚h͚ͅi͍s̷̙͇̠͎ͅͅ ̖̘̗͔́t͓̟͈̬̭̖ͅo̥̱͕̟͔w̰ͅn҉̱̳.̮̬̬̥͎ͅ"(Borrowing in to ANGRY = 2) You watch in horror as ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES becomes the GOD OF HALLOWEEN, it is terrifying.
Burrow into ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES and take it over from within! We'll use its body to kill the remaining threats and then rebuild.
Keep killing demons!(6) You run out and start killing demons left and right, but after awhile you get tired and they manage to punch and cut you before you manage to escape.
BECOME HALLOWEEN ACOLYTE PRIEST MASTER!(3) You try really hard but you can't become that for some reason.
"Oh for the love of god DONT DIE ON ME DAMMIT I NEED MY AERIAL SUPPORT"(6) In a sudden fit of desperation you pour lots of magic into reviving Phoenix, but you think you put in much when it comes back to life and begins to swell up like a balloon and explode, showering you in blood and gore.
Revive Phoenix, because I NEED MY AERIAL SUPPORT
Dig up my phone and call someone to find a gig for the band.(4) After a few minutes you manage to find your phone in the rubble, and you call someone about a gig and they actually have one available.
Quote from: TricMagic
Make a magic horse for the headless horseman.(4) After a minute of thinking you come up with the perfect idea for a candy horse for the headless horseman, and create it just as you imagined.
Quote from: Yoink
RESCUE MORE PEOPLE WITH THE HELP OF THE OTHER PEOPLE I RESCUED.(4) With the help of the other people you manage to rescue even more people.
Quote from: Outsider leader of the nightmares
Keep killing civilians, and summon more nightmares.(Killing civilians = 1) You try to kill the SWAT team again, and take heavy losses.
(Summoning more nightmares = 3) You barely manage to get more then you just lost.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Keep the convoy going, and get as faraway as possible.(5) You keep driving and end up in a completely different town.
Quote from: group of priests
Get close to the gates of hell with out dying.(2) They don't go anywhere and stay hidden and no one dies.
Quote from: group of unaligned demons
Go and kill more civilians.(6) They kill dozens of people and then get a bunch of demons killed trying to kill the SWAT team.
Quote from: State police SWAT unit 1
Defend the new position.(3) After all the assaults they are starting to ware down and they've suffered heavy losses.
Quote from: News crew
Keep filming the chaos and report whats going on.(Filming = 4) They actually manage to film stuff happening this time and it looks good.
(Reporting = 6) As the reporters doing his thing a piece of building hits him and injurers him its not serous but its painful.
Quote from: Police near the monster
Keep killing demons.(2) They can't seem to hit any of the demons.
Quote from: Paramedics, coroner, and some cops
Keep evacuating the area.(5) They're still helping people get out of town.
Turns until the US Army arrives: 1
Town Population: 10,458
Total killed: 3,146
Total people fled the town: 4,351
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on November 11, 2018, 09:47:45 am
Post by: Doomblade187 on November 11, 2018, 09:55:37 am
Post by: TricMagic on November 11, 2018, 10:09:23 am
Post by: ziizo on November 11, 2018, 10:14:55 am
Post by: CABL on November 11, 2018, 10:24:14 am
Head out to the gig place and prepare my drums.
Post by: Dustan Hache on November 11, 2018, 11:39:45 am
Post by: Enemy post on November 11, 2018, 12:07:39 pm
Quote
Location: collapsed ruin of a house, with broken fridge, filled with rats, and no sink, opossums in the bathtub
RIP, wonderful house description.
Follow CABL to the music thing. Use my phone to watch a "how to play the ukulele" Youtube video.
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on November 11, 2018, 12:57:59 pm
Post by: Egan_BW on November 11, 2018, 03:40:40 pm
Post by: KitRougard on November 11, 2018, 08:16:55 pm
He then used the corrupted power of this Halloween, the gore around him, and the madness he hid beneath his mask to summon a flaming Eldrich eyeball to fill Phoenix's place.
Post by: Yoink on November 12, 2018, 12:22:29 am
KEEP ALERT FOR THREATS, STAB THE HECK OUT OF ANY DEMON/OTHER ENEMIES I SEE
Post by: King Zultan on November 12, 2018, 11:22:28 am
The people of the town are still panicking, some are trying to flee others are hiding in there homes.
The US Army has arrived bringing several infantry Platoons, three light armored vehicles, and one tank, apparently they don't think it'll take much to end this.
An army of demons begins to pour out of the unguarded gates of hell, apparently it took them this long to notice they were open.
Its November 1 12:00A.m.
USE MY GOD-LIKE POWER TO MAKE ME IMMUNE TO OVERSHOOTS!!!! THEN GET EVEN FUCKING BIGGER!!!(Getting immune to overshoots = 5) Using the god powers you just gained you obtain the ability to never have overshoots, you will never see the number six again.
(Getting bigger = 4) You yet again use your magic to grow even taller, and by the time your finished you are now 16 stories tall, and now tower over everything in the region.
BECOME THE KING OF NIGHTMARES INSTEAD! SPOOK ALL SOLDIERS!(Becoming king of nightmares = 3) You try to become king of the nightmares, but they don't except you for some reason.
(Spooking all the soldiers = 2) You wander around the ruins of the town and you can't find a single soldier to spook.
Make the Town a True Candyland~!(3) You try and try as hard as you can, but you can't make it happen for some reason, its not like it'd fix the town, but you do increase the candy snow fall rate somehow.
With my spiders powers climb the God of Halloween and try to find his weak points.(Climbing the god of Halloween = 3+1 for spider powers) You spend several minutes climbing the giant pumpkin man, you can see everything from up here.
(Finding weak points = 4-1 for it growing larger) As soon as you try to find any kind of weak spot the pumpkin man begins to grow and grow making it impossible to find any kind of weakness.
Well, it's gig time, I guess!(3) You look at the location for the gig and it just says "a house", which could be pretty much anywhere.
Head out to the gig place and prepare my drums.
the outsider summoning these endless tides of nightmares must die. HAVE AT THEM!(6) You run out to kill the leader of the nightmares, but you had to fight through the nightmares, you managed to slay dozens of them before getting injured and pushed back and forced to retreat.
(5) You follow CABL around, but he doesn't seem to know where to go, but you do find the video you were looking for and watch it, you now have the Knowledge of how to play the ukulele.QuoteLocation: collapsed ruin of a house, with broken fridge, filled with rats, and no sink, opossums in the bathtub
RIP, wonderful house description.
Follow CABL to the music thing. Use my phone to watch a "how to play the ukulele" Youtube video.
Join up with the U.S. Army and kill demons along with them.(5) For some reason the army doesn't care about a civilian helping them kill demons, but you and your crew do help kill several demons.
KILL BOSS ANGRY(3) You spend several minutes clawing at ANGRY'S foot and only manage to produce a scratch so small that he probably doesn't even notice.
"Oh, for the love of... Looks like things'll get worse before they get better."(3) You use some magic to form the gore into, something, but its not what you wanted its more like a living blob of goo than anything else.
He then used the corrupted power of this Halloween, the gore around him, and the madness he hid beneath his mask to summon a flaming Eldrich eyeball to fill Phoenix's place.
ARRANGE MY FOLLOWERS INTO FULL-BLOWN RESCUE EFFORT TO EVACUATE AND SAVE MANY PEOPLE AS POSSIBLE(Saving people = 4) You and your team scour the ruble of several buildings and rescue even more people.
KEEP ALERT FOR THREATS, STAB THE HECK OUT OF ANY DEMON/OTHER ENEMIES I SEE
(Finding threats = 5) After looking around you don't see any kind of threat to you or your people.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: Outsider leader of the nightmares
Go and finish off the SWAT team and any civilians near by.(6) You and your nightmares go and try yet again to kill off the SWAT team and yet again you fail, and not only did you fail to kill any of them you got all of your nightmares killed off.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Get some thing to eat for every werewolf, and a big motel room.(Getting food of everyone = 5) You and your werewolf friends go and have a nice late dinner and a truck stop, in your opinion the food was wonderful.
(Getting big motel room = 4) You go and get a cheap room for the night for you and all your werewolf friends, some of them have to sleep on the floor but its better than sleeping in the hatchbacks.
Quote from: army of demons
Kill as many civilians and army people as possible, eat their corpses, other demons stuff.(Killing civilians = 4) They go out and kill several civilians that were trapped in some rubble.
(Killing army people = 2) They try to kill several different army units at the same time, and it proves to be a bad idea as they lose a bunch of demons.
(Eating corpses = 3) They successfully eat the corpses and nothing happens.
(Other demon stuff = 2) Whatever demon stuff is they failed to do it.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon 1
Kill some demons.(4) A bunch of demons try to assault their position but they hold them back, and kill several.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon 2
Kill demons.(6) They also get assaulted by demons, but they don't hold them back as well and lose several men, but they do manage to kill several demons.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon 3
Evacuate civilians.(6) As they're helping civilians they get attacked by demons, even though they lose several soldiers they manage to protect the civilians and drive back the demons.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon 4
Defend civilians.(1) The demons attack and kill every civilian they were defending, but they don't attack any of the soldiers for some reason.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon 5
Kill all demons.(6) They kill some demons, but suffer several losses.
Quote from: Light armored vehicle 1
Kill the demons.(4) With the mounted gun on the roof they plow down dozens of demons.
Quote from: Light armored vehicle 2
Shoot any threat.(2) They drive around not being able to find any threats in their area.
Quote from: Light armored vehicle 3
Kill all demons.(5) Several demons decide to try to attack the vehicle, but the soldiers kill them all.
Quote from: Tank
Shoot the big pumpkin thing.(3) Its shot hits the giant, but it does no almost no damage, it only leaves a small black mark.
Quote from: group of priests
Try to get close to the gates of hell without dying again.(4) Somehow they sneak past all the demons and get pretty much right next to the gate.
Quote from: group of unaligned demons
Go and kill more civilians.(3) They try to kill some people that were being protected by soldiers, but lost several members to them.
Quote from: State police SWAT unit 1
Keep defending the position.(5) Despite being outnumbered they hold there own against the onslaught of nightmares and come out on top after killing all of them but their leader.
Quote from: News crew
Keep filming the chaos and report whats going on.(Filming = 4) The filming goes off with out a hitch and looks really good.
(Reporting = 1) The reporter falls unconscious during the filming but they keep filming anyway.
Quote from: Police near the monster
Try to kill demons this time.(1) The demons kill them instead.
Quote from: Paramedics, coroner, and some cops
Keep evacuating the area.(3) Nobody seems to be around the area they're in any more.
Percent demon army left: 90%
Town Population: 10,458
Total killed: 3,223
Total people fled the town: 4,836
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: CABL on November 12, 2018, 11:39:14 am
Post by: Dustan Hache on November 12, 2018, 11:46:33 am
Post by: ziizo on November 12, 2018, 12:06:42 pm
Spider pumpkin army will aid the human army and attack the demons
Post by: Egan_BW on November 12, 2018, 12:38:23 pm
Convert most of my biomass into spores which will float away and plant themselves all around the town. These will then remain inert for 42 winters, and reactivate in the spring time, absorbing the nearest biomass to grow into a new me.
The rest of me will become a stupid parasite beast which burrows into angry's body, finds it's way to its heart, and explodes violently.
Post by: TricMagic on November 12, 2018, 02:00:15 pm
Use my ton of candy to turn back Time 6 hours, then make the Town a Candyland.
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on November 12, 2018, 03:48:49 pm
Post by: Doomblade187 on November 12, 2018, 04:54:54 pm
Post by: Enemy post on November 12, 2018, 05:07:46 pm
*Grabs Enemy Post by his neck with fins in anger* "WHAT HOUSE? WHICH HOUSE? TELL ME... TELL ME THE PRECISE ADDRESS, YOU DIMWIT!"
"Why...didn't...you...say so?"
Take CABL to the witch house, as requested. Once there, play a Halloween song for them.
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on November 12, 2018, 07:05:31 pm
Post by: KitRougard on November 12, 2018, 09:26:03 pm
[B TRY AGAIN FOR FLAMING ELDRICH EYEBALL[/B]
Post by: CABL on November 13, 2018, 01:16:12 am
Go the witch house, then play drums.
Post by: Yoink on November 13, 2018, 04:56:12 am
TRY TO LINK UP WITH ARMY AND OTHER FORCES OF GOOD, WHILST ALSO STAB ANY BADDIES I COME ACROSS OF COURSE
Post by: King Zultan on November 13, 2018, 11:51:16 am
The tank has been destroyed, and a platoon has been turned into demons.
The soldiers have called for some air support.
Its November 1 12:10A.m.
cast a healing spell on myself, collect some more candy from the slain nightmares, and resume confrontation with the outsider!(Casting healing spell on self = 4) You use your magical abilities to heal yourself, you are now in perfect health.
(Collecting candy = 2) Tuns out the nightmares didn't carry any candy on their persons.
(Kill Outsider = 2) You search the area and the corpses and Outsider is no where to be found.
kill the god of halloween shadow of colossus style.(Killing the God of Halloween = 1) As you're looking for a way to kill the God of Halloween he begins to shake and you get sent flying off, you use your webs to keep from being killed but you still get injured on the way down.
Spider pumpkin army will aid the human army and attack the demons
(Spider pumpkins helping the army = 4) Your spiders help the army kill lots of demons, for some reason the army doesn't care about giant spiders.
"Screw it, I'm going to just wait this out. This is inhospitable."(Converting body in to spores = 1) You try to convert some of your body to spores, but some parts of you turn to dust instead.
Convert most of my biomass into spores which will float away and plant themselves all around the town. These will then remain inert for 42 winters, and reactivate in the spring time, absorbing the nearest biomass to grow into a new me.
The rest of me will become a stupid parasite beast which burrows into angry's body, finds it's way to its heart, and explodes violently.
(Becoming a stupid parasite = 3) You're to smart to become stupid, but you can't become a parasite for some reason.
(Burrowing in to ANGRY'S body = 2) Somehow he's gotten really far away from where you're at, and it'll take a long time to get to him.
Halloween can't end yet!(Turning back time = 3) You channel the power you gained form the ton of candy into a spell to go back in time... and you only go back three minutes, apparently one ton worth of candy magic isn't really powerful enough to use to go back in time.
Use my ton of candy to turn back Time 6 hours, then make the Town a Candyland.
SHAKE THE VERMIN OFF SHADOW OF THE COLOSSUS STYLE!!! THEN DESTROY THE ARMY!!!(Shaking off the vermin = 5) You shake yourself all over in order to get rid of that pesky spider.
(Destroying army stuff = 5) You look over all the different groups of military things, you look at the infantry and see them as not threat, you look at the armored vehicles and don't really see a threat, then you turn to the tank the only thing here that could have a chance to do any damage to you, so you walk over to it and grab it, and you can see that its trying to shoot at you even as you pick it up (Tanks final shot = 3) and the shot goes wide and barely grazes you, so you crush the tank in response to its action and drop the remains.
Carve a ritual circle in the path of the army while invisible. Use it to turn the army into more demons.(Carving a ritual circle in path while invisible = 5) You leave your demon host behind for a second while you go out in ghost form to carve a ritual circle in the street, and as soon as you finish you return to possess the demon again.
(Making army people in to demons = 4) Luckily a platoon of soldiers walk right in to your ritual circle, and the whole platoon turns into demons.
(Taking CABL to witch house = 5) You follow the directions to the letter and arrive at the house, and luckily for you the house is still there and the people are still there as well.*Grabs Enemy Post by his neck with fins in anger* "WHAT HOUSE? WHICH HOUSE? TELL ME... TELL ME THE PRECISE ADDRESS, YOU DIMWIT!"
"Why...didn't...you...say so?"
Take CABL to the witch house, as requested. Once there, play a Halloween song for them.
(Playing Halloween song = 4) You and CABL begin to play a super spooky Halloween song for the people at the house.
Keep killing the demon army!(6) You and your crew go and kill even more demons, but a demon gets on your landship and kills one of your crew and scratches you before your crew manages to kill it.
Living blob of goo = Live sacrifice(5) You draw a ritual circle with the blood that's around you, then you sacrifice the living blob in order to summon a flaming eldrich eyeball, and you also successfully bind it to your will as well.
[B TRY AGAIN FOR FLAMING ELDRICH EYEBALL[/B]
*Releases Enemy Post* *mood swing* "Let's go, then."(3+1 For being a death metal dolphin) You and Enemy Post play some super spooky music at the which house.
Go the witch house, then play drums.
KEEP COORDINATING CIVILIAN RESCUE EFFORTS. ELECT SOME OTHERS IN GROUP TO ACT AS LIEUTENANTS+HELP DIRECT EVERYONE(Gathering more people = 2) You and your group look and look, but no new people are to be found.
TRY TO LINK UP WITH ARMY AND OTHER FORCES OF GOOD, WHILST ALSO STAB ANY BADDIES I COME ACROSS OF COURSE
(Electing lieutenants = 4) You find and elect a few people to act as lieutenants, you feel like you picked the best candidates for the job.
(Trying to contact the army = 1) You manage to get in contact with a platoon of soldiers, through the phone, after talking with them for a bit they suddenly start screaming and making demon sounds, guess there dead now.
(Looking out for threats = 6) Suddenly get attacked by a group of demons and they kill several civilians, (Killing the threats = 4) but you and your followers manage to kill all the attackers.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: Outsider leader of the nightmares
Summon more nightmares, and kill any attackers.(Summoning more nightmares = 2) You fail to summon any more nightmares, maybe they don't want you as a leader anymore or something.
(Getting attacked = 5) No one attacks you as you're currently hiding in some rubble.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Gather all the werewolves in the big motel room and go to sleep.(You going to sleep = 2) You can't sleep for some reason, maybe its because you abandoned your town and left everyone in it to die, or its because the couch is really lumpy.
(Werewolf friends going to sleep = 4) The werewolf friends successfully go to sleep for the night.
Quote from: army of demons
Kill as many military personnel as possible.(Killing military = 4) They successfully kill several military men from some of the random platoons around.
(Killing civilians= 5) They runaround and kill lots of random civilians that are still hanging around for some reason.
(Killing military = 1) They get plowed down by the gunfire from one of the armored vehicles.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon 1
Kill some demons.(4) Demons try to attack them but they kill them with only a few losses.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon 2
Kill demons.(5) They kill all the demons that attack them without any losses, they also see the tank get destroyed and they decide to call in some air support.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon 3
Evacuate civilians.(2) They can't find any civilians to save.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon 4
Evacuate the civilians.(2) They get lost in the town and also can't find anyone that needs evacuating.
Quote from: Demon Infantry Platoon
Kill civilians.(6) They decide to kill some of their former comrades instead and suffer heavy losses.
Quote from: Light armored vehicle 1
Kill the demons.(2) They get lost looking for demons to kill and find nothing.
Quote from: Light armored vehicle 2
Go to an area where there's fighting.(2) For some reason they can't find the fighting.
Quote from: Light armored vehicle 3
Kill more demons.(3) They only find one demon to kill.
Quote from: group of priests
Close the gates of hell and the portal to the SPOOKY REALM.(Closing gates of hell = 6) They manage to close the gates of hell, but get seen during the process and several priests get killed.
(Closing portal to the SPOOKY REALM = 6) The remaining priests run to close the portal to the SPOOKY REALM before anything can come out, and they manage to close it just in time for them all to get killed off in the end but at least they completed their mission.
Quote from: group of unaligned demons
Go kill army people.(5) They successfully kill of more of the soldiers.
Quote from: State police SWAT unit 1
Keep defending the position.(3) One demon is killed and lose more men to the demons.
Quote from: News crew
Keep filming and try to wake the reporter up, and have some one stand in for him.(Waking the reporter up = 2) The reporter is out cold and no attempts to wake him work.
(Filming = 2) The camera was pointing at the ground the whole time.
(Reporting = 5) The guy they got to replace the reporter is really good at reporting stuff, would be better if you could see whats happening but that's not his fault.
Quote from: Paramedics, coroner, and some cops
Move to a new area and start evacuating it.(Moving to a new area = 5) They move to a new area that hopefully has people to save.
(Evacuating people = 3) There aren't really any people to save here.
Turns until air support arrives: 3
Percent demon army left: 82%
Town Population: 10,458
Total killed: 3,747
Total people fled the town: 5,266
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: TricMagic on November 13, 2018, 12:27:06 pm
Post by: ziizo on November 13, 2018, 01:14:58 pm
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on November 13, 2018, 01:18:43 pm
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on November 13, 2018, 01:47:37 pm
YOU IMPRESS ME WITH YOUR TENACITY, MORTAL!!! LET US DECIDE THE FATE OF THE WORLD IN A BATTLE BETWEEN TWO USERS OF THE HALLOWEEN SPIRIT!!!!
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on November 13, 2018, 04:37:39 pm
Everyone remembers Angelo and Diablo, right?
Take over the army of demons
Post by: Enemy post on November 13, 2018, 09:21:54 pm
Post by: Dustan Hache on November 13, 2018, 09:32:32 pm
Post by: CABL on November 14, 2018, 01:56:56 am
Post by: Egan_BW on November 14, 2018, 02:12:03 am
AND IF I ROLL ONE MORE 2 OR 3 IMMEDIATELY KILL MYSELF
Post by: King Zultan on November 14, 2018, 08:19:11 am
So far I have been able to do an update a day, but doing so has been eating into the time I would usually be asleep, so I have finally decided to do updates every other day instead, every now and then I might do daily updates but not all the time.
Also three people haven't posted their turn yet so there's another reason to wait, but if they don't post tomorrow they'll get some random action.
OTHER THING:
Hows everyone feel about the game so far, I'm really curious as to whether or not the game sucks.
Post by: Egan_BW on November 14, 2018, 08:52:27 am
You have a game that takes a lot of effort to update due to sheer volume of people interested in playing, so I'd say it's safe to assume that your game isn't shitty. :P
Post by: KitRougard on November 14, 2018, 11:27:42 am
Deliver generic inspiring speech to terrified animated animatronic skeletons, to get them to circle the fuck up already around the float.
OOC: I agree with all these people, this has spiraled SO HARD out of control, but it's amazing in any case. Keep up the good writing!
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on November 14, 2018, 01:00:05 pm
Post by: Enemy post on November 14, 2018, 01:01:22 pm
I'll admit I haven't really paid close attention to anyone else's plot, but my own character has been a lot of fun. You've really played along with the idea of somebody who willingly lives in a house that has every possible infestation at the same time. The character taking directions as "a house" was a clever use of a die roll and really in-character. I think you're doing a very good job.
Post by: Doomblade187 on November 14, 2018, 04:55:34 pm
Teach the new demons how to make ritual circles, send them to convert their former allies.
Post by: Yoink on November 15, 2018, 12:38:53 am
NOT NECESSARILY IN THAT ORDER.
((I AM HAVING FUN, GOOD JOB, YOU SEEM TO BE DOING WELL KEEPING TRACK OF EVERYTHING))
Post by: King Zultan on November 15, 2018, 10:57:39 am
The people of the town are still panicking, some are trying to flee others are hiding in their homes.
The first
Another group of soldiers gets turned into demons, and then a platoon of soldiers got killed.
The last of the state police have been killed off.
Its November 1 12:20A.m.
Turn the Town into a Candyland.(1) You begin to concentrate on making whats left of the town in to a candyland, and you concentrate harder and harder and harder until your head starts to really hurt, you realize that you accomplished nothing but giving your self a migraine.
absorb the pumpkin spider army to become THE ULTIMATE PUMPKIN-SPIDER and fight the god of Halloween.(Absorbing spider army = 4) You combine with the other pumpkin spiders which causes you to grow to about the size of a two story house, you feel like there was some outside influence kind of aiding in your change.
(Fighting the god of Halloween = 6) As you go to fight the god of Halloween all the ruined houses around you and him reform into a giant arena, you quickly run up to him and give him a few cuts to the leg right before he kicks you in the face. Then before you can recover he grows a hard looking exoskeleton.
Try to salvage the tank cannon and attach it to the landship.(Salvaging the tank cannon = 4) Luckily for you the cannon is still intact even though the tank was destroyed.
(Attaching to landship = 3) You only manage to install it part way there's still a bit to go before its functional.
TRANSFORM PART OF THE TOWN INTO AN ARENA AND HELP THE CHALLENGER FUSE WITH THE SPIDERS!!! THEN GROW AN ARMORED HARD CANDY EXOSKELETON TO PROTECT ME FROM ANY AIR SUPPORT ARTILLERY!(Helping with the transformation = 3) For some reason you aren't able to help more than a little bit with the fusion, but it doesn't matter as he was able to do it on his own.
YOU IMPRESS ME WITH YOUR TENACITY, MORTAL!!! LET US DECIDE THE FATE OF THE WORLD IN A BATTLE BETWEEN TWO USERS OF THE HALLOWEEN SPIRIT!!!!
(Transforming part of town = 5) You use your god powers to reform the rubble around you and the spider in to a massive arena, and as soon a you finish the spider rushes at you and begins to claw up your legs, to which you respond by kicking it in the face.
(Growing hard candy exoskeleton = 5) As the spider is temporarily away from you, you then yet again channel your god powers into a armored hard candy exoskeleton.
You know, I think I’ll join.Your Angelo and Diablo and you're in your house.
Everyone remembers Angelo and Diablo, right?
Take over the army of demons
(Do people remember them = 1) In the game world you go around for a bit and yell "Does remember Angelo and Diablo?" most people just look at you and others yell "What are you smoking?", or "Who cares.", but outside the game in the real world most people know who they are.
(Taking over army of demons = 4) After a bit of conversation you become the leader of the small group of unaligned demons.
UKULELE SOLO(5) You deliver an epic UKULELE SOLO and after a bit CABL starts playing the drums to the song your playing.
slay the outsider, slay the demons! slay the ghost possessing a demon! SLAY THE EVIL WITH THE POWER OF MY HOLY BLADE!(Slaying Outsider = 5) After a few minutes you discover Outsider's hiding place and surprise him then you begin to hack and slash at his body, and when he finally tries to do something he launches himself straight on to your sword, which kills him instantly. Congratulations you obtained the first
(Slaying demons = 1+1 for holy sword) You look around but can't find any demons, where could they all be?
(Slaying Doomblade187 = 2) You can't find him ether, your not really sure where he could be.
DRUMS ACCOMPANYING UKULELE SOLO.(4) You listen to the solo for a bit before you find the perfect place to start playing the drums.
ARRRRGHHHHHHHHHRRRRRRRFUCKIT ABSORB ALL AVAILABLE NEARBY BIOMASS AND REINFORCE THIS BODY INTO A WHIRLING BLENDER OF KILLINESS(Absorbing ALL nearby biomass = 4) You begin to absorb all the biomass nearby like dead bodies, wood, plants, dead animals, and other stuff, this also causes you to grow much larger.
AND IF I ROLL ONE MORE 2 OR 3 IMMEDIATELY KILL MYSELF
(Reinforcing body into whirling blender of death = 6) You use some of this newly acquired biomass to reinforce your body, and then try to turn into a whirling blender of killingness, but the constant spinning causes you to get dizzy and get a headache.
Send out flaming eyeball to be the census-keeper, to grant more specific totals of all warring sides involved.(Sending out eyeball census-keeper = 3) The eyeball flies off and a few minutes later it returns and begins rapidly blinking at you, but you don't understand the information its trying to convey to you.
Deliver generic inspiring speech to terrified animated animatronic skeletons, to get them to circle the fuck up already around the float.
OOC: I agree with all these people, this has spiraled SO HARD out of control, but it's amazing in any case. Keep up the good writing!
(Delivering speech = 5) You deliver a speech that's so inspiring that the skeletons all get up and run to their positions.
Agreed, high quality RTD.(6) After a few minutes and several explosions that killed a few of them the survivors learn how to use the ritual circles properly, then you send them out.
Teach the new demons how to make ritual circles, send them to convert their former allies.
LEAVE MY SMALL ARMY OF VOLUNTEERS TO CONTINUE RESCUE AND EVACUATION EFFORTS (AS WELL AS RECRUITING MORE VOLUNTEERS), THEN GO IN SEARCH OF A LARGE-CAPACITY VACUUM CLEANER, A PRIEST, AND A PADLOCK.You say your goodbyes and separate from your group.
NOT NECESSARILY IN THAT ORDER.
((I AM HAVING FUN, GOOD JOB, YOU SEEM TO BE DOING WELL KEEPING TRACK OF EVERYTHING))
(Finding a vacuum = 4) It only takes a minute to find a large vacuum.
(Finding a priest = 2) You find a priest, but he's really dead, like he's been dead for awhile.
(Finding a padlock = 5) You look around some more and find a padlock and it still has the key.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: Outsider leader of the nightmares
Try to defend self.(1) You fail at defending yourself by running straight into the knights sword, this act kills you instantly.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Feeling guilty about leaving the towns people to die, I wake up the other werewolves and we all get in the hatchbacks and go back to the town.(3) You wake up the other werewolves, but they aren't happy about it, then you all get in the hatchbacks and get lost on the way back to the town.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Continue to rescue and evacuate people.(2) They don't find any new people during their searching.
Quote from: army of demons
Kill as many military personnel as possible.(Killing military = 4) They kill some of a platoon but not all of it.
(Killing civilians= 6) Turns out what they thought were civilians were actually soldiers, they suffer some losses for that mistake.
(Killing military = 5) They find a platoon that's trying to evacuating people and catch them off guard and kill them all.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon 1
Kill some demons.(6) They manage to rappel the demon attack but suffer loses.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon 2
Kill demons.(4) All demons they encounter get killed.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon 3
Evacuate civilians.(1) A group of demons sneak up on them and slaughter all the soldiers.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon 4
Evacuate the civilians.(2) They unknowingly step on some ritual circle and get turned into demons.
Quote from: Demon Infantry Platoon + Knowledge of ritual circles
Use the newly acquired knowledge to convert former allies.(4) They successfully turn another platoon of soldiers in to demons.
Quote from: Light armored vehicle 1
Kill the demons.(2) They continue to do nothing but drive around.
Quote from: Light armored vehicle 2
Go to an area where there's fighting.(4) With rapid fire they kill off a bunch more demons.
Quote from: Light armored vehicle 3
Kill more demons.(6) As they drive around and kill demons they blow a tire and get the vehicle stuck.
Quote from: State police SWAT unit 1
Keep defending the position.(2) After a long battle the demons finally overrun and kill them.
Quote from: News crew
Keep filming and try to wake the reporter up again, and have some one stand in for him.(Waking the reporter up = 6) Their attempts to wake the reporter exacerbate his injuries and kill him.
(Filming = 2) The camera man is now panicking from seeing the reporter die, so he continues to film the ground.
(Reporting = 3) The new reporter is also panicking and can't really say whats going on.
Quote from: Paramedics, coroner, and some cops
Search for any survivors.(5) They help even more people escape the town.
Turns until air support arrives: 2
Percent demon army left: 76%
Town Population: 10,458
Total killed: 4,176
Total people fled the town: 5,866
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on November 15, 2018, 11:08:42 am
GIVE THE SPIDER POWER EQUAL TO MY OWN!!! THEN PUNCH IT!!!!
Post by: ziizo on November 15, 2018, 11:10:45 am
Then blast a giant magic beam trough that hole
Post by: CABL on November 15, 2018, 11:11:46 am
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on November 15, 2018, 11:17:17 am
Post by: Enemy post on November 15, 2018, 11:27:20 am
Post by: TricMagic on November 15, 2018, 11:42:42 am
Post by: KitRougard on November 15, 2018, 11:53:17 am
Make eyeball grow a speaking mouth, so I can get my census information.
At the very least, try to count his blinks, figure out which number goes where.
I physically cannot wage war without numbers.
Post by: Dustan Hache on November 15, 2018, 12:20:52 pm
Post by: Yoink on November 15, 2018, 06:01:44 pm
RESPECTFULLY LOOT SOME HOLY WATER FROM DEAD PRIEST, THEN POUR SOME ON MY VACUUM CLEANER WHILST MUMBLING VAGUE BLESSING-Y WORDS AND HOPING FOR THE BEST. ATTEMPT TO CREATE A HOLY VACUUM CLEANER
Post by: Egan_BW on November 15, 2018, 11:01:20 pm
Post by: Doomblade187 on November 16, 2018, 09:42:20 am
Post by: King Zultan on November 17, 2018, 08:43:49 am
Another god has risen!
The news crew has runaway.
It's now raining sugary blood for some reason.
Its November 1 12:30A.m.
Smoke Mirrors didn't post today so random action time.
...WEAK...INSUFFICIENT!!!(Giving god powers to the spider = 4) You use your powers to grant Ziizo god powers of a similar level as your own.
GIVE THE SPIDER POWER EQUAL TO MY OWN!!! THEN PUNCH IT!!!!
(Punching it = 4) And right after you grant the powers you walk over and punch the spider in the face, and after a minute it recovers and fires a magic beam at you which bounces off and burns one of his legs, looks like the beam also slightly damaged your armor.
bite a chunk of the candy armor consuming it for magic power.ANGRY grants you god powers for some reason, your now a god.
Then blast a giant magic beam trough that hole
(Biting the candy armor = 3) You try to bite the armor when he walks over to you, but before you can he punches you in the face.
(Blasting magic beam through hole = 6) After you recover form the punch you get up and fire a beam of magic using your newly acquired power, which bounces off his armor and hits one of your legs and burns it, after the smoke clears you can see that it slightly damaged his armor.
Finish the performance and thank everyone who showed up at the witch house!(5) You and Enemy Post finish the performance and the crowd loved it, one of them walk up to both of you and gives both of you a beer
Finish attaching it to the landship, and then make it powered by candy. More candy = more boom.(Finish installing the cannon = 4) You and your crew finish installing the cannon.
(Converting the cannon to candy = 1) As soon as its installed you try to convert it to candy power, but apparently shoving a bunch of candy into the mechanism and yelling "You're now candy powered!" isn't the way you make it work.
While the audience is distracted by CABL, take a moment to get all the scorpions out of my shoes.(5) You finish the performance with CABL and when he's not looking you take off your shoes and shake all the scorpions out of both of them, and you put them back on, them some guy walks up to you and gives you a beer for some reason.
Turn Town into Candyland.(3) You manage to turn a few bits of your house into candy but that's it.
"DAMMIT EYEBALL, GROW A BLOODY MOUTH OR SOMETHING!"(Growing a mouth = 5) You somehow make the eyeball grow a mouth, it immediately starts talking.
Make eyeball grow a speaking mouth, so I can get my census information.
At the very least, try to count his blinks, figure out which number goes where.
I physically cannot wage war without numbers.
(Eyeball giving the info = 4) It gives you the approximate numbers of demons, military, civilian, and random other people. ((Please don't make me have to come up with actual numbers, I've been making all this shit up as I go along.))
attempt to use holy magic to banish the demons that used to be/are possessing some parts of the army!(Do you have holy magic = 3) Turns out you only have a detect undead spell, and that's not that useful for what you are aiming to accomplish.
"WELL, UH... SORRY, PADRE"(Finding holy water and being respectful = 3) You unceremoniously grab the holy water from the priest's person.
RESPECTFULLY LOOT SOME HOLY WATER FROM DEAD PRIEST, THEN POUR SOME ON MY VACUUM CLEANER WHILST MUMBLING VAGUE BLESSING-Y WORDS AND HOPING FOR THE BEST. ATTEMPT TO CREATE A HOLY VACUUM CLEANER
(Creating a holy vacuum = 4) You pour the holy water on your vacuum while saying some vague blessing sounding words, and successfully create a HOLY VACUUM CLEANER!
STAB THE SHIT OUT OF ANGRY(2) You walk to the arena, but you can't seem to find away in, as there are no doors.
MAKE IT RAIN BLOOD! Because why not?(4) You successfully make it rain blood, which seems to combine with the sugar snow making it rain surgery blood.
Quote from: Smoke Mirrors
Get more demons to join me.(4) You convince some of the demons that were once soldiers to join your cause.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Find my way back to the town with the other werewolves.(3) After spending several minutes driving around lost, you eventually find the main road.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Continue to rescue and evacuate people.(6) They find some people trapped in rubble, but they accidentally kill them while trying to free them.
Quote from: army of demons
Kill as many military personnel as possible.(Killing people= 6) They find some random people to kill and on the way back a bunch of them get killed.
(Killing people= 2) They can't find any people to kill.
(Killing people= 1) They find a military platoon to attack, and they all get killed.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon 1
Kill some demons.(6) They kill some demons, but lose some soldiers as well.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon 2
Kill demons.(6) They also lose some men and kill a few demons.
Quote from: Demon Infantry Platoon + Knowledge of ritual circles
Place some of the ritual circles around the town.(1) They succeed at messing up the ritual and blowing them selves up, there were no survives.
Quote from: Light armored vehicle 1
Kill the demons.(5) They kill dozens of demons.
Quote from: Light armored vehicle 2
Kill all demons around vehicle.(6) They kill a few demons, then they blow a tire and get stuck.
Quote from: Light armored vehicle 3 - Disabled
Kill more demons.(6) They kill some demons, and lose some of their people.
Quote from: News crew
Evacuate and keep filming and reporting on the way out.(Getting out of town = 4) They walk away from all the stuff with out anything happening.
(Filming = 1) He drops the camera and it breaks.
(Reporting = 2) He just gives up trying to report stuff.
Quote from: Paramedics, coroner, and some cops
Search for any survivors.(5) They help even more people escape including the news crew.
Turns until air support arrives: 1
Percent demon army left: 63%
Town Population: 10,458
Total killed: 4,223
Total people fled the town: 5,898
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: TricMagic on November 17, 2018, 08:50:19 am
Post by: ziizo on November 17, 2018, 09:30:12 am
Attack the weak point in the armor
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on November 17, 2018, 09:31:47 am
Wait, were my demons included in the ones who got killed?
Post by: King Zultan on November 17, 2018, 09:44:05 am
Actually, that was the action I intended,Your demons are a separate from the others and are considered part of your group/character, and if your talking about the demons that use to be soldiers, there were two groups and you got the one that didn't die.
Wait, were my demons included in the ones who got killed?
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on November 17, 2018, 09:56:05 am
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on November 17, 2018, 11:41:09 am
Begin constructing a circus.
Post by: CABL on November 17, 2018, 12:21:24 pm
Recruit a person from the gig crowd.
Teach the person to play bass guitar while flattering them constantly. (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YPhO5g39vpg)
Post by: Doomblade187 on November 17, 2018, 12:48:29 pm
Use that Candy to turn back the clock to Eight o'clock!ASSIST!
Post by: Dustan Hache on November 17, 2018, 01:13:22 pm
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on November 17, 2018, 01:28:07 pm
Post by: Enemy post on November 17, 2018, 03:12:50 pm
Post by: Egan_BW on November 17, 2018, 07:02:13 pm
Post by: Yoink on November 18, 2018, 09:30:46 am
LOCATE HIGH-RANKING DEMON OR GHOST (POSSIBLY A PLAYER CHARACTER) AND SLURP 'EM UP WITH HOLY SUCTION, TRAPPING THEM LIKE SOMETHING OUTTA GHOST BUSTERS OR LUIGI'S MANSION
Post by: KitRougard on November 18, 2018, 10:29:46 am
Kill demons and other hostile beings with a skeleton army and Clayton (the float)'s built in weaponry.
Post by: King Zultan on November 19, 2018, 08:16:07 am
The air support arrived in the form of two rocket artillery vehicles, four mortar crews, and six infantry platoons.
A rocket artillery vehicle and a mortar crew blow themselves up, and another mortar crew blows up a platoon of soldier, so much for the military sending their best.
Several groups of soldiers die including one of the ones in a vehicle.
It's now raining water.
TricMagic and Doomblade187 have both been sent back in time.
Its November 1 12:40A.m.
Enemy post didn't give me an action on purpose, so now I have to make something up for him to do.
Use that Candy to turn back the clock to Eight o'clock!(6) You channel the magic from the candy into a spell to turn back time, but something goes wrong and you feel yourself being flung back several hundred thousand years, when everything finally stops moving you look around to try and figure out where you are, when suddenly you see a triceratops, then you look some more and you see that Doomblade187 also came with you for some reason. Doomblade The headless Horseman with candy horse is really confused. Looks like you all just got stranded in the past.
*Hotblooded spider noises*He tries to attack you but misses.
Attack the weak point in the armor
(Finding the weak points = 5) You look over the armor and locate sever spots that look weak.
(Attacking them = 5) You then stab some of these spots with one of your legs several times injuring him some more.
Use my SAMHAIN'S BURNING JACK O'FIST ATTACK!!! on him!(2) You forget how to do that attack, and try to punch him instead and miss. In return he stabs you several times in places where your armor is weak.
Cool, thanks(6) You and your demons start building a circus, but as you set up the big tent a strong gust of wind blows it away.
Begin constructing a circus.
"Hey, you! Yes, you! Your fingers look thick yet nimble enough. Would you like to become a bass player for my group?"(Recruiting the person = 2) The man you try to recruit isn't having anything to do with you so he runs away.
Recruit a person from the gig crowd.
Teach the person to play bass guitar while flattering them constantly. (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YPhO5g39vpg)
(1) Just as you were about to assist TricMagic in tuning back the clock something goes wrong and you both get sent way further back in time than ether of you wanted, after you finally stop going back, you start looking around you recognize nothing around you except the triceratops and TricMagic. Looks like you both just got stranded in the past. You also see your dead body ridging a horse made of candy next to TricMagic, your not really sure what to make of that.Use that Candy to turn back the clock to Eight o'clock!ASSIST!
Stop this annoying goupy blood-rain, or at least turn it into regular rain. Resume slaying ALL the demons!(Stopping blood rain = 5) You successfully turn the blood rain into regular rain.
(Killing enemies = 4) You find and kill a small group of demons.
Shove even more candy into the mechanism and yell "You're now candy powered!" again, but also use magic to help.(4) You do the same thing you did before but this time with magic and succeed, apparently all it needed was more candy and some magic.
I'm going to skip posting an action this turn. I'm curious what my random action will be.Search the ground for any discarded candy.
(5) After looking around a bit you find some random candy, your not sure why its here but its yours now. You feel slightly magical now.
what?(5) You yell "WHAT" so loud that part of the arena collapses into a convenient path for you to take right to the two fighting giants.
PADLOCK VACUUM CLEANER CANISTER-THING SHUT(3) You find a demon that has a ghost in it, but as you get into position it disappears, your not really sure what happened but at least it didn't happen to you.
LOCATE HIGH-RANKING DEMON OR GHOST (POSSIBLY A PLAYER CHARACTER) AND SLURP 'EM UP WITH HOLY SUCTION, TRAPPING THEM LIKE SOMETHING OUTTA GHOST BUSTERS OR LUIGI'S MANSION
He lowered down into his float again. He punched in the numbers of the warring factions, then set out to fix them, skeleton army in tow.(Skeleton army killing demons = 2) They don't find any demons to attack.
Kill demons and other hostile beings with a skeleton army and Clayton (the float)'s built in weaponry.
(Does the float have weapons = 6) It appears the float has weapons on it but they don't look like there installed properly.
(Killing with float weapons = 1) But you disregard that fact and try to use them anyway, which causes them to misfire and explode, destroying all the floats weapons.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Drive back to the town to kill whatevers attacking it.(Getting back to the town = 6) On the way back to town several of the werewolves crash into stuff and get injured.
(Killing enemies = 1) Then demons attack the helpless werewolves, leaving Ama and three werewolves alive in the one remaining hatchback.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Continue to rescue and evacuate people.(4) They find more people and help them evacuate.
Quote from: army of demons
Kill as many people as possible.(Killing people= 1) They all get killed trying to attack a group of soldiers.
(Killing people= 5) They successfully kill off one of the military platoons.
(Killing people= 4) They also kill a bunch of soldiers.
Quote from: Rocket artillery vehicle X2
Blowup the pumpkin man.(Blowing it up = 3) The rocket misses completely and blows up the police station.
(Blowing it up = 1) Something goes wrong and it explodes killing everyone operating it.
Quote from: Mortar crew X4
Blowup the demons.(Blow 'em up = 5) They successfully blow up a large group of demons.
(Blow 'em up = 4) They kill a small group of demons.
(Blow 'em up = 6) They blow up some demons and a platoon of soldiers.
(Blow 'em up = 1) They mess up big time and blow themselves up.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon X6
Kill some demons.(Kill demons = 3) They kill a few demons.
(Kill demons = 6) They kill some demons but also lose a bunch of guy.
(Kill demons = 3) They also kill a few demons.
(Kill demons = 2) While their fighting some demons they get blown up by a mortar.
(Evacuate civilians = 2) They can't find any civilians to save.
(Evacuate civilians = 3) They only find one civilian to evacuate.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon 1
Kill some demons.(2) They get killed by demons instead.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon 2
Kill demons.(2) They can't find any demons to kill.
Quote from: Light armored vehicle 1
Kill the demons.(3) They kill a few demons and lose another guy.
Quote from: Light armored vehicle 2 - Disabled
Kill all demons around vehicle.(1) They get overrun and killed.
Quote from: Light armored vehicle 3 - Disabled
Kill more demons.(6) They kill a bunch of demons and lose some guys.
Quote from: Paramedics, coroner, and some cops
Search for any survivors.(3) Only one guy is found and rescued.
Percent demon army left: 49%
Town Population: 10,458
Total killed: 4,331
Total people fled the town: 5,923
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: ziizo on November 19, 2018, 09:45:35 am
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on November 19, 2018, 09:50:25 am
Post by: CABL on November 19, 2018, 12:32:16 pm
Drink my beer to get some courage, then ninja rush The Gates Of Hell, entering them.
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on November 19, 2018, 12:50:28 pm
Post by: TricMagic on November 19, 2018, 01:17:13 pm
Feed the Dino Magical Candy that I just happen to have, and let it be good for it.
Then Recruit all the Dinosaurs with my new Friends the Headless Horseman and That Spooky Demon and Mr. Triceratops to make a Kingdom of Dinosaurs and Candy!
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on November 19, 2018, 02:27:25 pm
Post by: KitRougard on November 19, 2018, 03:08:35 pm
Spikify the front of the float.
Post by: Dustan Hache on November 19, 2018, 05:05:02 pm
Post by: Enemy post on November 19, 2018, 05:25:33 pm
Post by: Doomblade187 on November 19, 2018, 07:08:13 pm
Post by: TricMagic on November 19, 2018, 08:19:42 pm
BECOME KING OF THE DINO AGE!"Yeah, Dino Kingdom~!"
Post by: King Zultan on November 21, 2018, 08:36:15 am
CABL and Enemy post both go to hell for some reason.
TricMagic creates a Kingdom of dinosaurs and candy, and Doomblade187 becomes the king of the dino age.
It's raining.
Its November 1 12:50A.m.
Egan_BW didn't post today so random action.
Yoink also didn't post so random action.
Summon explosive pumpkins and shove them in the holes of ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES armor.(Summoning explosive pumpkins = 5) Using your god powers you summon several explosive pumpkins.
(Shoving them in ANGRY's armor = 6) You can't really get close to him so you throw the pumpkins at him instead, but he blocks them and sends them back towards you, the ensuing explosion blows one of your legs off. Then suddenly a missile comes out of nowhere and strikes ANGRY in the chest and destroys most of his armor.
Suplex him into a building!(3) Your try to Suplex him but you can't find any buildings. Then he throws several pumpkins at you but you smack them back towards him and they explode blowing off one of his legs, While your looking at your injured enemy a missile strikes you and destroys your armor.
"Enemy post, we're going out to the streets. I have a plan."You drink your beer and look around for the gates of hell (Do you find the gates of hell = 5) turns out the witch house has a Door to hell in the basement, you and Enemy Post walk into hell unhindered. Your both now in Hell.
Drink my beer to get some courage, then ninja rush The Gates Of Hell, entering them.
Use all the candy and shoot the God of Halloween with the tank cannon!(6) You shove all your candy into the cannon, but something goes wrong and it explodes destroying the cannon and damaging the landship, luckily you and your crew escape, guess you shouldn't have put all the candy in at once.
"Hey, want some candy everyone?"(Feeding the dino candy = 6) You feed the Triceratops the magic candy, but something strange happens, it swells up all big and fat, maybe you put to much magic in the candy or something.
Feed the Dino Magical Candy that I just happen to have, and let it be good for it.
Then Recruit all the Dinosaurs with my new Friends the Headless Horseman and That Spooky Demon and Mr. Triceratops to make a Kingdom of Dinosaurs and Candy!
(Recruiting dinosaurs = 4) It didn't take much convincing to get a large group of dinosaurs to join your group.
(Making a kingdom of dinosaurs and candy = 5) You and all those around you create a kingdom.
Try again.(6) You and your demons go, retrieve the tent and set it back up, but another gust of wind blows it down again.
He picked up Plan B2 - A large, spiked grate, and nailed it to the front of the float. No weapons? Ha. RAMMING SPEED BOYS!(5) You gather lots of pointy objects and cover the front of the float with spikyness.
Spikify the front of the float.
finish slaying the demons, then wait patiently for one of the two giant monsters to die so I can begin fighting the victor.(2) You look around and see that there aren't any demons around as you killed all of the ones near your current position, looks like you need to go somewhere else to find more demons to kill.
Follow CABL through the gates.(4) You succeeded at following CABL through the door, now your both in hell.
BECOME KING OF THE DINO AGE!(4) You proclaim your self King of the DINO AGE, no one questions you, they accept you as the king of the age.
Quote from: Egan_BW
Go kill ANGRY.(3) You run towards ANGRY, but as you get near him a missile comes out of nowhere and blows up his armor showering you in armor pieces forcing you to retreat.
Quote from: Yoink
GO TRY TO USE THE HOLY VACUUM TO SUCK UP SOME HIGH RANKING DEMONS.(5) You suck up several of what you think are high ranking demons with your holy vacuum.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Get away from the demons, then eat a dead demon to gain its strength.(Getting away form the demons = 5) You and the remaining werewolf friends manage to get the hatchback to drive fast enough to escape the demons.
(Eating dead demon and getting strength = 2) You eat a dead demon and the only thing that you get from eating it is more fat, you're now an obese werewolf.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Continue to rescue and evacuate people.(5) They find even more people to save and get out of town.
Quote from: army of demons
Kill as many people as possible.(Killing people= 4) They kill several soldiers before getting driven back.
(Killing people= 5) They find and kill an unaware platoon of soldiers.
(Killing people= 4) They kill a small group of civilians.
Quote from: Rocket artillery vehicle
Blowup the pumpkin man.(5) They land a direct hit on the creatures torso and destroy the armor!
Quote from: Mortar crew X3
Blowup the demons.(Blow 'em up = 1) They somehow manage to blow themselves up, so much for all the training they received.
(Blow 'em up = 4) They kill a small group of demons.
(Blow 'em up = 5) They kill a large group of demons that were hiding in the hospital.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon X5
Kill some demons.(Kill demons = 3) They lose several soldiers to demons.
(Kill demons = 4) They kill a small group of demons.
(Kill demons = 5) They kill off a large group of demons without losing a single soldier.
(Evacuate civilians = 6) Several soldiers die before they manage to drive the demons back.
(Evacuate civilians = 1) They get killed while they were digging through some rubble, by some sneaky demons.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon 2
Kill demons.(2) They get lost trying to find some demons to kill.
Quote from: Light armored vehicle 1
Kill the demons.(2) They also get lost.
Quote from: Light armored vehicle 3 - Disabled
Kill more demons.(1) The demons overrun the soldiers and kill them all.
Quote from: Paramedics, coroner, and some cops
Search for any survivors.(2) No civilians were found to save.
Percent demon army left: 39%
Town Population: 10,458
Total killed: 4,391
Total people fled the town: 5,946
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on November 21, 2018, 09:50:16 am
Post by: CABL on November 21, 2018, 09:52:20 am
...But before we start murdering demons, we need to learn one thing: In which circle of Hell are we currently in?
Post by: ziizo on November 21, 2018, 09:54:35 am
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on November 21, 2018, 10:34:00 am
Post by: KitRougard on November 21, 2018, 11:15:32 am
Post by: TricMagic on November 21, 2018, 03:45:27 pm
Doomblade, let's combine our powers to make it so we can use two D6 instead of just one on actions affecting the Kingdom.
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on November 21, 2018, 04:28:46 pm
If I get another 6, I should get a bonus due to my demonic essence and the fact that all my guys are demons.
Post by: Enemy post on November 21, 2018, 05:16:13 pm
"Here's the plan: We'll go deeper into the Hell, then we'll kill The Dark Lord. Any objections?
...But before we start murdering demons, we need to learn one thing: In which circle of Hell are we currently in?
"Nope. Lead on, then."
Follow CABL while eating my candy.
Speaking with my mouth partially full of candy:"What have you got against this Dark Lord guy, tho?"
Post by: Dustan Hache on November 21, 2018, 06:05:09 pm
Post by: CABL on November 22, 2018, 01:03:52 am
"Nope. Lead on, then."
Follow CABL while eating my candy.
Speaking with my mouth partially full of candy:"What have you got against this Dark Lord guy, tho?"
"If we kill him, we'll destroy Hell and stop the demonic invasion. Also, what are you chewing at the moment?"
Post by: Yoink on November 22, 2018, 02:39:44 am
DEMON ARMY GET THREE ACTION ROLLS PER TURN, WHY MY GROUP ONLY ONE? EXPAND AND ENLARGE RESCUE EFFORTS! ALSO TRY TO DEAL WITH ANY BADDIES I ENCOUNTER, SUCKING UP DEMONS/OTHER SUPERNATURAL JERKS WITH VACUUM OR JUST STABBING MORE MUNDANE TYPES OF JERK.
Post by: Enemy post on November 22, 2018, 01:10:15 pm
"If we kill him, we'll destroy Hell and stop the demonic invasion. Also, what are you chewing at the moment?"
"Candy. You want any?"
Post by: CABL on November 22, 2018, 02:05:16 pm
"If we kill him, we'll destroy Hell and stop the demonic invasion. Also, what are you chewing at the moment?"
"Candy. You want any?"
"Sure, why not?" *extends his fin*
Post by: Enemy post on November 22, 2018, 06:22:12 pm
Post by: King Zultan on November 23, 2018, 10:27:45 am
The people of the town are still panicking, some are trying to flee others are hiding in their homes.
Enemy post and CABL have found themselves in the Eleventh Circle of Hell.
It's raining.
Its November 1 1:00A.m.
Egan_BW didn't post for the second time so random action.
Doomblade187 didn't post today so random action.
That's it! Use god powers to get a +1 to my next action then develop regeneration powers! Then kill the spider!(Getting +1 to next action = 5) Using your god powers you gain a +1 to your next action, which I'm assuming going to be used next turn.
(Getting regeneration powers = 3) You try to gain some regenerative abilities but only heal some small cuts on your legs.
(Kill spider = 4) You calmly walk over and kick the spider, and cause it to fall over. Suddenly you feel like some of your essence has been drained away, then a missile yet again comes out of nowhere and hits your left arm and blows part off, and then a boat somehow sails in and rams you knocking you down.
"Here's the plan: We'll go deeper into the Hell, then we'll kill The Dark Lord. Any objections?(What level of hell = 11) You appear to be on the lesser known Eleventh circle of hell, which seems to be the bureaucratic center, that runs hell and it looks like your next to the finance department.
...But before we start murdering demons, we need to learn one thing: In which circle of Hell are we currently in?
consume candy use newly charged magic to cast vampiric draining in ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES harming him to heal my injures.(5) Angry walks over and kicks you, when you recover you use your candy magic to drain some of ANGRY'S essence and use it to heal yourself some, but you don't regrow your missing leg. Then another missile comes out of nowhere and blows part off ANGRY'S left arm, and then suddenly a boat comes out of nowhere and knocks him to the ground.
Ram the God of Halloween with the landship.(5) You see him get hit by a missile and part of his arm get blown off, seeing this as a good opportunity you sail the landship through a hole in the arena and ram into ANGRY'S leg knocking him to the ground, luckily you and your crew get out of the way before he falls.
Rev float up to ramming speed, flatten as many demons as possible beneath it and my army of skeletons.(4) You start driving around at full speed plowing through a group of demons killing them.
Well, first thing is to delegate.(3) You try to get two dice used for your kingdom, but Doomblade187 does his own thing instead of helping.
Doomblade, let's combine our powers to make it so we can use two D6 instead of just one on actions affecting the Kingdom.
Try again and wind proof it(6-1 for demonness) You use your demon powers to make the wind go away and successfully set up the circus tent and make sure wind won't blow it away again.
If I get another 6, I should get a bonus due to my demonic essence and the fact that all my guys are demons.
(4) You give CABL some candy and follow him into the Eleventh Circle of Hell, which apparently is the bureaucratic center of hell, and your standing next to the finance department."Here's the plan: We'll go deeper into the Hell, then we'll kill The Dark Lord. Any objections?
...But before we start murdering demons, we need to learn one thing: In which circle of Hell are we currently in?
"Nope. Lead on, then."
Follow CABL while eating my candy.
Speaking with my mouth partially full of candy:"What have you got against this Dark Lord guy, tho?"
find them, slay the remaining demons!(Finding demons = 5) After searching for a bit you find some demons.
(Killing demons = 6) And after killing several demons your forced to retreat after several injuries.
ATTEMPT TO RESCUE MORE SURVIVORS AND LINK THEM UP WITH HEROIC VOLUNTEERS.(Finding more survivors = 3) You find one guy, that was hiding in some rubble.
DEMON ARMY GET THREE ACTION ROLLS PER TURN, WHY MY GROUP ONLY ONE? EXPAND AND ENLARGE RESCUE EFFORTS! ALSO TRY TO DEAL WITH ANY BADDIES I ENCOUNTER, SUCKING UP DEMONS/OTHER SUPERNATURAL JERKS WITH VACUUM OR JUST STABBING MORE MUNDANE TYPES OF JERK.
(Linking up with heroic volunteers = 2) You look all over but can't find your volunteers.
(Getting Yoink's groups more actions = 5) Even though you can't find your volunteers you still somehow get them two actions a turn.
(Finding demons = 6) You and that random guy get jumped by a group of demons, and they kill the random guy.
(Trapping them in vacuum = 5) At least you manage to avenge him by sucking up the whole group of demons that attacked you.
Quote from: Doomblade187
Do king of dino age stuff.(3) Your not really sure what the king of the dino age should be doing so you sit on a rock that kind of looks like a throne for a bit.
Quote from: Egan_BW
Make armor from the bits of ANGRY'S broken armor, and kill ANGRY.(Making armor = 6) You grab up the bits and make some armor, but its really encumbering.
(Killing ANGRY = 6) Your about to attack ANGRY, but a missile blows off his arm and you nearly get hit by it, good thing your armor deflected it.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Go kill some demons with werewolf friends.(3) You and your friends only find one demon to kill.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Continue to rescue and evacuate people.(Evacuating = 3) One more guy is saved and evacuated.
(Evacuating = 4) A small groups found and evacuated.
Quote from: army of demons
Kill as many people as possible.(Killing people= 4) They attack a group of soldiers and kill some of them.
(Killing people= 3) They suffer loses trying to attack some soldiers.
Quote from: Rocket artillery vehicle
Blowup the pumpkin man.(5) The missile flies true and blows off his left arm.
Quote from: Mortar crew X2
Blowup the demons.(Blow 'em up = 1) Yet another mortar crew blows themselves up.
(Blow 'em up = 5) The last of the houses are blown up to kill more demons.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon X4
Kill some demons.(Kill demons = 1) They get over run by demons and killed.
(Kill demons = 3) They kill some demons but lose more people
(Kill demons = 4) They kill off more demons.
(Evacuate civilians = 5) They find a group of survivors and evacuate them.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon 2
Kill demons.(1) The demons overrun them and they die.
Quote from: Light armored vehicle 1
Kill the demons.(1) They lose a tire and get stuck.
Quote from: Paramedics, coroner, and some cops
Search for any survivors.(3) They find a few more people to evacuate.
Percent demon army left:26%
Town Population: 10,458
Total killed: 4,478
Total people fled the town: 5,986
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on November 23, 2018, 10:59:56 am
Post by: ziizo on November 23, 2018, 11:26:11 am
Post by: KitRougard on November 23, 2018, 02:01:17 pm
Post by: CABL on November 23, 2018, 03:38:53 pm
Once we're inside, shut down any security systems and destroy the demons!
Post by: Enemy post on November 23, 2018, 09:25:02 pm
Post by: Dustan Hache on November 23, 2018, 09:29:46 pm
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on November 24, 2018, 11:27:05 am
Post by: TricMagic on November 24, 2018, 02:47:19 pm
Now, let's conquer the continent! For Land, Dinosaurs, and Candy for All! Magic Candy!
Post by: King Zultan on November 25, 2018, 12:38:28 pm
Be sure to look at the bottom of the post to see if you live or not.
It's raining.
Its November 1 1:10A.m.
Egan_BW didn't post for the third time so random action.
Doomblade187 didn't post for the second time so random action.
Smoke Mirrors didn't post so random action.
Yoink didn't post so random action.
explode into millions of normal sized pumpkin spiders and try to eat ANGRY.(Becoming millions of normal spiders = 4) You use your magic to break your body down into millions of regular pumpkin spiders and begin to swarm over towards ANGRY'S body.
(Eating ANGRY = 3) Turns out millions of normal spiders can't really eat that much of a sixteen story giant. Then Egan_BW starts tearing into ANGRY'S back, then another missile hits ANGRY blowing off part of his leg.
Drive into suspicious arena place and RAM THE BIG ANGRY WORLD-ENDING GOD!(2) You drive through a hole in the arena wall and ram the giants body with your float at full speed, and it does nothing to him, probably should try something bigger next time.
Sneak into a building/natural construction that resembles a bank or an office center.(Sneaking in to building = 2+2 For being a ninja) Using all your ninja training you infiltrate the financial department unnoticed.
Once we're inside, shut down any security systems and destroy the demons!
(Shutting of security system = 6) After a bit of looking around you find the security room, and you've never seen a system like this one before so you have no idea how to shut it off, so you decide to grab the heaviest thing you can find, which happens to be a fire extinguisher, and bash the crap out of all the consoles to shut it off, this action sets off a lot of alarms.
(Killing demons = 4) And every demon that comes in the room to see whats happening is bashed to death with the fire extinguisher. Then a vent falls from the ceiling and Enemy post crawls out.
Sneak into CABL's building through a vent.(6) As your crawling through the vent listening to the alarm and the sounds of fighting, the vent falls from the ceiling and as you crawl out you see CABL holding a bloody fire extinguisher near several dead demons.
heal myself, then return to my holy duty of cleansing the demons from our world!(Healing self = 3+1 For healing spells) You use your healing spell and fix yourself right up.
(Killing demons = 5) You search for a few minutes for demons before you find a small group and slay them with your holy sword.
Have me and my crew go kill some regular demons.(You killing demons = 1) Somehow the demons hurt you even though your a ghost, its a strange thing to have happen.
(The crew killing demons = 4) Your crew manages to kill the demons near you before they can hurt you even more.
Take control of Doomblade's Away Die. Permanently.(Stealing Doomblade's dice = 3) You try to take away doomblade's dice but he just won't let go of them.
Now, let's conquer the continent! For Land, Dinosaurs, and Candy for All! Magic Candy!
(Conquering the continent = 5) Somehow you conquer the whole continent with your dinosaurs and friendship. Then doomblade tries to help and pisses some of the dinosaurs off and they break away from your group and declare war and you and your dinosaurs.
Quote from: Smoke Mirrors
Set up the circus the rest of the way.(1+2 For demon helpers) You and your demons don't really make any progress setting up the circus so your kind of at a stand still.
Quote from: Yoink
TRY TO REUNITE WITH VOLUNTEERS, AND SUCK UP ANY DEMONS I SEE ON THE WAY WITH THE VACUUM.(Do you see any demons = 4) You don't see any demons on the way back towards your group.
(Reuniting with volunteers = 5) You reunite with your group of survivors and its a joyous occasion, then you set out to help them find whoevers still alive. Then suddenly a chunk of the group gets blown up by something that fell from the sky, it is terrifying.
Quote from: Doomblade187
Help found the kingdom of dinosaurs.(6) After TricMagic successfully took over the continent you decided that it would be a good time to help and you just end up pissing of a large group of dinosaurs and they start a war against you,
Quote from: Egan_BW
Kill ANGRY.(5) Seeing him laying on the ground is a perfect opportunity to start tearing into him, and you begin to tear into his exposed back creating a large hole. Then a missile hits his leg blowing part of it off.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Go kill some demons with werewolf friends.(You killing demons = 2) The demons gang up on you and kick the shit out of you before the other werewolves can come to save you.
(Werewolf friends killing demons = 4) They kill the demons that were kicking Ama.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Continue to rescue and evacuate people.(Evacuating = 1) A mortar falls from the sky blowing some of the group up.
(Evacuating = 4) They get a few more people out of the town.
Quote from: army of demons
Kill as many people as possible.(Killing people= 5) They kill some more civilians.
(Killing people= 1) They get killed by some soldiers.
Quote from: Rocket artillery vehicle
Blowup the pumpkin man.(4) The missile flies straight into its leg and blows part off.
Quote from: Mortar crew
Blowup the demons.(6) They mistakenly blow up part of a large group of survivors.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon X3
Kill some demons.(Kill demons = 4) They kill off several demons that tried to attack them.
(Kill demons = 6) A small group of demons attack them causing several casualties.
(Evacuate civilians = 4) They manage to find even more people to save.
Quote from: Light armored vehicle 1 - Disabled
Kill the demons.(4) They kill off another group of demons.
Quote from: Paramedics, coroner, and some cops
Search for any survivors.(6) They get attacked by some demons and lose some people before they can kill the demons.
ANGRY'S TURN:
Gain a +1 to all actions! THEN BLOW THE FUCK UP DESTROYING LITERALLY EVERYONE AND EVERYTHING! USE ALL MY MAGIC TO ENHANCE MY CHANCES OF SUCCESS!(Gaining a +1 to all actions = 4) You ignore the spiders eating at your body, the monster tearing at your back, and missile blowing off part of your leg, instead you focus inward granting your self a +1 to your biggest action yet.
(BLOWING THE FUCK UP = 6+1+1+2=10 +1 From last turn, +1 From this turn, +2 For god magic) You begin focusing all your magic and +1's on one massive explosion emanating from within your body, and let it loose.
Town stats before the explosion:
Percent demon army left: 14%
Town Population: 10,458
Total killed: 4,475
Total people fled the town: 6,067
Who survives?
People next to ANGRY (Need a 5 or more to live)
ziizo (4+1 From being a god) You use your god powers to save you and your millions of spiders from the explosion, but you do get thrown really far away from where the arena was.
KitRougard (4) Being in the float didn't help your survive as it immediately caught fire and you burned to death.
Kit's Animatronic skeletons (3) They melt from the intense heat.
Egan_BW (3+1 For armor) The armor doesn't really protect you from the massive explosion and your blown apart.
People further away (Need 4 or more to live)
Dustan Hache (1+1 For holy Magic) Your holy magic isn't enough to save you from the massive explosion.
Eternities Crew (5) Somehow The_Two_Eternities crew survives the massive explosion unharmed.
Smoke Mirrors (2+1 For demonness) Even with demon powers he's still caught off guard and killed.
Smoke's unaligned demons (1) They also are caught off guard and killed.
Smoke's infantry demons (2) The last a bit longer but also succumb to the explosion.
Yoink (4) You survive by hiding behind a sturdy wall.
Yoink's small army of volunteers (4) They survive by hiding behind the same wall bit as Yoink.
Ama the werewolf (6) Ama gets away with out even the slightest injury, by driving away.
Ama's Werewolf friends (4) The werewolf friends get in the car with Ama and also avoid dying.
army of demons (3) The explosion finishes off half of the demon army.
army of demons (1) And the other half also dies in the explosion.
Infantry Platoon (4) Their position was protected by something that kept them from dying.
Infantry Platoon (1) They also die in the explosion.
Infantry Platoon (4) They manage to hunker down and avoid dying.
Light armored vehicle 1 (3) The force of the explosion blows the vehicle away and crushes it killing everyone inside.
Paramedics, coroner, and some cops (6) They get out with out a scratch.
Spooky fortress (5) All the people hiding the the fortress survive.
People out side the town (Need 3 or more to live)
Rocket artillery vehicle (6) The explosion doesn't even hit were their stationed.
Mortar crew (5) They were safe from the explosion as well.
People that live outside the town (3) The town was far enough from them that they also survive.
Evacuated people still near the town (4) They managed to get far enough away that they weren't effected.
People watching whats happening (1) A large group of onlookers got roasted by the explosion for getting to close.
Gates of hell haunted house (3) It keeps running further away from whats left of the town.
People immune or not near explosion
Enemy post | The explosion doesn't affect you as your in hell.
CABL | The explosion doesn't affect you as your in hell.
The_Two_Eternities | The explosion doesn't affect you as your a ghost.
TricMagic | The explosion doesn't affect you as your in the past.
Doomblade187 | The explosion doesn't affect you as your in the past.
The army of demons has been defeated.
The town's dead, all buildings destroyed and all people that haven't been found yet are dead.
The people that got exploded, KitRougard, Egan_BW, Dustan Hache, and Smoke Mirrors.
Percent demon army left: 0%
Town Population: 10,458
Total killed: 4,586
Total people fled the town: 6,067
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on November 25, 2018, 12:57:02 pm
Post by: CABL on November 25, 2018, 01:13:12 pm
Try to tear off horns/limbs from a random dead demon, then start using them as clubs or daggers, depending on how heavy/light, thick/thin and how sharp/blunt they are.
Start cleaning the whole building from the demon inhabitants. Burn all of the Hell money I happen to notice and see.
Post by: Enemy post on November 25, 2018, 01:55:26 pm
*My house blew up. It is sad but not unexpected.
Post by: Egan_BW on November 25, 2018, 02:10:01 pm
Post by: TricMagic on November 25, 2018, 02:57:33 pm
All of this with the Power of Candy and Friendship. I got plenty of dinosaur friends, right?
Needless to say, sealing him away gives me Doomblade's Die too. For when I need a little Divine Power in my actions.
Post by: ziizo on November 25, 2018, 05:09:29 pm
Post by: Dustan Hache on November 25, 2018, 09:21:46 pm
Post by: Enemy post on November 25, 2018, 11:37:56 pm
Post by: King Zultan on November 26, 2018, 07:20:17 am
I just want to say I really enjoyed reading about the city blowing up. I always wanted to do that in my RTDs, but ATHATH never rolled well enough.I'm glad you like my first attempt at a game, where I make up everything as I go along, and keep track of a bunch of crap some of which isn't important, but if I didn't I'd forget the important bits of what's happening.
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on November 26, 2018, 10:37:13 am
Build a hall of mirrors.
Post by: KitRougard on November 26, 2018, 11:22:06 am
He sighed. In all honesty he expected this. But he had hoped it wouldn't come to this.(Combining three firesouls in to flaming bird = 6) You watch as three of the firesouls combine together, but something goes wrong and they scream, convulse and fall to the ground and die.
"Pheonix, Phyrra, Clayton... Activate."
Three of the fire-souls fused into a flaming bird, and took the bucket of candy he had planned on throwing in its claws. It lifted into the air soon after, making swoops about the city. Kit got a ping in his mind - ~Pheonix, flying!~
Pheonix's job is to deliver magical, healing candy to front-liners and innocent wounded, as well as maintain a tally of all the warring factions.
The rest of the souls scattered, filling the many skeleton animatronics on the float. It turns out their bones and weaponry were NOT plastic, but cold, hard, steel. Another ping - ÷Phyrra Squad, active.÷
The skeletons formed a defensive perimeter around the float. Their job was to assist bystanders onto/into the float, and attack enemy troops if they got too close.
And then that oddball pet soul sank into the float itself, and turned on a bunch of lights. Kit sank down on a hidden platform into the cockpit of the Halloween Purifier - Clayton. ×Initialization: Active.× said a gentle voice as Kit's HUD lit up.
×Info Screen: Online.×
×Targeting System: Online.×
×Weapons: Pending.×
×Movement: Online.×
×Welcome, Kit - Savior of Halloween.×
×Incinerator Clayton: Active.×
TL;DR - BREAK OUT PLAN B
(Firesouls getting in to the skeletons = 6) Several firesouls get in to the skeletons, but some of them runaway as soon as they get in, and three die for some unknown reason.
(Are their weapons steel = 4) As you expected the weapons are made of steel.
(Skeleton defensive perimeter = 1) As soon as you give the order for the defensive perimeter, they all run behind the float and hide.
(Pet firesoul combining with the float = 4) Your pet firesoul gets into the float with out a problem.
OOC: They hate letting me read the rules of a game for a reason. Namely, my ability to pick up the little details like that.
One of the skeletons that was running feels a part of its soul die off. It stopped, and wondered what that feeling was. It looked behind it, and HOLY CRAP THAT WAS A MUSHROOM CLOUD WHERE A TOWN SHOULD BE. Wait. His summoner was there! Key word WAS, because he was pretty sure that his master died. He was the only one who noticed, and that was sad. So he started running towards the mushroom cloud, ready to exact VENGEANCE! Or, like, help the reconstruction efforts, that works too. Eh.
Use the secret 1UP I have, and run back towards the blown-up city!
Post by: King Zultan on November 27, 2018, 09:43:42 am
Post by: Doomblade187 on November 27, 2018, 05:14:21 pm
Post by: King Zultan on November 28, 2018, 09:52:01 am
The town's dead, all buildings destroyed and all people that haven't been found yet are dead.
More military people are coming to aid in evacuating the areas around the town.
Firefighters from surrounding towns are on the way to deal with the fires.
A large portion of the area surrounding the town ruins are on fire.
The rocket artillery and the mortar crew have left and went home.
There's several fires burning in the town ruins.
The army of demons has been defeated.
It stopped raining.
Its November 1 1:20A.m.
Yoink didn't post for the second time so random action.
ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES didn't post, but no random action because he's dead.
Go find a ghost doctor to treat my ghost injuries with ghost medical supplies.(Finding ghost doctor = 4) Given how many people died its easy to find a ghost that was a doctor.
(Being healed = 3+2 For finding a doctor) It only takes a few minutes for the doctor to heal your injures, the ghost doctor also seems to want to join your crew, sense he's got nothing better to do now that he's dead.
"WHO'S A MAN AND A HALF?! I AM A MAN AND A HALF!"(Tearing bits off demons = 5) You use the fire extinguisher to bash a dead demon's head in so you can rip off one of its horns.
Try to tear off horns/limbs from a random dead demon, then start using them as clubs or daggers, depending on how heavy/light, thick/thin and how sharp/blunt they are.
Start cleaning the whole building from the demon inhabitants. Burn all of the Hell money I happen to notice and see.
(Quality if demon bits = 4) When you pick it up you can see that its quite sharp and it looks like it would be quite good for using as a weapon.
(Killing demons = 2) You search the building but can't find any demons, they might be planning something because of the alarm from earlier.
(Finding money = 4) You do find a bunch of money during your demon hunt.
(Burning money = 4) You go and get a metal trashcan and fill it with stacks of money and light it on fire, as it burns you throw in more money, after a little bit you see that there's still some money left to burn.
Push over a desk.(4) You walk over to the nearest desk and flip it sending papers and desk stuff fling everywhere.
*My house blew up. It is sad but not unexpected.
Ha. Reform from scraps.(2+2 For being able to do that) It takes a few minutes to reform but you pull yourself back together, it does seem like you might have lost a few pieces to the blast but at least you have most of them.
Dethrone Doomblade and put him in a 1000-year timeout on the Moon. Become Candy Queen of Magic, Halloween, and Dinosaurs.(Dethroning Doomblade = 3) You don't really dethrone him as, as much as say he's not your king.
All of this with the Power of Candy and Friendship. I got plenty of dinosaur friends, right?
Needless to say, sealing him away gives me Doomblade's Die too. For when I need a little Divine Power in my actions.
(Getting him to the moon = 2) Even withe magic and dinosaur friendship you can't really get him to the moon.
(Putting him in timeout = 4) Since you can't put him on the moon you opt to shove him into a cave instead, and put a big rock on top of it.
(Becoming Candy Queen of Magic, Halloween, and Dinosaurs = 3+1 For being magic and dinosaur friends) Using some magic and the power of friendship you become that thing you wanted to be.
(Taking Doomblade's dice = 5) Before you put Doomblade in the cave you steal some dice from his pockets.
You later hear that Doomblade reunited the kingdom and sealed him into a cave for no reason.
help in rebuilding the city.(5) You would start rebuilding but the ruins are on fire so you opt to start putting out fires instead, you manage to put out several fires.
go to heaven, having fought valorously against the demon horde before being blasted by that explosion. Ask If I can have a second chance at life, or at the very least reincarnate as a hunting dog.(Getting second chance at life = Heads | Reincarnating = Tails | = Heads) Your granted your request at a second chance at life, you wake up on a some random street surrounded by ruined houses some of which are on fire, well at least your alive again.
Ok, only missed one turn, thought I missed more(3) You try to start working on the hall of mirrors, but then you realize that all your demons are dead, the tents gone, and that you're also dead.
Build a hall of mirrors.
((I'm assuming you wanted to take over one of the skeletons.))(Firesouls getting in to the skeletons = 6) Several firesouls get in to the skeletons, but some of them runaway as soon as they get in, and three die for some unknown reason.OOC: They hate letting me read the rules of a game for a reason. Namely, my ability to pick up the little details like that.
One of the skeletons that was running feels a part of its soul die off. It stopped, and wondered what that feeling was. It looked behind it, and HOLY CRAP THAT WAS A MUSHROOM CLOUD WHERE A TOWN SHOULD BE. Wait. His summoner was there! Key word WAS, because he was pretty sure that his master died. He was the only one who noticed, and that was sad. So he started running towards the mushroom cloud, ready to exact VENGEANCE! Or, like, help the reconstruction efforts, that works too. Eh.
Use the secret 1UP I have, and run back towards the blown-up city!
(Taking over skeleton = 5) Your now a skeleton, and you start heading back towards the town as you get closer to the town you see that the woods around you are on fire.
(Do the others follow = 5) Then you notice that the other skeletons are following you for some reason.
Assist Tric in unifying the kingdom!(5) You successfully convince the angry dinosaurs that you didn't mean what you said and get them to reunite with the rest of the dino kingdom, then TricMagic steals the dice from your pockets, and shoves you in a cave and sealed you in.
Quote from: Yoink
HELP VOLUNTEERS PUT OUT THE FIRES.(3) You try to put out the fire but don't really make any progress in stopping the fire.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Go around and loot some valuables and look for guns.(5) You find four assault rifles and four pistols, and ammo for each, then you root around some of the ruins and find a bunch of money and some gold stuff.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: Gates of Hell Haunted House - three stories tall
Eat some trees or remote buildings to grow bigger.(5) It find a bunch of trees and an abandoned barn to eat, this causes it to grow another three stories taller.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Start putting out the fires.(Extinguishing fires = 4) They start putting out some of the fires around the town.
(Extinguishing fires = 5) They help with the extinguishing of the fires.
Quote from: Rocket artillery vehicle
Return to base.(5) It starts its long journey back to base.
Quote from: Mortar crew
Call for reinforcements and return to base.(Calling for reinforcements = 4) They get in contact with HQ and call for reinforcements to help with getting people out of the way of the fire and away from the town.
(Returning to base = 4) They start their journey back to the base.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon X2
Regroup and evacuate remaining people.(Evacuate remaining people = 5) They find the spooky fortress and start getting people out of it.
(Evacuate remaining people = 4) They help the people get out of the fortress as well.
Quote from: Paramedics, coroner, and some cops
Time to leave the ruined town.(4) They leave the town behind.
Fire stuff:
Quote from: Fire
Does the fire get worse?(6) The fire burning around the town gets way worse and starts to really burn.
Quote from: Fire killing people
Do people die in the fire?(1) No bodies died from the fire yet.
Turns until firefighters arrive: 1
Turns until military reinforcements arrive: 4
Percent of fire contained: 0%
How bad the fire is around the town ruins: Really bad!
Percent of town ruins on fire: 59%
Percent of area around town on fire: 30%
Total people fled the town to surrounding areas: 4,342
Total people fled further away areas: 2,523
Total killed: 4,586
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: TricMagic on November 28, 2018, 10:25:12 am
Start up an agricultural and fishing program for our kingdom. We need food to get along, and now we can do stuff..
Post by: ziizo on November 28, 2018, 11:16:39 am
Post by: Dustan Hache on November 28, 2018, 11:41:33 am
Post by: scourge728 on November 28, 2018, 11:45:11 am
Post by: Egan_BW on November 28, 2018, 11:49:29 am
Start spreading out over the ruins, eating dead trees, ruined wood from buildings, discarded candies, bags of chips laying in the street, and any corpses that look like they'd go unmissed. Use the biomass to turn into a big fireproof blanket and cover up the fire.
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on November 28, 2018, 12:21:45 pm
Reclaim the landship and start repairing it.
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on November 28, 2018, 05:52:30 pm
Post by: Enemy post on November 28, 2018, 06:03:16 pm
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on November 28, 2018, 10:58:28 pm
...I can work with this
Drag myself back into the physical plain.
Post by: Yoink on November 29, 2018, 12:13:55 am
THEN HAVE EVERYONE START ASSEMBLING CAMPGROUNDS AND CLINIC FOR DISPLACED SURVIVORS/WOUNDED PEOPLE/ETCETERA
KEEP AN EYE OUT FOR ANY THREATS WHAT NEED STABBING, OTHERWISE JUST HELP
Post by: CABL on November 29, 2018, 03:03:23 am
Stealthily sneak outside, interrogate some lonely demon about the directions to the Twelfth Circle of Hell.
Post by: King Zultan on November 29, 2018, 12:39:00 pm
Post by: King Zultan on November 30, 2018, 06:33:06 am
The town's dead, all buildings destroyed and all people that haven't been found yet are dead.
More military people are coming to aid in evacuating the areas around the town.
The firefighters have arrived, they brought four teams with them.
A large portion of the area surrounding the town ruins are on fire.
There's several fires burning in the town ruins.
Its November 1 1:30A.m.
KitRougard didn't post so random action.
Doomblade187 didn't post so random action.
Use my dice and Doomblade's Dice to give everyone in the kingdom Telekinesis.(Using your dice for telekinesis = 2) You try and try, but you can't manage to give them the powers you think they need.
Start up an agricultural and fishing program for our kingdom. We need food to get along, and now we can do stuff..
(Doomblade's dice for telekinesis = 3) The dice you took from Doomblade roll a three, this neither helps nor hinders the things you got going on.
(Setting up a agricultural program = 3) The dinosaurs don't really seem to be able to grasp what your trying to teach them.
(Setting up a fishing program = 5) They take to fishing really quickly and after a few lessons they gain a full understanding of fishing.
spread my bodies all around the town then start million of simultaneous rain dances calling a rain over the town to extinguish the fires.(Spreading your self around town = 1) Turns out this hive mind you got going is a lot harder to work with than you originally thought as thousands walk straight into fires because you can't manage to save some while controlling the others, looks like you need more practice controlling them.
(Rain dances = 2) Turns out the fancy dance you get them to do does nothing, no clouds, no rain, no nothing.
Use my holy magic to heal the injured and those who got seriously burned while trying to fight the fires. assist the army in evacuating people from the ruins.(Healing everyone that got injured = 4) Using your magic spells you heal everyone around, even people you don't see.
(Assisting the army = 2) You try but you can't find any soldiers, except dead ones.
Try to figure out what the heck just happened.(Trying to figure out whats happening = 5) You realize ANGRY blew himself up and the resulting explosion set fire to all the things around it.
Start spreading out over the ruins, eating dead trees, ruined wood from buildings, discarded candies, bags of chips laying in the street, and any corpses that look like they'd go unmissed. Use the biomass to turn into a big fireproof blanket and cover up the fire.
(Absorbing organic stuff = 1+2 For being able to do that) You absorb a few things but there isn't really any organic matter that isn't on fire near your current position.
(Becoming fireproof = 4) You do manage to become fire proof.
(Covering the town = 2) You realize that you don't have enough material to cover the town.
Accept the doctor into my crew.You accept the doctor and he accepts you.
Reclaim the landship and start repairing it.
(Reclaiming the landship = 4) You realize that you were on the landship the whole time, and it was never lost.
(Repairing it = 2) After trying for a bit you discover that you need some materials to use to fix it.
regen from a single cell, even stronger than before! If that doesn't work just go to hell and enjoy being the biggest mass murder in paranormal and normal history(Coming back from one cell = 4) You awake and realize your not dead, but instead your just a single cell, while its not what you used to be its better than being dead.
(Being even stronger = 4) Somehow you're even stronger than your previous self.
Steal a pencil and follow CABL out of the building.(4) You successfully steal a pencil and follow CABL out of the building after he sets it on fire.
Well, didn’t notice I was dead(4) You look around and see that your on the physical plain, but your a ghost, your dead body's near you and its on fire.
...I can work with this
Drag myself back into the physical plain.
PULL MY VOLUNTEERS BACK TO SAFETY, LET'S LET ACTUAL FIREFIGHTERS DEAL W/ THIS(Getting out of the town = 5) You find some soldiers that lead you and your group out of the flaming ruins.
THEN HAVE EVERYONE START ASSEMBLING CAMPGROUNDS AND CLINIC FOR DISPLACED SURVIVORS/WOUNDED PEOPLE/ETCETERA
KEEP AN EYE OUT FOR ANY THREATS WHAT NEED STABBING, OTHERWISE JUST HELP
(Assembling campgrounds = 4) you pick a random place really far from the town and the fires to set up your camp, with the few items you and your group had you build a little camp.
(Assembling clinic = 3) Your followers try to help but they just knock it down and ruin some of the materials used to make it.
(Seeing any threats = 3) Earlier when you were still in town you saw some fires but you can't really stab fire.
Use the can to burn this building down.(Burning down the building = 5) You grab all the remaining money and throw it into the fire then kick the can over, which starts to burn the building.
Stealthily sneak outside, interrogate some lonely demon about the directions to the Twelfth Circle of Hell.
(Getting out = 6-1 For being a ninja) You sneak out of the building into a random street.
(Interrogating a demon = 5) Then you see the perfect demon to grab, a short tiny little baby like demon, you run up to it and slam it into a wall and demand the info on the entrance to the Twelfth circle of hell, after it stops crying it gives you detailed directions to a entrance. What you do to this demon is up to you.
Quote from: KitRougard
Keep going towards the town.(1) You run face fist into a tree, it really hurts your face.
Quote from: Doomblade187
Look around the cave for a way out.(4) You wander around a bit and find away out of the cave, no one seemed to notice you escape.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Keep looting any valuable stuff.(4) You find even more money.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: Firefighters X4
Fight the fires outside the town.(Fighting the fires = 4) They push the fire back some.
(Fighting the fires = 2) They can't even find the fire, somehow.
(Fighting the fires = 3) They don't make a dint in the fire, but the fire doesn't make any ground ether.
(Fighting the fires = 6) They manage to put out some of the fire, but a tree falls and kills a firefighter.
Quote from: Gates of Hell Haunted House - Six stories tall
Keep eating stuff and grow bigger.(4) It eats even more stuff and grows another five stories.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Helping set up the camp.(Helping = 6) They try to set up a clinic and mess it up and break some of the supplies.
(Helping = 5) They help set up the little camp in the woods.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon X2
Keep evacuating the remaining people.(Evacuate remaining people = 5) They help Yoink's group get out of the town.
(Evacuate remaining people = 4) They help get the last of the people out of the spooky fortress.
Fire stuff:
Quote from: Fire
Does the fire get worse?(5) A large gust of wind makes the fire even worse.
Quote from: Fire killing people
Do people die in the fire?(1) The fire fails to kill anyone again.
Turns until military reinforcements arrive: 3
Percent of fire contained: 0%
How bad the fire is around the town ruins: SUPER BAD!
Percent of town ruins on fire: 59%
Percent of area around town on fire: 69%
Total people fled the town to surrounding areas: 4,013
Total people fled further away areas: 2,893
Total killed: 4,587
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: ziizo on November 30, 2018, 06:40:51 am
Post by: Dustan Hache on November 30, 2018, 07:19:30 am
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on November 30, 2018, 07:25:44 am
Post by: CABL on November 30, 2018, 07:30:22 am
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on November 30, 2018, 08:05:50 am
Use demon and angel powers to combine my soul with my body and resurrect myself.
Post by: KitRougard on November 30, 2018, 10:39:22 am
"Alright, boys! I need a volunteer for me to do some magic on - We need to get some heat resistance before we can march through those flames. Our bodies can take it as they are, but our wiring is far more sensitive."
A skeleton steps forwards, and Kit uses the magic inherent in his soul to enchant the robot with heat resistance/immunity. Hopefully.
Post by: TricMagic on November 30, 2018, 01:15:32 pm
Well, at least things are going somewhat well. Get that agriculture program another try.
Post by: Egan_BW on November 30, 2018, 04:09:56 pm
Post by: Enemy post on November 30, 2018, 04:17:03 pm
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on November 30, 2018, 05:09:51 pm
Post by: King Zultan on December 01, 2018, 05:49:52 am
After looking back on some stuff it seems weird for the time to only go forward in ten minute increments so from now on turns will be in thirty minute increments.
Question:
How many people read the NPC stuff? I'm really curious if anyone cares besides me.
Post by: TricMagic on December 01, 2018, 07:05:06 am
Post by: King Zultan on December 02, 2018, 08:12:08 am
More military people are coming to aid in evacuating the areas around the town.
A large portion of the area surrounding the town ruins are on fire.
There's several fires burning in the town ruins.
Its November 1 2:00A.m.
Doomblade187 didn't post for the second time so random action.
Yoink didn't post so random action.
Move all my bodies to the spooky fortress(5) You and all your bodies manage to find the spooky fortress and after awhile they all arrive unharmed.
Pray for the rain to return and help quell the blaze before people die to it.(Praying for rain = 2) You pray and pray but you receive no answer or rain.
Do cellular mitosis, transforming into a human-shaped colony of ultra-Halloween cells. Then start murdering the fireman and soldiers that remain.(Becoming a human again = 1+2 For god powers) You try to regain your human form, but only manage to become a small blob of cells instead.
(Getting ultra-Halloween cells = 5) Then you concentrate on making your cells Ultra-Halloween cells and you succeed.
Kill the baby demon, then sneakily move onto Twelfth Circle of Hell.(Killing baby demon = 4) Using your strength you crush the baby demon's head with your
(Going to twelfth circle of hell = 4) You then stealthily make your way to the twelfth level of hell, with no issues.
I’m part demon, on fire is kind of my body’s natural state.(2+2 For angel powers) You use your powers and suddenly wake up on the ground and realize your no longer dead, its a really strange sensation.
Use demon and angel powers to combine my soul with my body and resurrect myself.
He thought about the situation, then realized that his body was overheating from the flames. Not a good thing when you're a robot. He needed some way to fireproof himself...(5) You concentrate and use the soul magic you have, and make a random robot fireproof, now you just have to do it to the rest of the group.
"Alright, boys! I need a volunteer for me to do some magic on - We need to get some heat resistance before we can march through those flames. Our bodies can take it as they are, but our wiring is far more sensitive."
A skeleton steps forwards, and Kit uses the magic inherent in his soul to enchant the robot with heat resistance/immunity. Hopefully.
Use my die and Doomblade's die to give everyone in the kingdom Telekinesis.(Using your dice to get telekinesis = 4) You use your magic powers to give the dinosaurs telekinesis.
Well, at least things are going somewhat well. Get that agriculture program another try.
(Using doomblade's dice to get telekinesis = 1) You roll the stolen dice and it lands on a one, which causes it to immediately explode, not enough to damage anything but just enough to destroy the dice.
(Trying again at agriculture = 5) It looks like you got through to them this time, and they now know about agriculture and how to grow plants.
Gulp up what's left of Angry before it gets too big. Destroy all of its cells with enzymes and assimilate its DNA.(Finding ANGRY bits = 4) You look around for a few minutes for some of ANGRY, and finally find his severed arm, then you eat it which causes you to grow quite a bit, your pretty much two stories tall now.
(Assimilating his DNA = 3) You try to assimilate ANGRY'S DNA but you can't for some reason.
Grab a box and hide under it to sneak into the 12th Circle.(4) You grab a random box and make your way to the twelfth circle of hell like solid snake, somehow this works and you arrive in the twelfth circle unnoticed.
Find materials to repair the landship.(Finding materials = 4) You and your crew manage to find a large amount of materials that could be used to fix the landship.
(Repairing = 2) You only manage to repair some of the damage, sense you spent most of the time looking of materials.
Quote from: Yoink
FINISH SETTING UP THE CAMP, AND START HELPING PEOPLE THAT HAVE EVACUATED.(Finishing the camp = 2) Your followers seem to have made the camp worse somehow.
(Helping people = 2) You can't find any people to help.
Quote from: Doomblade187
I don't need your dinosaur kingdom, I'll go make my own kingdom with blackjack and hookers.(4) You convince some dinosaurs to join your kingdom, not the large you wanted but your getting there.
Go do that.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Help put out some fires.(5) You and your friends help put out some of the fires in the town.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: Firefighters X4
Fight the fires outside the town.(Fighting the fires = 2) They stay lost a can't find the fire somehow.
(Fighting the fires = 4) They put out some of the fire.
(Fighting the fires = 4) They also put out some fire.
(Fighting the fires = 5) They put out a large portion of the fire.
Quote from: Gates of Hell Haunted House - Eleven stories tall
Keep eating stuff and grow bigger.(4) It eats even more stuff and grows another four stories taller, doing this also kills a few people.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Helping set up the camp.(Helping = 6) They mess up a tent trying to put up another.
(Helping = 6) They tear up some stuff trying to set up the clinic again.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon X2
Keep evacuating the remaining people.(Evacuate remaining people = 2) They can't find any people to rescue.
(Evacuate remaining people = 6) They lose a few guys to the fire while searching.
Fire stuff:
Quote from: Fire
Does the fire get worse?(5-1 Partly contained) The fire around the town gets worse even with the firefighters working to stop it.
Quote from: Fire killing people
Do people die in the fire?(3) Two people die to the fire.
Turns until military reinforcements arrive: 2
Percent of fire contained: 15%
How bad the fire is around the town ruins: SUPER BAD!
Percent of town ruins on fire: 56%
Percent of area around town on fire: 78%
Total people fled the town to surrounding areas: 3,748
Total people fled further away areas: 3,158
Total killed: 4,617
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on December 02, 2018, 08:44:54 am
Post by: ziizo on December 02, 2018, 09:10:57 am
Post by: CABL on December 02, 2018, 09:16:35 am
Kill the demon with a throat slice/chest stab, then sneak into Thirteen Circle of Hell.
Post by: TricMagic on December 02, 2018, 11:20:43 am
Also, go ahead and give myself Magic Telekinesis.
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on December 02, 2018, 11:32:27 am
Post by: Enemy post on December 02, 2018, 11:50:58 am
Post by: Dustan Hache on December 02, 2018, 04:33:38 pm
Post by: Egan_BW on December 02, 2018, 09:49:33 pm
Post by: Yoink on December 02, 2018, 11:48:39 pm
PLACEHOLDER ACTION: CONTINUE ENLISTING PEOPLE INTO MY VOLUNTEER EFFORTS, ALSO PITCH IN MYSELF TO KEEP EVACUATING PEOPLE AWAY FROM FIRE AND HOUSING THEM IN CAMP
Post by: King Zultan on December 03, 2018, 05:38:31 am
((WHERE IS EVIL HAUNTED HOUSE? NEAR ENOUGH TO POST THREAT TO SURVIVORS?))Somewhere out of the town far away from anything important. The only reason it killed some people was because it ate a house.
Post by: KitRougard on December 03, 2018, 10:42:18 am
Post by: King Zultan on December 04, 2018, 08:26:44 am
More military people are coming to aid in evacuating the areas around the town.
A large portion of the area surrounding the town ruins are on fire.
There's several fires burning in the town ruins.
Its November 1 2:30A.m.
Doomblade187 didn't post for the third time so random action.
Smoke Mirrors didn't post so random action.
Multiply and turn into a gigantic blob of cells. Then start splitting into more cells and repeat the process till there are millions of blob gods!(Becoming big blobs = 3) You start multiplying your cells and after a bit you manage to grow to about the size of a dog.
(Becoming multiple blobs = 5) You somehow manage to multiply into a dozen dog sized blobs.
Use magic to suck the fire and store it into my glowing pumkins(Sucking up the fire = 3) You try to suck up the fire with magic, but it doesn't really work, it just kind of puts it out.
Interrogate yet another demon, preferably as small and weak as the demon baby I've interrogated.(Interrogating another demon = 2) You look around but can't find any demons of any kind around.
Kill the demon with a throat slice/chest stab, then sneak into Thirteen Circle of Hell.
(Getting to the thirteenth circle of hell = 1) On the way to what you thought was the entrance to the thirteenth circle of hell you stumbled upon a group of angry demons that attack you before you can react, they scratches you several times before you can get away. After a bit Enemy post tells you that a map says The Dark Lord's in the tallest tower in the fourteenth circle of hell.
Teach them how to build stuff! We're pretty close to Utopia~(Teaching them to build stuff = 6) You teach them how to build things but forget about structural integrity and watch while the buildings they build collapse on top of them causing several to die.
Also, go ahead and give myself Magic Telekinesis.
(Getting telekinesis = 2) You try and try to get telekinesis but can't for some reason, maybe you did something wrong this time.
Repair the landship and arm it with cannons.(Repairing the landship = 5) You and the crew fix the landship up as good as new.
(Putting cannons on it = 2) You and the crew scour around, but can't find any cannons or things to use to make cannons.
Check a map to find out where this Dark Lord is.(4) You manage to find a map and according to it he lives in the Fourteenth circle of hell in the tallest tower, you tell this to CABL right after he gets attacked by some demons.
continue to pray for rain!(6) You pray and pray until finally the sky above you opens up, but not in the way you wanted, its more like someone opened a door to the ocean floor right above your head, and you're hit with a massive torrent of water that knocks you down and almost drowns you, after a few seconds the water stops and your able to stand up again, it takes you a few minutes to catch your breath and you start to look around and see that the water all came down on top of you, it does appear to have put out the fires around you.
Extinguish the fire using my massive body.(6-1 For being fireproof) You flatten your body and throw your self over a large portion of the fire and smother them, but there's still more fire to put out.
((WHERE IS EVIL HAUNTED HOUSE? NEAR ENOUGH TO POST THREAT TO SURVIVORS?))(Getting people to join = 2) Nobody wants to join your group for some reason.
PLACEHOLDER ACTION: CONTINUE ENLISTING PEOPLE INTO MY VOLUNTEER EFFORTS, ALSO PITCH IN MYSELF TO KEEP EVACUATING PEOPLE AWAY FROM FIRE AND HOUSING THEM IN CAMP
(Evacuating more people = 4) You do help some people get out of the area.
(Getting them to stay in the camp with you = 3) None of them want to stay in your camp, they all want to get as far away as possible.
The rest of your group finishes setting up the camp while your trying to recruit people.
Do the same enchantment on all the robot skeletons (Including myself), with at least a +1 for [Literally just did this perfectly](6-1 For having already done this) Using the same spell from earlier you make you and all your Robot skeleton friends fireproof.
Quote from: Smoke Mirrors
Use my powers to make the fire go away.(3) You use your powers but you only manage to put out some small fires.
Quote from: Doomblade187
Gather more dinosaurs into my kingdom.(5) You convince even more of the dinosaurs to join your kingdom.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Help put out some more fires.(4) You and the werewolf friends put out some of the fires you find around the town.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: Firefighters X4
Fight the fires outside the town.(Fighting the fires = 4) They finally find the fire, but they don't manage to put out any fires at the moment.
(Fighting the fires = 4) They put out some of the fire.
(Fighting the fires = 1) Several firefighters die when a large propane tank explodes.
(Fighting the fires = 5) They put out several large fires.
Quote from: Gates of Hell Haunted House - Fifteen stories tall
Keep eating stuff and grow bigger.(3) It only eats a few trees and only grows one story taller.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Continue to set up the camp.(Setting up = 4) They fix the tents that got damaged and set them up.
(Setting up = 5) They finish putting up the clinic.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon X2
Move out of the town and evacuate the remaining people.(Moving out of the town = 2) They try to get out of the town, but can't because of the fires and rubble.
(Moving out of the town = 4) They manage to get out of town unharmed.
(Evacuate remaining people = 1) They only find some firefights working near a propane tank which explodes killing several soldiers and firefights.
Fire stuff:
Quote from: Fire
Does the fire get worse?(3) The fire doesn't really get any worse or get any better.
Quote from: Fire killing people
Do people die in the fire?(3) A small house burns down killing the people sleeping inside.
Turns until military reinforcements arrive: 1
Percent of fire contained: 27%
How bad the fire is around the town ruins: SUPER BAD!
Percent of town ruins on fire: 22%
Percent of area around town on fire: 69%
Total people fled the town to surrounding areas: 1,217
Total people fled further away areas: 5,665
Total killed: 4,632
Total killed in the past: 8
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on December 04, 2018, 08:44:33 am
Post by: CABL on December 04, 2018, 08:46:39 am
Find a way into the Thirteen Circle, then sneakily get past the guards.
Post by: TricMagic on December 04, 2018, 08:55:07 am
Go ahead and give myself Magic Telekinesis. I mean, I was to be included in the Telekinesis before.
Post by: ziizo on December 04, 2018, 09:08:01 am
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on December 04, 2018, 01:06:05 pm
Post by: Doomblade187 on December 04, 2018, 01:21:56 pm
Post by: Enemy post on December 04, 2018, 06:58:03 pm
Post by: KitRougard on December 04, 2018, 09:11:20 pm
Begin digging a trench around the outside of the fire - It can't go anywhere if it doesn't have stuff to burn!
Post by: Egan_BW on December 04, 2018, 10:56:24 pm
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on December 05, 2018, 08:57:22 am
Post by: King Zultan on December 06, 2018, 08:41:24 am
The military has arrived and brought six more infantry platoons to aid with the evacuation.
A large portion of the area surrounding the town ruins are on fire.
There's several fires burning in the town ruins.
Its November 1 3:00A.m.
Dustan Hache didn't post so random action
Yoink didn't post so random action
Multiply again and then exit the atmosphere, leaving this rock behind till next Halloween(Multiplying = 4) You double the number of blobs under your control.
(Going to space = 5) Using your powers you make all the blobs that you control float up into space, your now slowly drifting around in space.
If the demons will come after us, fend them off with demon horn/ukulele.(Do they follow: Yes=heads | No=tails | Heads) After moving away you notice that the demons have followed you to your new location.
Find a way into the Thirteen Circle, then sneakily get past the guards.
(Fighting them off = 6-1 For being super strong) You were going to use the ukulele but Enemy post takes it with him when he crawls into a box and drags it into a mail chute and mails himself, well that's a strange thing to happen, so your left with the demon horn which you use to kill all the demons that appear.
(Getting to the thirteenth circle = 4) After a bit more wandering you find the entrance to the thirteenth circle of hell.
(Getting past any guards = 4) Using your ninja powers you sneak past every guard on the way down, your now in the thirteenth circle of hell.
Architectural Integrity. We need to remember about supporting the building's structure. And it's foundations too.(Teaching them about structural integrity = 4) Turns out watching their friends die makes them really want to learn how prevent it from happening again, they now know about structural integrity and how to improve it.
Go ahead and give myself Magic Telekinesis. I mean, I was to be included in the Telekinesis before.
(Getting telekinesis = 5) Looks like you just did something wrong last time, and you successfully finish the spell and gain telekinesis.
Try to use magic to suck the fires into special chambers of my fortress. Free heating and city saving, Basically killing two birds with one stone.(4) You use an slightly different version of the spell from earlier, and it works this time, you now have free heating forever.
Go find a body of water, like a lake or river.(6) You drive your landship out of the town, then drive and drive until you find a lake, but you don't remember how to get back to the town.
Teach my donosaurs how to swim, become an amphobious nation with gills!(Teaching dinosaurs to swim = 3) You try to teach them how to swim, and after several close calls you give up on the project.
(Getting them to grow gills = 6) You use your powers to give your dinosaurs gills, bit something goes wrong and now they can't breath on land anymore, luckily they were all in the water so they don't suffocate.
Defend myself if I have to, otherwise use my cardboard box to mail myself to the Dark Lord's tower.(Do you have to defend self Yes=Heads | No=Tails | Tails) No you don't have to defend yourself.
(Mailing self = 6) You shove your self in the box, then cram all that into a mail slot and ship yourself to the Dark Lord him self, but something happens and you fall out of the box and get lost in the post office in the fourteenth circle of hell.
"Grand, grand..." he says in a grating robotic voice. That was going to kill the way beople saw him. Oh well, actions speak louder than words! "Onwards, brothers!"(6) You and the others dig and dig and after a bit you step back and look and see that your "Trench" is only seven feet long, six feet deep, and four feet wide, looks like you ether dug your own grave or you dug a small trench.
Begin digging a trench around the outside of the fire - It can't go anywhere if it doesn't have stuff to burn!
Absorb any organic matter that's not totally burnt from the area I just extinguished. Then throw myself over the next portion of fire!(Absorbing organic stuff = 3) You feel around for organic stuff, but can't find anything worth wile as everything's been burnt.
(putting out more fire = 1+2 For being fireproof) Your about to cover over some more of the fire, but a heavy gust of wind blows you away from the fire.
Start fixing the town with my powers.(3) You try to fix the town but quickly realize that you need something other than concrete and bits of burnt wood and metal to rebuild a town.
Quote from: Dustan Hache
Put fires the old fashion way.(3) You try but only manage to put out a few small fires.
Quote from: Yoink
KEEP HELPING PEOPLE OUT OF THE AREA.(3) You sit willing to help but no one comes that you could help.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Keep putting out fires.(6) As you and the werewolf friends put out some fires, when a friends tail gets to close to a fire and he catches on fire, after a bit they manage to put him out and save him but he's hurt and will need a doctor.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X6
Start evacuating the surrounding areas.(Evacuation = 6) They help some people but a tree falls on one of them and kills him.
(Evacuation = 5) They save even more people.
(Evacuation = 5) They get even more people out of town.
(Evacuation = 1) The truck crashes on the way to the evac site killing all of them.
(Evacuation = 4) They rescue a bunch of people.
(Evacuation = 4) Even more people saved.
Quote from: Firefighters X4
Fight the fires outside the town.(Fighting the fires = 3) They don't really do that much to the fire.
(Fighting the fires = 5) They put out a large portion of the fire.
(Fighting the fires = 4) They put out a bunch of the fire.
(Fighting the fires = 6) The last of them die trying to save someone from a burning house, no survivors.
Quote from: Gates of Hell Haunted House - Sixteen stories tall
Keep eating stuff and grow bigger.(2) It ran out of stuff in the area to eat, it needs to move somewhere else to eat more.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Help evacuate people.(Helping = 4) They help a bunch of people.
(Helping = 2) They can't find anyone that needs help.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon X2
Move out of the town and evacuate the remaining people.(Moving out of the town = 3) They only manage to move a little bit further out of town.
(Evacuate remaining people = 4) They go door to door getting people out of the area.
Fire stuff:
Quote from: Fire
Does the fire get worse?(5) The winds pick up making the fire worse.
Quote from: Fire killing people
Do people die in the fire?(3) Another small group dies in a house fire.
Percent of fire contained: 28%
How bad the fire is around the town ruins: SUPER BAD!
Percent of town ruins on fire: 18%
Percent of area around town on fire: 71%
Total people fled further away areas: 6,836
Total killed: 4,654
Total killed in the past: 8
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on December 06, 2018, 08:55:59 am
Post by: Dustan Hache on December 06, 2018, 09:28:17 am
Post by: TricMagic on December 06, 2018, 09:30:55 am
Meditate to improve my abilities.
Post by: ziizo on December 06, 2018, 10:04:34 am
Post by: CABL on December 06, 2018, 10:44:06 am
If I'll not find him here, sigh about the loss of my only ally and band co-member, then sneak into the Fourteenth Circle.
Post by: Yoink on December 06, 2018, 02:20:36 pm
ACQUIRE SOME SORT OF BIG-ASS MEGAPHONE. MORE THAN ONE IF POSSIBLE. MAYBE STEAL IT FROM POLICE?
THEN JUMP IN A VEHICLE (PREFERABLY A VAN OR TRUCK WITH PLENTY OF SPACE FOR PASSENGERS), GET ONE OF MY VOLUNTEERS TO DRIVE, AND START DOING CIRCUITS AROUND OUTSKIRTS OF FIRE SHOUTING OUT WARNINGS ABOUT, Y'KNOW, THE GIGANTIC ALL-CONSUMING FIRE THAT PEOPLE ARE APPARENTLY STILL UNAWARE OF
GIVE ANYONE WHO RESPONDS A RIDE, DROP OFF BACK AT CAMP
Post by: Enemy post on December 06, 2018, 02:50:29 pm
Sneak around the Thirteenth Circle and find enemy post.
If I'll not find him here, sigh about the loss of my only ally and band co-member, then sneak into the Fourteenth Circle.
Sorry for running off on you, I'll try and soften up the 14th circle for when you get here.
Get a job in the Fourteenth Circle's mail room.
Post by: Yoink on December 06, 2018, 03:01:55 pm
Post by: Enemy post on December 06, 2018, 03:09:59 pm
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on December 06, 2018, 08:10:18 pm
Go find some cannons. Are cannon stores a thing? Are they found near lakes? Let's find out.
Post by: Egan_BW on December 06, 2018, 11:52:06 pm
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on December 07, 2018, 08:25:27 am
Try to get Imic’s time machine... somehow.
Post by: KitRougard on December 07, 2018, 09:20:31 am
Post by: King Zultan on December 09, 2018, 08:33:22 am
The town's dead, all buildings destroyed and all people that haven't been found yet are dead.
A large portion of the area surrounding the town ruins are on fire.
There's several fires burning in the town ruins.
Its November 1 3:30A.m.
Doomblade187 didn't post so random action.
Hibernate in orbit till next Halloween(2) You try to hibernate but can't, maybe you need a bed or something.
keep trying to put the fires out, and evacuate people from houses so they dont burn to death.(Putting out fires = 3) You put out some of the small fires near you.
(Evacuating = 2) Looking around you don't find any people in the town that need saving, looks like ether they died or got out.
Utopia is among our grasp. Set up our Kingdom of Dinas, and delegate everything.(Setting up kingdom = 4) You successfully set up your kingdom with the help of the dinosaurs.
Meditate to improve my abilities.
(Delegating everything = 1) You put some of the worst dinos in charge.
(Improving telekinesis = 2) You try and try to improve your telekinetic powers but can't for some reason.
Use my god magic to eat the fire in the city, absorbing its energy into my bodies(Eating the fire = 6) You and your millions of spiders go forward and eat a huge portion of the fire, but some of them eat to much fire and explode, this doesn't really have any effect on your numbers.
(Absorbing the energy = 4) You do manage to absorb the fire energy, you now feel energized.
Sneak around the Thirteenth Circle and find enemy post.(Sneaking around = 5) You sneak past all the guards and other strange creatures wandering around.
If I'll not find him here, sigh about the loss of my only ally and band co-member, then sneak into the Fourteenth Circle.
(Do you find Enemy post = Heads=Yes | Tails=No | Tails) You look and look but can't find Enemy post, so you let out a sigh.
(Sneaking to Fourteenth circle = 4) After a bit of sneaking you finally find and enter the Fourteenth circle of hell.
"HOW ARE ALL THESE IDIOTS STILL CHILLING IN THEIR HOUSES WHEN THE FIRE'S BEEN GOING ON THIS LONG?!"(Finding a megaphone = 1) The only megaphone you know where is, is in the hands of an army officer that's surrounded by armed soldiers, so it might not be the best idea to try and take it.
ACQUIRE SOME SORT OF BIG-ASS MEGAPHONE. MORE THAN ONE IF POSSIBLE. MAYBE STEAL IT FROM POLICE?
THEN JUMP IN A VEHICLE (PREFERABLY A VAN OR TRUCK WITH PLENTY OF SPACE FOR PASSENGERS), GET ONE OF MY VOLUNTEERS TO DRIVE, AND START DOING CIRCUITS AROUND OUTSKIRTS OF FIRE SHOUTING OUT WARNINGS ABOUT, Y'KNOW, THE GIGANTIC ALL-CONSUMING FIRE THAT PEOPLE ARE APPARENTLY STILL UNAWARE OF
GIVE ANYONE WHO RESPONDS A RIDE, DROP OFF BACK AT CAMP
(Finding a large vehicle = 3) You search the camp and find a sedan.
(Driving around warning people = 3) Using the only methods of alerting people available to you (the horn and screaming out the windows) you set out to alert the idiots still in their houses, but no one shows up, ether there's no one around or they don't care about the fire.
(Getting them to join = 3) On the way back to base you find one guy walking down the road that joins your group.
(5) You somehow convince a demon that your also a demon that's looking for a job, so he gives you a job as mail sorter.Sneak around the Thirteenth Circle and find enemy post.
If I'll not find him here, sigh about the loss of my only ally and band co-member, then sneak into the Fourteenth Circle.
Sorry for running off on you, I'll try and soften up the 14th circle for when you get here.
Get a job in the Fourteenth Circle's mail room.
Not the worst outcome in the world.(Are cannon stores a thing = Heads=Yes | Tails=No | Tails) No, they're not a thing.
Go find some cannons. Are cannon stores a thing? Are they found near lakes? Let's find out.
(6) After a bit of searching you find several cannons near the picnic tables, but their small and plastic, probably not what you were looking for.
Create neural co-hubs which will independently act and use my body mass to put out the fire, thus increasing the number of rolls per turn I get and reducing risk of bad turns. Continue putting out fire.(Getting more rolls per turn = 4) You do the thing to gain two rolls per action, there are now two of you which means you get two rolls per action every turn.
(Putting out fires = 3) You put out several small fires near you.
Let’s see... I’m playing Angelo and Diablo, I wonder.(2) You look and look but can't find any sign of Imic being here, probably because he lives in another town.
Try to get Imic’s time machine... somehow.
KEEP DIGGING, WE WILL BUILD A TRENCH, A GREAT, GREAT TRENCH, AND WE WILL MAKE THE FIRE PAY FOR IT(Digging = 5) You and your robotic friends dig and dig until you create a GREAT TRENCH, there's no way the fire will dare to come across it as the fire is deathly afraid of HOW GREAT THE TRENCH IS!
(Will the fire pay for it = Heads=Yes | Tails=No | Heads) Suddenly a fire near you throws several stacks of money next to you.
Quote from: Doomblade187
Found my kingdom of dinosaurs, and get them to build some buildings.(Founding the kingdom = 5) You set up your kingdom and make yourself king.
(Building buildings = 3) Turns out its really hard to build stuff under water.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Try to heal the injured werewolf, if we can't take him to a doctor.(Healing him = 3) You and your werewolf friends try the best you can to heal him, but he needs a actual doctor.
(Finding a doctor = 3) You try go to the hospital but it like the rest of the town it has been destroyed, looks like you need to go to another town to get him the medical care he needs.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X5
Start evacuating the surrounding areas.(Evacuation = 2) They can't find any people to help.
(Evacuation = 2) They also can't find any people to help.
(Evacuation = 3) They find one guy to help.
(Evacuation = 6) They lose a few guy trying to get some people out of a burning building.
(Evacuation = 5) They bring a large group to safety.
Quote from: Firefighters X3
Fight the fires outside the town.(Fighting the fires = 4) They put out some smaller fires on the edge.
(Fighting the fires = 4) They put out some of the fire.
(Fighting the fires = 4) They also put out the same amount of fire as the rest of them.
Quote from: Gates of Hell Haunted House - Sixteen stories tall
Go to a new area to find more stuff to eat and grow bigger.(Finding new area = 3) It moves some closer to where some trees are growing.
(Growing bigger = 3) It eats the trees and grow one story taller.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Help evacuate people.(Helping = 2) They can't find any people to help.
(Helping = 5) They help a group of people get out of harms way.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon X2
Move out of the town and evacuate the remaining people.(Moving out of the town = 3) They finally make it out of the town.
(Evacuate remaining people = 5) They also help a group of people.
Fire stuff:
Quote from: Fire
Does the fire get worse?(5) Even though there are firefighters doing their thing the fire gets slightly worse.
Quote from: Fire killing people
Do people die in the fire?(5) A house full of people die because they were to stoned to notice the massive fire burning down the house.
Percent of fire contained: 32%
How bad the fire is around the town ruins: SUPER BAD!
Percent of town ruins on fire: 9%
Percent of area around town on fire: 68%
Total people fled further away areas: 6,903
Total killed: 4,704
Total killed in the past: 8
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on December 09, 2018, 09:30:35 am
Also you missed part of my action
Post by: CABL on December 09, 2018, 09:34:58 am
Post by: ziizo on December 09, 2018, 11:28:27 am
Post by: Enemy post on December 09, 2018, 01:28:01 pm
Hopefully, there's more job openings thanks to all those demons who died in the town.
Post by: KitRougard on December 09, 2018, 01:43:03 pm
The lead skeleton divides the money from the fire evenly among his crew.
"There's still more work to be done, however! Namely, I'm pretty sure there's people in there. Let's go!"
The skeletons all store their money in their fire-proof chests, then follow their leader into the flames to save anyone trapped. Somehow.
Post by: Yoink on December 09, 2018, 02:56:49 pm
ASK AROUND WHILST DRIVE BACK TO BASE, SEE IF THERE ANY NATIONAL GUARD DEPOTS NEARBY THAT MAYBE UNGUARDED
FAILING THAT DODGY ARMS DEALERS OR SOMETHIN'
CAN GO GET SOME HAND GRENADES TO THROW AT FIRE, I SAW THIS IN RIMWORLD SO IT TOTALLY WORKS
Post by: Egan_BW on December 09, 2018, 09:30:35 pm
Post by: Dustan Hache on December 09, 2018, 11:39:12 pm
Pray for rain again, and try to convince any other survivors i can find to pray too.
Post by: King Zultan on December 10, 2018, 06:17:53 am
Also you missed part of my actionWhat part did I miss, I only saw the hibernating tell next Halloween part.
THIS IS SET IN AMERICA, RIGHT??Yes, but where I don't know.
the heck are these fire severity rolls? i swear it has rolled straight 5s since it started. Smells like a lack of RNG.I've been using physical dice to do all the rolls, I'm not really sure why it keeps getting fives, maybe the dice want the world to burn.
Post by: TricMagic on December 10, 2018, 08:46:48 am
Also, continue my meditation to boost my own powers.
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on December 10, 2018, 11:31:15 am
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on December 10, 2018, 10:33:25 pm
Post by: King Zultan on December 12, 2018, 09:07:43 am
The town's dead, all buildings destroyed and all people that haven't been found yet are dead.
Some people have gone to the big city, that's filled with all kinds of new things, like a renaissance fair.
More people have died this turn than were in the town the game started in.
A large portion of the area surrounding the town ruins are on fire.
The fires burning in the town ruins have been extinguished.
The ruins of the town have collapsed into the aquifer.
A giant monster has landed in Canada.
Its over cast now.
Its November 1 4:00A.m.
Doomblade187 didn't post for the second time so random action.
Use godly powers to fuse and then grow to a mountain-sized monster. Then sleep or just land on Canada and cause havoc in it, they had it good for too long(Fusing in to one = 4) You don't even have to try to fuse back into one creature, its like you were meant to be one thing.
Also you missed part of my action
(Growing in to mountain = 5) Using your god powers you cause yourself to rapidly increase in size until your about the size of a mountain.
(Sleeping or Canada = Heads=Sleep | Tails=Canada | Tails) You try and try to go to sleep, but give up and decide to go and destroy Canada instead, you descend from space and land upon some random small town in the back woods of Canada, and the sound of thousands being crushed heralds your return to Earth.
(Causing havoc = 2) You don't cause any havoc besides killing that town you landed on.
Gain some intel on the surrounding area and Dark Lord/Satan's witness by sneaking around and eavesdropping random demons.(4) Most of what you hear is useless crap, but you do hear some stuff like how Satan lives on the top floor of the tallest building and that building he lives in is a casino, as for the surrounding area its mostly casinos, strip clubs, bars, theaters, and hotels, and as for weaknesses he doesn't appear to have many other than supposedly being allergic to peanuts, and being a compulsive gambler.
use magic to force a portion of the fire underground while elevating the aquifer under the city creting hot spings and containing the fires even more.(2) Well you try to shove some of the fire under the town, but it goes out before you can do so, and the elevation of the aquifer destabilizes the ground under the town, and that causes most of the ruined town to collapses into the aquifer. But hey at least it put out the rest of the fires in the town and you didn't fall into the hole.
Excellent. Work my way up the infernal corporate ladder and try to become Personal Assistant to the Dark Lord.(5) After siting in the demonic employment office for a few minutes while the demon types away on a computer, you finally blurt that you want to be Satan's personal assistant, the demon at the computer just glares at you and says "Why didn't you say you wanted that job in the first place, and luckily for you that job's open." he then types somethings on the computer and quickly shoves you out the door, points towards where Satan is and shuts the door behind you. Congratulations you
Hopefully, there's more job openings thanks to all those demons who died in the town.
"Huh. We actually did make the fire pay for it. Cool! Well, here's your pay, everyone, we did good work today..."(Dividing the money = 1) As soon as you mention the money one of the robot skeletons runs up to you, grabs all of the money and runs off into the flaming woods.
The lead skeleton divides the money from the fire evenly among his crew.
"There's still more work to be done, however! Namely, I'm pretty sure there's people in there. Let's go!"
The skeletons all store their money in their fire-proof chests, then follow their leader into the flames to save anyone trapped. Somehow.
(Saving people = 3) You find a random person that was lost in the flaming woods.
THIS IS SET IN AMERICA, RIGHT??(Asking about National guard depots = 4) You ask around your base if anyone knows about a national guard depot, a few mention the army base that's several miles away, and when you mention why you want to go, a guy says that you probably get some grenades from one of the dead army guys back in the town.
ASK AROUND WHILST DRIVE BACK TO BASE, SEE IF THERE ANY NATIONAL GUARD DEPOTS NEARBY THAT MAYBE UNGUARDED
FAILING THAT DODGY ARMS DEALERS OR SOMETHIN'
CAN GO GET SOME HAND GRENADES TO THROW AT FIRE, I SAW THIS IN RIMWORLD SO IT TOTALLY WORKS
(Getting some grenades = 5) So you and a few others drive back to the town to loot some of the dead army guys and after a bit of searching you find an overturned Humvee with a metal box filled with grenades, which you grab and start heading back to base when suddenly the ground shakes some and you see whats left of the town collapse into the ground, your not really sure why it collapsed but at least you weren't still in the town when it happened.
(Blowing up the fire = 2) On the way back to base you stop and throw a grenade into the fire, which does absolutely nothing to the fire as far as you can tell.
Keep putting out fires.(Putting out fire = 1+1 For being fireproof) You start to put out some of the fires when the ground starts to shake and collapses, you now find your self in a giant hole that's partly filled with water.
(Putting out fire = 3) After putting out several fires the ground starts to shake and collapses and you find yourself in a big hole that has some water in it, your not really sure what the hell just happened.
the heck are these fire severity rolls? i swear it has rolled straight 5s since it started. Smells like a lack of RNG.(Praying for rain = 3) Pray for rain some more and after a few minutes large clouds begin to forum.
Pray for rain again, and try to convince any other survivors i can find to pray too.
(Convincing others to join = 4) You realize that there's nobody left in the town to recruit so you leave in search of people to help you make it rain, after a bit you find some random people walking down the road, and after some convincing you get them to join your cause.
See to it that everything is not corrupt. We need good people working.(Removing corrupt dinos = 5) It takes less effort than you thought it would to remove the corrupt dinos and replace them.
Also, continue my meditation to boost my own powers.
(Continue trying to improve powers = 4) After several minutes of meditation you feel that you have successfully boosted your powers.
Go find a renaissance fair.(Getting to the city = 5) You decide to go to the renaissance fair for some reason and the only place that has one of those is the big city that's not that far from the ruined town, so after several minutes of driving you arrive in the big city.
(Finding out if there's a renaissance fair = Head=Yes | Tails=No | Heads) You stop at a gas station and ask the people inside if there's a renaissance fair, and the answer is yes.
(Finding the fair in the city = 2) So you set out to get to it but get lost on the way.
Well then, let’s fly into the stratosphere again and use magic demon/angel senses to find Imic and his time machine.(5) Using your wings you fly into the stratosphere and start using your powers to search for Imic, and after a bit of searching you discover that he's in the big city next to the town you started in.
Quote from: Doomblade187
Have the dinosaurs try to build some buildings again.(3) They manage to make one small under water house this time.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Go to the city to find a hospital for my hurt friend.(Getting to the city = 6) On the way to the hospital the hatchback blows a tire, so you have to spend several minutes changing the tire.
(Finding a hospital = 4) It doesn't take long to find the hospital, and get the car parked.
(Getting help = 1) And as soon as you walk into ER you're told that there's incredibly long wait, do to the near by fire. Looks like you'll have to wait for a long time to get your friend some help.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X5
Start evacuating the surrounding areas.(Evacuation = 4) They start moving people to the big city.
(Evacuation = 4) They help get people to the big city.
(Evacuation = 3) They help a small group get to the big city.
(Evacuation = 5) They help a large group get to the big city.
(Evacuation = 2) They can't find any people.
Quote from: Firefighters X3
Fight the fires outside the town.(Fighting the fires = 4) They put out some more of the fire.
(Fighting the fires = 3) They put out some of the smaller fires from along the edge.
(Fighting the fires = 3) They also put out some small fires.
Quote from: Gates of Hell Haunted House - Seventeen stories tall
Go to a new area to find more stuff to eat and grow bigger.(Finding new area = 4) It finds a new remote area with lots of things to eat.
(Growing bigger = 3) But it only manages to eat enough to grow one story taller.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Help evacuate people.(Helping = 3) They only find six people to help.
(Helping = 4) They find a small group to help out.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon X2
Move out of the town and evacuate the remaining people.(Evacuating people = 4) They help get another group to the big city.
(Evacuating people = 5) They find a big group of people to get to the big city.
Fire stuff:
Quote from: Fire
Does the fire get worse?(2) The fire doesn't really do anything this time around.
Quote from: Fire killing people
Do people die in the fire?(3) One guy dies in the fire.
Percent of fire contained: 37%
How bad the fire is around the town ruins: REALLY BAD!
Percent of area around town on fire: 60%
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadians killed: 12458
Big city Population: 452,539
Displaced people: 971
Total people fled further away areas: 5,957
Total killed: 17,163
Total killed in the past: 8
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: ziizo on December 12, 2018, 10:40:04 am
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on December 12, 2018, 12:18:37 pm
Post by: Enemy post on December 12, 2018, 03:04:01 pm
My turns have been going well. Starting to get nervous about when it comes crashing down.
Post by: TricMagic on December 12, 2018, 06:32:12 pm
Post by: CABL on December 13, 2018, 06:15:31 am
Disguised, walk into a nearby grocery store, buy a small box of fried peanuts using the money that I've looted from the killed demon.
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on December 13, 2018, 01:05:55 pm
Post by: King Zultan on December 14, 2018, 02:25:46 pm
The ruins of the town are now a lake with the spooky fortress on an island in the middle.
A small portion of the area surrounding the town ruins are on fire.
A giant monster has landed in Canada.
Its raining super heavy, with a risk of flooding now.
Its November 1 4:30A.m.
Doomblade187 didn't post for the third time so random action.
KitRougard didn't post so random action.
Yoink didn't post so random action.
Egan_BW didn't post so random action.
Dustan Hache didn't post so random action.
Smoke Mirrors didn't post so random action.
Use god magic to increase the rain of the large clouds so the hole-town fills and becomes a lake with the spooky fortress being an island in the center of it.(Getting it to rain = 3+1 For god powers) Using your god powers you gather massive clouds overhead, then make it rain.
(Does it fill the hole = 5) Maybe you made it rain to much to fast, but at least you filled the hole.
Eat Toronto, also poison all the maple syrup I can with my godpowers(Eating Toronto = 3) Turns out Toronto is further away than you thought, but at least you still killed some Canadians.
(Poisoning all maple syrup = 1+2 For god powers) You only manage to poison some of the maple syrup in Canada.
Use my position to subtly help CABL get into position to assassinate Satan.(6) When you said subtly did you mean really obviously because that's what you do, like unlocking all the doors and unplugging the phones while demons were looking. The demons now find you really suspicious.
My turns have been going well. Starting to get nervous about when it comes crashing down.
Set up a Science program.(4) You set up the program and teach all the young and old dinos about science, and you teach them in a way that's easy for them to understand.
Stealthy kill a demon, skin them, then make a disguise out of it.(Killing the demon = 4) You quietly sneak up on a lone demon and break his neck, killing him instantly.
Disguised, walk into a nearby grocery store, buy a small box of fried peanuts using the money that I've looted from the killed demon.
(Making a disguise from skin = 2) You try to skin the demon but a demon horn isn't really the best tool for the job and it destroys the skin.
(finding money = 4) After that failure your decide to search the demons pockets for money, and you find thirty demon monies.
(Buying peanuts = 3) After much internal debate you decide to risk it and go into the store without the disguise, and no one seems to care so you ask the demon at counter for some peanuts, to which it replies "We don't have any more, we just sold out."
Ask someone for directions to the renaissance fair. Then follow the directions.(Getting directions = 3) The directions your given are vague as hell, such as its next to this place you've never heard of and its near this big statue, all pretty much useless in the end.
(Finding it on your own = 4) After a few minutes of getting shit directions you decide to just look for the place on your own, and after a bit of driving around you finally find it, but its closed right now as its 4:30 in the morning.
Quote from: KitRougard
Help more people out of the path of the fires.(1+1 For being fireproof) You search and search but you can't find anyone.
Quote from: Yoink
Help some more people out of the path of the fires.(6) You find a guy that's trapped in a crashed car, after a bit of work and several cuts and scrapes later you manage to pull him out.
Quote from: Egan_BW
Climb out of the hole.(Getting out = 5) You manage to climb out of the hole just as it begins to rapidly fill with water.
(Getting out = 4) You also manage to climb out of the pit.
Quote from: Dustan Hache
Lead everyone in a prayer for rain.(1) Before you even say a word it begins to rain heavily, which causes your followers to lose faith in you and then leave you.
Quote from: Smoke Mirrors
Go to the city and find Imic.(2) Well you get to the city and immediately lose track of where Imic might be.
Quote from: Doomblade187
Help the dinosaurs build some buildings.(Doomblade187 building = 2) You don't really add anything to the project you just stand there and watch for some reason.
(Dinosaurs building = 6) The building they build immediately collapses and destroys the other building they built.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Keep waiting with the hurt friend, in the waiting room.(5) You've been waiting for several minutes when a doctor comes and gets the injured werewolf friend, they say it will be a few hours before they're will be finished with him.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X5
Start evacuating the surrounding areas.(Evacuation = 2) They can't find any people to help.
(Evacuation = 3) They find three more people to help.
(Evacuation = 5) They gather a big group to help.
(Evacuation = 1) A few of them get killed trying to save someone.
(Evacuation = 5) They also help a large group.
Quote from: Firefighters X3
Fight the fires outside the town.(Fighting the fires = 6) They put out some smaller fires and one guy dies when a tree falls.
(Fighting the fires = 3) They put out some small fires.
(Fighting the fires = 5) They put out a large portion of the fire.
Quote from: Gates of Hell Haunted House - Eighteen stories tall
Go to a new area to find more stuff to eat and grow bigger.(3) It eats more but only gets one story taller.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Help evacuate people.(Helping = 6) They help a guy and a few get killed when a tree falls.
(Helping = 3) They only help one guy.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon X2
Move out of the town and evacuate the remaining people.(Evacuating people = 6) Several get killed when a house they're working in collapses.
(Evacuating people = 5) They help a large group.
Fire stuff:
Quote from: Fire
Does the fire get worse?(4-1-1=2 For rain and containment) The torrential downpour actually puts out a bunch of the fire.
Quote from: Fire killing people
Do people die in the fire?(6-2-1=3 For Evacuation and rain) One guy still manages to die even with the rain.
Percent of fire contained: 65%
How bad the fire is around the town ruins: Not that bad.
Percent of area around town on fire: 32%
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadians killed: 14,612
Big city Population: 452,539
Displaced people: 3,160
Total people fled further away areas: 3,787
Total killed: 19,327
Total killed in the past: 8
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: Dustan Hache on December 14, 2018, 02:41:42 pm
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on December 14, 2018, 03:07:56 pm
Post by: ziizo on December 14, 2018, 03:11:56 pm
Post by: TricMagic on December 14, 2018, 04:04:59 pm
Note to the GM to give my NPC Dinos Science Actions.
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on December 14, 2018, 06:59:55 pm
Post by: CABL on December 15, 2018, 12:53:44 pm
Post by: Enemy post on December 15, 2018, 01:29:33 pm
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on December 15, 2018, 03:31:13 pm
Post by: Enemy post on December 15, 2018, 05:10:35 pm
I think I’m required to try and stop CABL.
"Whaaat, no, um, this is, um, Satan's secretary, we have an important mission for you in, um, let's say, Canada."
Post by: KitRougard on December 15, 2018, 08:49:45 pm
Post by: Yoink on December 15, 2018, 08:58:38 pm
More people have died this turn than were in the town the game started in.((HOW DID SO MANY PEOPLE DIE IN THAT TURN? COULDN'T FIGURE OUT WHAT HAPPENED, WAS IT JUST THE CANADIANS GETTING SMUSHED?))
"LET'S JUST UH, LET'S JUST HANG ON TO THESE GRENADES FOR NOW. THEY DON'T SEEM TO HARM THE FIRE AND HECK KNOWS WHAT'LL HAPPEN AFTER ALL THIS IS OVER."
TRY AND WORK OUT HOW MANY PEOPLE LEFT TO EVACUATE (SERIOUSLY WHY HAVEN'T THESE IDIOTS LEFT ALREADY)
ASSESS MY VOLUNTEER TEAMS, MAKE SURE NONE ARE GETTING TIRED OR WHATEVER. PROVIDE HOT CAFFEINATED BEVERAGES AND A BRIEF REST IN THE CAMPS TO THOSE WHO ARE TOO TIRED TO WORK SAFELY.
TELL THEM TO BE BLOODY CAREFUL SO NO MORE ACCIDENTS HAPPEN! I WILL RECOVER THE BODIES OF THE VOLUNTEERS KILLED BY THE TREE IN "MY" SEDAN, IF THEY STILL OUT THERE. IF THE BODIES ALREADY BEEN BROUGHT BACK, I WILL INSTEAD GO OFF ALONE AND FIND A PHARMACY TO LOOT - PRIMARILY LOOKING FOR AMPHETAMINES TO KEEP RESCUE WORKERS AWAKE AND ALERT, AS WELL AS MEDICAL SUPPLIES FOR INJURED FOLKS
Post by: King Zultan on December 16, 2018, 09:33:52 am
The ruins of the town are now a lake with the spooky fortress on an island in the middle.
A small portion of the area surrounding the town ruins are on fire.
A giant monster has landed in Canada.
Its started to flood from all the rain.
Its raining super heavy.
Its November 1 5:00A.m.
Doomblade187 didn't post for the forth time so random action.
Egan_BW didn't post for the second time so random action.
now that the fire is dying out, go find people in need of healing. triage camps, hospitals, etc.(Finding people to heal = 5) After a bit of wandering you find a small camp, and it happens to have several people that are injured and a clinic as well.
(Healing people = 3+1 For healing spells) You make short work of healing everyone that needed healing in the camp.
Go to Toronto, cast a growth spell on me that doubles my size every 6.66 minutes and then eat Toronto(Going to Toronto = 2) After a long time of moving your still not any closer to Toronto, but hey your still killing people.
(Growing spell = 4) You cast the spell and cause your body to double in size.
(Growing every 6.66 minutes = 2) After twenty minutes you haven't grown any, maybe you did something wrong when you cast the spell.
Make nets out of my webs to start savaging the parts of the town that float in the lake.(3) You make the web nets and throw them out into the
Let the Dinos do their Science thing. Rest to recover from the migraine.(Recovering from the migraine = 5) You rest for a bit and finally recover from the migraine.
Note to the GM to give my NPC Dinos Science Actions.
(Making fire = 5) Figuring out how to make fire is easy for these dinosaurs.
(Making a wheel = 5) Several dinos even figure out how to make a wheel.
Well, who cares if it's closed? Get inside the fairgrounds (breaking in if necessary) and go find a blacksmith-looking place.(6) You and your crew break the lock on the gate then go and break into the blacksmith shop, which sets off an alarm, you can also hear police sirens in the back ground. Better get what you came for and get out quick.
The Satan lives in the highest building of this circle, right? Infiltrate the building via ventilation, then look for the Satan.(Finding the building = 5) It doesn't take long to find the building. Standing at the base you can't even see the top, how is this thing that tall?
(Getting in the vents = 4) You stealthily make your way into a vent and crawl inside.
(Finding Satan = 3) It turns out the vents in this place are built like a maze, after awhile your not really sure where your at.
Attract attention by being such a good worker. Keep the attention on me and not, say, a ninja dolphin sneaking up the vents.(4) You work hard and do such a good job, no ones suspicious of you any more, you even answer the phones a bunch of times, and you tell some guy to go to Canada.
I think I’m required to try and stop CABL.(2) You decide to call Satan to see if anythings going on and you get his secretary on the phone and he says, "Whaaat, no, um, this is, um, Satan's secretary, we have an important mission for you in, um, let's say, Canada.", he also says something about it being a giant monster crushing people.
March through the flames, reach the town ruins. Loot ruins for metal scraps with which to make MORE ROBOT SKELETONS! Should be easy since metal is common in cities and is rather nonflammable.(Finding metal = 3+1 For being common) After wandering for a bit you finally find a burnt up car, and you pull some pieces off.
(Building robot skeletons = 5) Somehow you build a few robot skeletons out of pieces of burnt car, but they aren't fireproof like the others so you'll have to watch out for fires.
((12,458 and that's just form Canada, I think a few more died but I don't remember.))More people have died this turn than were in the town the game started in.((HOW DID SO MANY PEOPLE DIE IN THAT TURN? COULDN'T FIGURE OUT WHAT HAPPENED, WAS IT JUST THE CANADIANS GETTING SMUSHED?))
"LET'S JUST UH, LET'S JUST HANG ON TO THESE GRENADES FOR NOW. THEY DON'T SEEM TO HARM THE FIRE AND HECK KNOWS WHAT'LL HAPPEN AFTER ALL THIS IS OVER."
TRY AND WORK OUT HOW MANY PEOPLE LEFT TO EVACUATE (SERIOUSLY WHY HAVEN'T THESE IDIOTS LEFT ALREADY)
ASSESS MY VOLUNTEER TEAMS, MAKE SURE NONE ARE GETTING TIRED OR WHATEVER. PROVIDE HOT CAFFEINATED BEVERAGES AND A BRIEF REST IN THE CAMPS TO THOSE WHO ARE TOO TIRED TO WORK SAFELY.
TELL THEM TO BE BLOODY CAREFUL SO NO MORE ACCIDENTS HAPPEN! I WILL RECOVER THE BODIES OF THE VOLUNTEERS KILLED BY THE TREE IN "MY" SEDAN, IF THEY STILL OUT THERE. IF THE BODIES ALREADY BEEN BROUGHT BACK, I WILL INSTEAD GO OFF ALONE AND FIND A PHARMACY TO LOOT - PRIMARILY LOOKING FOR AMPHETAMINES TO KEEP RESCUE WORKERS AWAKE AND ALERT, AS WELL AS MEDICAL SUPPLIES FOR INJURED FOLKS
(Figuring out how many people are left = 5) Somehow you find out that there's over 2,000 people still in the area, most seem to be stuck in traffic, lost or just not paying attention.
(Providing caffeinated beverages and beds = 5) There aren't many people that are tired, but there are a bunch that need coffee so you spend several minutes handing out coffee.
(Telling people to be more careful = 5) You also give a speech about safety, and it looks like people listened.
(Have the bodies already been brought back = Heads=Yes | Tails=No | No) They weren't able to bring the bodies back with them.
(Bringing back the bodies = 4) You search the area for the bodies and eventually find, recover, and bring them back to base.
When you return some guy named Dustan Hache had showed up and was healing people with magic including you, but you still only have one hand.
Quote from: Egan_BW
Grow some wings and fly to Canada to fight ANGRY.(Growing wings = 4) You quickly grow some wings.
(Growing wings = 4) This one also grow some wings
(Getting to Canada = 1) As your flying you get distracted by something and fly into a building, and end up inside the building.
(Getting to Canada = 1) This one also smashes into the building, and lands inside.
Quote from: Doomblade187
Use magic to make the dinosaurs able to breathe air again.(4) Using your magic to return the ability to breathe air to your dinosaurs is easier that you thought it would be, they seem really happy about this, and they also retain the ability to breath water as well.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Keep waiting in the waiting room.(6) After a few minutes you and your fiends get kicked out to make room for more injured people.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X5
Start evacuating the surrounding areas.(Evacuation = 5) They help some more people.
(Evacuation = 6) They help two guys but one of the soldiers dies.
(Evacuation = 4) They help a smaller group of people out.
(Evacuation = 2) They don't find anyone.
(Evacuation = 5) They help people out of the area.
Quote from: Firefighters X3
Fight the fires outside the town.(Fighting the fires = 4) They put out some of the small fires.
(Fighting the fires = 5) They put out some of the final large fires.
(Fighting the fires = 4) They also put out some smaller fires.
Quote from: Gates of Hell Haunted House - Nineteen stories tall
Go to a new area to find more stuff to eat and grow bigger.(3) It only gets one story taller.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Help evacuate people.(Helping = 2) They don't find any people.
(Helping = 5) They help a large group out of the area.
Quote from: Infantry Platoon X2
Regroup with the other military squads.(Regrouping = 5) They find their way to the other platoons.
(Regrouping = 1) They loose control on the way and drive into the lake and they all drown.
Flood stuff:
Quote from: Fire
Does the rain get worse?(3) The rain gets slightly worse.
Quote from: Flood killing people
Do people die in the flood?(3) One guy drowns in the flood water.
Fire stuff:
Quote from: Fire
Does the fire get worse?(2) No in fact it shrinks even more.
Quote from: Fire killing people
Do people die in the fire?(4) Somehow a few guys die in it even with the rain.
Percent of area flooded: 4%
How bad is the flood: Not bad.
Inches of water: 6
Percent of fire contained: 86%
How bad the fire is around the town ruins: Not bad.
Percent of area around town on fire: 10%
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadians killed: 17,861
Big city Population: 452,539
Displaced people: 4,834
Total people fled further away areas: 2,149
Total killed: 22,594
Total killed in the past: 8
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: ziizo on December 16, 2018, 10:18:58 am
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on December 16, 2018, 11:00:06 am
Post by: Enemy post on December 16, 2018, 12:13:37 pm
Post by: Yoink on December 16, 2018, 02:06:54 pm
PLACE THE BODIES SOMEWHERE OUT OF THE WAY WHERE THEY WON'T BE STEPPED ON, COVER THEM SOLEMNLY WITH SHEETS
THANK THE WEIRD ARMOUR DUDE FOR HELPING HEAL FOLKS. IF I CAN FIND HIM, MAYBE ASK IF HE WANTS TO USE HIS MAGICS TO DRAG THE REST OF THE STRAGGLERS OUT OF FIRE DANGER ZONE? ALSO SEE IF I CAN FIND MORE VOLUNTEERS AMONGST PREVIOUSLY-WOUNDED PEOPLE
OH, AND LOOK AROUND FOR SOME HIGH-VIS CLOTHING TO OUTFIT VOLUNTEERS IN.
SAFETY NEVER TAKES A HOLIDAY!
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on December 16, 2018, 02:46:07 pm
Yeah, no. Everyone knows demons don't go to Canada, this guy is a fake.
Go save the boss.
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on December 16, 2018, 07:39:37 pm
Post by: Dustan Hache on December 16, 2018, 08:39:51 pm
Post by: CABL on December 17, 2018, 06:10:10 am
Once I find him, assassinate him by dropping from the ceiling vent and savagely stabbing him in the chest.
Post by: KitRougard on December 17, 2018, 09:22:06 am
Not-So-Fireproof ones? Make more of you, we still have plenty of metal to use up.
Post by: TricMagic on December 17, 2018, 12:26:11 pm
To Science, Dinos.
Post by: King Zultan on December 18, 2018, 11:20:57 am
The ruins of the town are now a lake with the spooky fortress on an island in the middle.
Canada's army has noticed the giant monster and are arriving in full force.
The fires finally gone out.
Its stopped flooding.
Its raining heavy.
Its November 1 5:30A.m.
Doomblade187 didn't post for the fifth time so random action.
Egan_BW didn't post for the third time so random action.
Keep salvaging stuff.(6) You throw out your nets to gather more scrap, but they catch on something and when you pull them in they get torn to shreds and rendered useless.
frick it, just start eating everyone and everything around me to grow bigger(Eating stuff = 1) Well you try to eat something, but can't and you realize you have no mouth, nor are you able to absorb the stuff, maybe your the wrong kind of cells or something.
(Do the Canadians notice = 6) You feel that the Canadians have finally noticed your presence, but unfortunately for you, you also feel that their going to come at you with their full military force.
You also feel a small chunk being pulled off of you, but its not enough to do anything.
Continue being a good employee in such a way that the demons are distracted from CABL.(2) You try to be a good employee and distract the demons, but you can't do both without raising suspicion, you manage to just barely get by with out raising suspicion.
((I LOVE HOW "everyone will try to be safer" IS ITEM IN MY INVENTORY :))))(Moving and covering the bodies = 5) You move the bodies behind one of the tents and cover them with some sheets, as respectfully as possible.
PLACE THE BODIES SOMEWHERE OUT OF THE WAY WHERE THEY WON'T BE STEPPED ON, COVER THEM SOLEMNLY WITH SHEETS
THANK THE WEIRD ARMOUR DUDE FOR HELPING HEAL FOLKS. IF I CAN FIND HIM, MAYBE ASK IF HE WANTS TO USE HIS MAGICS TO DRAG THE REST OF THE STRAGGLERS OUT OF FIRE DANGER ZONE? ALSO SEE IF I CAN FIND MORE VOLUNTEERS AMONGST PREVIOUSLY-WOUNDED PEOPLE
OH, AND LOOK AROUND FOR SOME HIGH-VIS CLOTHING TO OUTFIT VOLUNTEERS IN.
SAFETY NEVER TAKES A HOLIDAY!
(Finding the armour guy and asking him stuff = 4) You find and thank the man and then ask your questions, its up to him now to answer.
(Getting formerly wounded people to volunteer = 2) You ask if any of them would like to volunteer, but they decline as they just want to go somewhere safe and far away from all the tragedy and sadness.
(Looking for High-Vis stuff = 6-1 For being safe) After a bit of searching you find an abandoned firetruck and it had enough High-Vis vests for everyone, now everyone's much safer.
"Yes sir, I'll be right over"(3) You quickly appear before the big boss himself, and he just sits there looking at you for a minute before he finally says, "Don't you have something your supposed to be doing." You reply with "I feel someone's going to try to kill you and you know demons can't go to Canada.", and he just stares at you for a bit before finally saying, "Who the fuck told you demons couldn't go to Canada and why the hell did you believe them, and as for the potential assassin I've got two body guards here and I can fight for myself. Now get your ass to Canada and get rid of that big ass monster before it kills everybody." And suddenly you find your self being teleported to some small town and on the edge of town there's what appears to be a mountain made of flesh.
Yeah, no. Everyone knows demons don't go to Canada, this guy is a fake.
Go save the boss.
Steal EVERYTHING! No time to figure out what's useful and what isn't!(Grabbing everything = 2+2 For the crew helping) You and your crew start grabbing everything in the shop, including the forge and anvil.
(Getting away from the cops = 4) After its all loaded you and the crew get on the landship and sail out of the fair and get away before the cops arrive.
pray for the rain to cease now that the fire has been extinguished, and for the floodwater to flow to the nearest river since the “lake” is full.(Praying for the rain to go away = 3) Well the rain slows down a little but that's it.
(Getting the flood water to also go away = 5) You get the flood waters to go into a nearby river somehow.
Then the leader of the camp your in comes up to you and thanks you for healing everyone, then he asks you if you could use your magic to get everyone out of the fire danger zone.
Keep navigating. I'll find Satan eventually.(Getting to Satan = 1) After several minutes you realize your really lost in the vents and you don't even know how you got into them any more.
Once I find him, assassinate him by dropping from the ceiling vent and savagely stabbing him in the chest.
Alright, non-flammable skeletons with me. We have more fire to put out.(Putting out the fires = 3) A few small fires are found and put out.
Not-So-Fireproof ones? Make more of you, we still have plenty of metal to use up.
(Making more skeletons = 1+2 For metal being common) They don't find enough metal or parts to make another skeleton.
See to Social Programs. And Meditate to increase my powers further.(Setting up social programs = 4) You set up some social programs, and tell the dinos about them.
To Science, Dinos.
(Meditating to gain more power = 6) You meditate to hard and give yourself another migraine.
(Making tools = 3) They get the basic concept but don't come up with any usable items.
(Better building materials = 4) They do discover what items make for better building materials and how to use them.
Quote from: Egan_BW
Get out of the building and fly to Canada, and kill ANGRY.(Getting out of the building = 5) You get out of the building with out a scratch.
(Getting out of the building = 6) You get cut on some glass getting out.
(Getting to Canada = 5) You fly all the way to Canada in record time.
(Getting to Canada = 5) You also fly to Canada in record time.
(Killing ANGRY = 2) You don't manage to do any damage to him.
(Killing ANGRY = 5) But you do tear a chunk out of him, Probably gonna have to keep doing that to do any damage to him.
Quote from: Doomblade187
Get the dinosaurs to build some buildings on the shore, start with some houses, and teach them about science.(Building houses = 2+2 For knowing how) They build several houses for themselves.
(Teaching them science = 4) You manage to teach them about science and they listen to you.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Go to a hotel for the rest of the night.(Do you find a hotel = 3) You eventually find a really scummy looking motel.
(Do you get a room = 3) Apparently all the rooms are full on account of the fires, but the guy at the counter offers let you sleep in the lobby for a discounted price.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X6
Start evacuating the surrounding areas.(Evacuation = 2) They don't find any people to help.
(Evacuation = 1) One of them drowns in the flood water.
(Evacuation = 3) They find one guy to help.
(Evacuation = 4) They help a group of people out harms way.
(Evacuation = 5) They help a large group out.
(Evacuation = 4) They help another group out.
Quote from: Firefighters X3
Fight the fires outside the town.(Fighting the fires = 2) They can't find any fire to put out.
(Fighting the fires = 5) They find a large fire to put out.
(Fighting the fires = 3) They put out some small fires.
Quote from: Gates of Hell Haunted House - Twenty stories tall
Go to a new area to find more stuff to eat and grow bigger.(2) It just stands around for some reason.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Help evacuate people.(Helping = 1+1 For being safe) They don't find anyone this time.
(Helping = 3) They find six people to help.
Flood stuff:
Quote from: Rain
Does the rain get worse?(1) The rain calms down.
Quote from: Flood killing people
Do people die in the flood?(2) Nobody dies.
Fire stuff:
Quote from: Fire
Does the fire get worse?(4-2-2=0 For containment and rain) The fire goes out.
Quote from: Fire killing people
Do people die in the fire?(5-3-2=0 For lack of fire and rain) Nobody dies.
Turns until Canadian army gets to ANGRY: 1
Percent of area flooded: 0%
How bad is the flood: Not bad.
Inches of water: 0
Percent of fire contained: 100%
How bad the fire is around the town ruins: Nonexistent.
Percent of area around town on fire: 0%
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadians killed: 17,861
Big city Population: 452,539
Displaced people: 6,498
Total people fled further away areas: 485
Total killed: 22,594
Total killed in the past: 8
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on December 18, 2018, 11:25:48 am
Also, punt the annoying thing bitting me away.
Post by: ziizo on December 18, 2018, 11:27:54 am
Post by: TricMagic on December 18, 2018, 11:48:52 am
To Science, and Social, Dinos. And build some homes too. You can do it!
Post by: CABL on December 18, 2018, 01:33:21 pm
Try to be sneaky.
Post by: Enemy post on December 18, 2018, 06:10:30 pm
Post by: Yoink on December 19, 2018, 02:53:58 am
MAYBE SEE IF WE CAN FIND MORE BOOZE WITH WHICH TO CELEBRATE FIRE FINALLY GOING OUT
ALSO, WHIP OUT PHONE, GO TO CHANGE.ORG AND START FUNDRAISER TO HELP PROVIDE FURTHER MEDICAL CARE AS WELL AS RESCUE+REBUILDING EFFORTS
SHARE THE HECK OUT OF THAT MOFO, ENCOURAGE MY PALS TO DO SO AS WELL ON THEIR OWN SOCIAL MEDIA BULLSHIT
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on December 19, 2018, 11:34:56 pm
Post by: Dustan Hache on December 20, 2018, 05:27:40 am
Post by: ziizo on December 20, 2018, 06:53:33 am
Why would demons want to keep a monster from killing people?
Because if they die now these people go to heaven but if they survived they can tempted and go to hell?
Post by: King Zultan on December 20, 2018, 08:17:17 am
Some people have gone to the big city, that's filled with all kinds of new things, like a renaissance fair.
The ruins of the town are now a lake with the spooky fortress on an island in the middle.
The Canadian army has arrived and started attacking ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES.
All of the people have been evacuated from the area around the town.
Its raining heavy.
Its November 1 6:00A.m.
Doomblade187 didn't post for the sixth time so random action.
Egan_BW didn't post for the forth time so random action.
The_Two_Eternities didn't post so random action.
KitRougard didn't post so random action.
Evolte into a more humanoid and stronger form following the logic of the Bishōnen Line (https://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Main/BishonenLine) and meet the Canadian military's full strength in a head-on assault.(Getting a humanoid form = 4) After a bit of concentration you manage to take on a somewhat humanoid form, and you even have a mouth now.
Also, punt the annoying thing bitting me away.
(Getting stronger = 4) You concentrate on your strength some and get even stronger.
(Punting the annoying thing = 4) You look down to see whats biting you, and see a large wolf looking thing, which you immediately kick across a large field.
(Head-on assault = 1) You march forward to meat the enemy head-on, but you step into a hole and fall forward, this does kill some people including military personnel, but not as many as you would have liked to.
After you fall you feel like you get hit with several missiles and some other stuff, but their gonna have to do more than that to kill you.
release fish into the lake.(Do you have fish = 3) You look around the spooky fortress to see if you have any fish, but all you find are some cans of tuna, and cooked salmon.
Meditate some more, make a breakthrough in my powers. The ability to empower my subjects with a +/- 1.(Meditating more = 2) You try to meditate but the sounds of the dinos building the houses distracts you.
To Science, and Social, Dinos. And build some homes too. You can do it!
(Dinos building = 3+1 For knowing how) The dinos build several houses, but they probably need more to house them all.
(Making tools = 3+1 For having basic concept) They manage to figure out how to make basic tools and create dozens.
(Doing social stuff = 3) They try to do some social stuff but they can't as most of the other dinos are busy doing other things.
Search for any nearby vent and exit the ventilation system.(6-1 For being a ninja) After several minutes of wandering around in the vents you finally find a grate that leads into a room, which you immediately rip off and quietly jump out of, you still have no idea where you are in the building but at least your out of the vents.
Try to be sneaky.
Read out some "helpful" PSAs over the intercom that include information about how the building fits together.(Do you find a map of the vents = 1) You ask about blueprints of the building, and you get told that they don't exist and that they find it slightly suspicious that your asking about them.
(Reading PSAs = 5) But all suspicion gets blown away when you read a bunch of really helpful PSAs, the demons seem to like the idea of you reading them and encourage you read more, and they tell you that it makes some of the demons more productive and happy.
SLACK OFF FOR A MOMENT (I'VE EARNED A BREAK DAMNIT) IN CAMP WITH ANYONE WHO WANTS TO SHARE THESE NO-DOUBT HIDEOUSLY STALE BEERS I'VE HAD FLOATING AROUND IN INVENTORY ALL THIS TIME(Sharing the beer = 5) You and several volunteers crack open the beers and celebrate the fire being gone.
MAYBE SEE IF WE CAN FIND MORE BOOZE WITH WHICH TO CELEBRATE FIRE FINALLY GOING OUT
ALSO, WHIP OUT PHONE, GO TO CHANGE.ORG AND START FUNDRAISER TO HELP PROVIDE FURTHER MEDICAL CARE AS WELL AS RESCUE+REBUILDING EFFORTS
SHARE THE HECK OUT OF THAT MOFO, ENCOURAGE MY PALS TO DO SO AS WELL ON THEIR OWN SOCIAL MEDIA BULLSHIT
(Finding more booze = 2) You search all over but can't find any booze of any kind.
(Do you still have your phone = Heads=Yes | Tails=no | Heads) Turns out that even after all that's happened you still have your phone in your pocket.
(Starting the fundraiser = 4) After you find out that you still have service and you start your fundraiser to help everyone that's been hurt by this tragedy.
(Sharing the fundraiser = 4) You share the fundraiser on all the social media things, and gets lots of likes and support.
(Encouraging others to share = 3) You try to get your friends to share it as well, but they're ether asleep or don't have their phones any more.
Why would demons want to keep a monster from killing people?(3) You have a feeling that Satan might have some special interest in Canada, but your not sure what in. Then you hear a voice say "Because if they die now these people go to heaven but if they survived they can tempted and go to hell?", your not really sure where the voice came from but you feel that they might also be right.
point out that i am a healer, and not a miracle worker. that said, assist in evacuating the clinic-camp.(3) You say that you're a healer, then you try to evacuate the camp, but get told that Yoink's the one in charge and they will only leave if he says so.
Quote from: KitRougard
Gather more metal to make more skeleton.(2) You wander around a burn forest, but you can't find any metal bits, maybe you need to go back towards the road or a house.
Quote from: The_Two_Eternities
Go find an abandoned warehouse then look at what we got from the fair.(Finding a warehouse = 5) After a bit of looking you find an abandoned warehouse to park and hide in.
(Looking at the loot = 3) You and the crew search through the loot only to discover that you only got the forging equipment and some raw metal, looks like they hadn't made any weapons yet, but if any of you have the knowledge you could forge your own items.
Quote from: Egan_BW
Rip ANGRY apart.(4) After a bit of work you manage to tear a bit more off of him.
(2) You try to attack him but you get punted across the field.
Quote from: Doomblade187
Have the dinosaurs build some more houses and teach them a bout fire and tools.(Building houses = 4) They build even more houses.
(Teaching about tools = 3) Even after your lesson they still don't get what your going on about.
(Teaching about fire = 2) They fall asleep during your lesson.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Screw that, sleep in the car.(You sleeping = 4) After a bit you fall asleep in the car.
(Friends sleeping = 4) They also fall asleep.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X6
Start evacuating the surrounding areas.(Evacuation = 5) They help a large group out.
(Evacuation = 6) One of them gets killed by a falling tree.
(Evacuation = 3) They help some random people.
(Evacuation = 5) They also help a large group.
(Evacuation = 5) They also help a large group out of harms way.
(Evacuation = 4) They help a small group out.
Quote from: Firefighters X3
Search the areas for any potential hot spots, and any smoldering piles.(Searching = 2) They find nothing.
(Searching = 2) They also find nothing.
(Searching = 2) They can't find anything ether.
Quote from: Gates of Hell Haunted House - Twenty stories tall
Find more stuff to eat and grow bigger.(6) It eats massive amounts of stuff this time and grow seven stories taller.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Help evacuate people.(Helping = 4) They manage to find a bunch of people to help.
(Helping = 1+1 For being safe) They can't find anyone.
Canada stuff:
Quote from: Canadian infantry X4
Fire upon the monster.(Fire at it = 6) The gun jumps around and some of the bullets kill some friendlies.
(Fire at it = 4) The shots hit and do some but not much damage.
(Fire at it = 2) Somehow they miss the monster.
(Fire at it = 2) They also miss the monster.
Quote from: Canadian artillery X4
Fire upon the monster.(Fire at it = 2) And they also miss the monster.
(Fire at it = 3) They only manage to graze the monster.
(Fire at it = 3) They also graze the monster.
(Fire at it = 4) They land a decent hit on it.
Quote from: Canadian tanks X3
Fire upon the monster.(Fire at it = 6) The shell hits a friendly vehicle.
(Fire at it = 1) Something goes wrong and the tank explodes.
(Fire at it = 3) They only graze the monster.
Quote from: Canadian air force X5
Fire upon the monster.(Fire at it = 4) They land a decent hit on it.
(Fire at it = 2) The missiles miss, but it don't hit anything.
(Fire at it = 3) They only graze the monster.
(Fire at it = 5) They also hit it.
(Fire at it = 5) Even they hit the monster.
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 82,600
Canadians killed: 17,614
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,843,361
Americans killed: 4,733
Big city Population: 452,539
Displaced people: 7,062
Total killed: 22,788
Total killed in the past: 8
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: ziizo on December 20, 2018, 09:03:09 am
Post by: Yoink on December 20, 2018, 09:24:57 am
SOZ HEALER DUDE))
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on December 20, 2018, 11:24:25 am
Post by: Enemy post on December 20, 2018, 12:43:57 pm
Read more PSAs.
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on December 20, 2018, 05:48:40 pm
Post by: Yoink on December 20, 2018, 07:23:53 pm
HOW'S THE EVACUATION GOING OVERALL? WE NEARLY DONE? I DON'T KNOW WHERE THE HECK ALL THESE DISPLACED PERSONS ARE GONNA GO, ANYWAY...
MAYBE ASK A NEARBY OFFICIAL EMERGENCY-SERVICES-TYPE PERSON WHAT'S GONNA HAPPEN AFTER THIS
FAILING THAT, GOOGLE IT OR SOMETHING.
IF IT TURNS OUT THERE'S NOWHERE FOR THESE CAMP PEOPLE TO GO, ENCOURAGE THOSE WHO WANT TO STAY HERE TO START BUILDING SHACKS AND SHANTIES TO LIVE IN MORE PERMANENTLY, OR UNTIL SOME REGIONAL GOVERNMENT STEPS IN TO OFFER THEM NEW HOMES SOMEWHERE
Post by: CABL on December 21, 2018, 04:03:23 am
Post by: TricMagic on December 21, 2018, 08:19:10 am
Post by: King Zultan on December 21, 2018, 09:37:45 am
What should I do about Doomblade187 and Egan_BW as they haven't posted in several turns?
Post by: TricMagic on December 21, 2018, 09:41:51 am
Post by: King Zultan on December 22, 2018, 12:10:12 pm
The ruins of the town are now a lake with the spooky fortress on an island in the middle.
All of the people have been evacuated from the area around the town.
The Canadian army is attacking ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES.
Its raining heavy.
Its November 1 6:30A.m.
Doomblade187 didn't post for the seventh time so random action if he doesn't post next turn he will become a NPC.
Egan_BW didn't post for the fifth time so random action.
KitRougard didn't post for the second time so random action.
Smoke Mirrors didn't post so random action.
Dustan Hache didn't post so random action.
Start planting fruit trees in the island next to spooky fortress(4) Looks like its time to finally plant those fruit trees you had in the garage, after a bit of work you now have a nice looking little grove of fruit trees.
Use god powers to develop a healing factor, then compress myself into a human-sized and even more humanoid form so I still have my monstrous strength. But I'm harder to hit, then pick up a tank and use it to clobber the artilary(Getting healing factor = 1+2 From god powers) Even with your god powers you aren't able to develop a healing factor, but you are able to heal yourself at least.
(Compressing self = 3) You try to compress your self but aren't able to for some reason.
(Even more humanoid form = 2) You also try to become even more humanoid but can't for some reason, maybe today's not your day.
(Picking up tank = 4+1 For still being huge) You pick up several of the tanks and crush them together into a ball.
(Destroying artillery with thank = 4) You then throw the ball of tanks into the artillery pieces and destroy several of them.
Some weird thing rips a chunk out of your arm and the wolf things tear pieces out of your legs, you then get hit with some more missiles and shells.
"Hi, I'm Enemy Post. You may remember me from such PSAs as "What to do in a Doomguy attack" and "Talking Backwards and You". Today, we'll be discussing how to fix the CABLE in your BOSS's OFFICE on the TOP FLOOR.(5) You read even more PSAs, including one on how to find the stairs and get to the top floor, when your finished demons clap and cheer.
Read more PSAs.
See if anyone knows how to forge. Have whoever knows most about metalworking make a cannon.(Seeing if anyone knows how to forge = 5) Turns out one of your crew mates knows how to forge stuff, looks like its your lucky day.
(Making a cannon = 2) According to him you will need more metal than you currently have to make a cannon.
FINISH MY BEER AND ASSESS STATE OF CAMP. DO WE HAVE ANY NEW INJURED FOLKS WHAT NEED MEDICAL ATTENTION?(Finding injured = 4) Turns out a few injured people showed up recently, but as soon as you get to them the healer guy already healed them.
HOW'S THE EVACUATION GOING OVERALL? WE NEARLY DONE? I DON'T KNOW WHERE THE HECK ALL THESE DISPLACED PERSONS ARE GONNA GO, ANYWAY...
MAYBE ASK A NEARBY OFFICIAL EMERGENCY-SERVICES-TYPE PERSON WHAT'S GONNA HAPPEN AFTER THIS
FAILING THAT, GOOGLE IT OR SOMETHING.
IF IT TURNS OUT THERE'S NOWHERE FOR THESE CAMP PEOPLE TO GO, ENCOURAGE THOSE WHO WANT TO STAY HERE TO START BUILDING SHACKS AND SHANTIES TO LIVE IN MORE PERMANENTLY, OR UNTIL SOME REGIONAL GOVERNMENT STEPS IN TO OFFER THEM NEW HOMES SOMEWHERE
(Hows the evac going = 3) You get a few pieces of info that say everyone might have been already removed from the area.
(Asking someone what happens now = 5) According to the guy you ask, there are some temporary shelters or hotel rooms in the city, but as for what happens to the people he's not really sure as to what will happen to them other than the fact that they have nothing to go home to.
(Finding out if there's somewhere for the people to go = 3) He also says the shelters all filled up almost immediately, so it looks like they'll have to stay at your camp for a bit longer.
(Getting people to build shacks = 6-1 For being safe) After a bit of work they finish a few little shack looking things, but they probably need to build a few more.
Get to the top floor; that's where the big baddy is, I think.(6-1 For getting directions from the PA system) After listening to the PA system you discover where the stairs up are and march your way up, it takes several minutes to get to the top, but you finally arrive at Satan's office, from the looks of it Enemy Post's in there with Satan and two bodyguards.
Recover. Also, more dino actions.(Removing the migraine = 4) You concentrate your magic and remove the migraine again.
(Figuring our how to refine building material = 4) They discover that with tools they can make even better building materials from what they have.
(Build some more houses = 5) They build even more houses thanks to the refined materials and tools.
(Create an education program for the young dinos = 6) They set up the education system, but its poorly run and understaffed.
Quote from: KitRougard
Keep searching for metal to make more skeletons.(Finding metal = 4) You come across another burnt up car and pull it apart for metal.
(Making more skeletons = 5) You make even more skeletons from the metal you had and form the car.
Quote from: Dustan Hache
Heal anyone that needs healing left in the camp.(6-1 For healing spells) You find some more people in the camp to heal.
Quote from: Smoke Mirrors
I guess I should kill that big thing sense I'm here.(3+2 For demon/angle power) You fly up to the big thing and tear a large chunk out of its arm.
Quote from: Egan_BW
Get back to the fight, and keep fighting.(Get back = 5) After a minute it gets back to the fight.
(Fighting = 5) You tear a large chunk out of its leg.
(Fighting = 5) You also tear a large chunk out of its leg.
Quote from: Doomblade187
Try to teach them a bout fire and tools again.(Teaching about tools = 2) They still have no idea what your talking about.
(Teaching about fire = 4) After a bit you finally teach them how to make fire.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Keep sleeping in the car.(You sleeping = 4) You stay asleep.
(Friends sleeping = 3+1 For already being asleep) They also stay asleep.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X6
Quarantine the area around the town.(Quarantine = 4) They quarantine the area they were assigned to.
(Quarantine = 2) They can't get to where they need to be.
(Quarantine = 2) They also can't get to where they need to be.
(Quarantine = 5) They also quarantine the area they were assigned to.
(Quarantine = 3) They can't really get to their assigned area.
(Quarantine = 4) Even they quarantine the area they were assigned to.
Quote from: Firefighters X3
Gather the equipment and do a last look over.(Searching = 2) They put up the equipment, and find nothing.
(Searching = 2) They also put up the equipment, and find nothing.
(Searching = 4) They put out the last hot spots and put up the equipment.
Quote from: Gates of Hell Haunted House - Twenty seven stories tall
Find more stuff to eat and grow bigger.(3) It only grows one story taller.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Building shacks in the camp.(Building = 2+1 For being safe) They half way build a shack.
(Building = 3) They finish the shack.
Canada stuff:
Quote from: Canadian infantry X4
Fire upon the monster.(Fire at it = 5) They shoot the monster a bunch of times.
(Fire at it = 5) They also shoot the monster.
(Fire at it = 6) They kill some infantry men on accident.
(Fire at it = 1) They get blown up by the artillery.
Quote from: Canadian artillery X4
Fire upon the monster.(Fire at it = 4) They land a hit on the monster.
(Fire at it = 1) They blow up and die.
(Fire at it = 6) They blow up an infantry platoon.
(Fire at it = 2) They have a jam in the mechanism.
Quote from: Canadian tanks X3
Fire upon the monster.(Fire at it = 6) They blow up some infantry.
(Fire at it = 4) They hit the monster.
(Fire at it = 4) They also hit the monster.
Quote from: Canadian air force X5
Fire upon the monster.(Fire at it = 3) They graze the monster
(Fire at it = 6) They blow up some infantry.
(Fire at it = 3) They also graze the monster.
(Fire at it = 4) They land a good hit on the monster.
(Fire at it = 6) They also blow up some infantry.
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 82,364
Canadians killed: 17,858
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,843,361
Americans killed: 4,733
Big city Population: 452,539
Displaced people: 7,062
Total killed: 23,032
Total killed in the past: 8
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: CABL on December 22, 2018, 12:14:40 pm
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on December 22, 2018, 12:19:35 pm
Post by: Enemy post on December 22, 2018, 12:20:14 pm
"Well, looks like my time's up. Guess I need to fight now."
Throw my beer at Satan.
Post by: TricMagic on December 22, 2018, 12:22:27 pm
More Dino acrtions.
Post by: ziizo on December 22, 2018, 12:45:02 pm
Post by: Dustan Hache on December 22, 2018, 04:51:35 pm
Post by: King Zultan on December 23, 2018, 08:32:17 am
I'm gonna be a bum and say that I will not be updating this game on Christmas Eve or Christmas day, you know for family togetherness and stuff, but I will post on the 26th so everything will be back to normal on the 26th.
So are there any questions or commits about the game so far?
Post by: CABL on December 23, 2018, 08:46:38 am
Post by: Enemy post on December 23, 2018, 10:56:39 am
So are there any questions or commits about the game so far?
I've been carrying that beer ever since I got it specifically to throw it at Satan when the time was right.
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on December 23, 2018, 01:26:17 pm
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on December 24, 2018, 12:25:23 pm
Murderate the monster.
Post by: KitRougard on December 25, 2018, 02:38:47 pm
Post by: King Zultan on December 26, 2018, 04:09:46 am
I think a 5 should have killed it, but ok.The reason you didn't kill him is because he's the size of two mountains, also it didn't seem fair to be able to kill something that big without a big fight, otherwise the Canadians would have already killed him.
Post by: Yoink on December 27, 2018, 01:23:18 pm
I CERTAINLY DIG THE GAME. YOU'RE DOIN' A GOOD JOB.
CONTINUE DIRECTING THE SHANTY-BUILDING EFFORTS.
COBBLE TOGETHER A SHACK OF MY OWN, PREFERABLY NEAR THOSE OF ANY VOLUNTEERS I AM FRIENDS WITH WHO HAVE ALSO DECIDED TO STICK AROUND. MAYBE EVEN FENCE IN A LITTLE BIT OF YARD IN WHICH I CAN GROW VEGGIES SOMEDAY.
IF MY NEW HOME IS SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED, PARK CAR OUT THE FRONT, LIE ON FLOOR AND GO TO SLEEP - AFTER GIVING INSTRUCTIONS AND NOMINATING SOMEBODY TO BE IN CHARGE WHILE I'M NAPPING, OF COURSE.
Post by: King Zultan on December 28, 2018, 12:45:15 pm
Thousands of Canadians die because of the poisoned maple syrup in their traditional Canadian breakfast.
Some people have gone to the big city, that's filled with all kinds of new things, like a renaissance fair.
The ruins of the town are now a lake with the spooky fortress on an island in the middle.
All of the people have been evacuated from the area around the town.
The Canadian army is attacking ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES.
The sun is starting to rise and Halloween in now over.
Its raining heavy.
Its November 1 7:00A.m.
Doomblade187 didn't post so he is now a NPC.
Egan_BW didn't post for the sixth time so random action.
Bash the door out with my tail, nimbly dash towards the Satan and plunge my demon horn into his chest, hoping that the chest is the location of his heart.(Bashing down the door = 3+1 For it being unlocked) You run and smash the door open with your tail, which sends splinters of wood and broken glass everywhere, you see Satan sitting at a desk with two bodyguards standing behind him, and Enemy Post standing at the side of the room.
(Stabbing Satan = 6) With the demon horn held out you charge forward with the intent to kill Satan, but one of the bodyguards jumps in your path right before you reach Satan, (Does it kill him = 5) and you kill him immediately now it looks like you will have to fight Satan and the other bodyguard head on. Then suddenly Enemy post throws a beer at Satan and misses.
That's it! Use god powers to evolve into a stronger state of being. Then take the thing bitting me and use it to beat the other thing bitting me(Evolving in to stronger state of being = 1+2 For god powers) You try to evolve into a stronger state of being, but the constant missile barrage ruins your concentration.
(Grabbing the biting thing = 4) It takes a minute but you manage to grab the wolf thing.
(Beating the biting thing with other biting thing = 3) You would smack them together but some flying thing rips your arm off, which releases the wolf thing. And then you get hit with more missiles and artillery shells.
I nervously watch CABL attack Satan.(3) You throw the bottle at Satan but he moves his head at the last second and the bottle shatters against the wall.
"Well, looks like my time's up. Guess I need to fight now."
Throw my beer at Satan.
See to the Education system. Meditate to increase my power.(Helping with the education system = 3) You try to help with the education system but only manage to fix the staffing problem, its still poorly run but the problem isn't as bad as it was.
More Dino acrtions.
(Meditating = 2) You would've meditated some if your time wasn't taken up by trying to fix the education system.
(Build some more houses = 4) The dinos build even more houses.
(Build something that uses the wheel = 1+2 For tools and refined building materials) They try to come up with something that uses the wheel but can't, they do feel like they made some head way with an idea.
install solar panels so the fortress can have electric energy again.(4) You have the equipment to set up a solar system delivered, it takes a bit to install but now you have a solar powered home.
go see if my house is intact.(2) After a bit of searching you realize that your house was in the part of town that's now a lake.
Have him make some pickaxes instead. Go find a mountain.(Making pickaxes = 3+1 For knowing how to do it) It takes a bit of work but he makes several pickaxes in the end.
(Finding a mountain = 4) After a bit of map searching you find a mountain, (Getting to the mountain = 2) but its really faraway,
I think a 5 should have killed it, but ok.(4) You see that the monster picked up a giant wolf with the damaged arm, and seeing this you decide to rip at the arm again, this time you manage to rip the arm off which releases the wolf.
Murderate the monster.
Group back up, march to the nearby city ruins that I thought we were already all at.(5) After a bit of walking you find yourself at the smoldering ruins of the town, there appears to be a lake here now for somereason.
MERRY CHRISTMAS GM! HOPE YOUR CELEBRATIONS WERE SUFFICIENTLY MERRY AND THAT YOU DIDN'T NEED YOUR STOMACH PUMPED DUE TO NOG OVERLOAD OR W/E.((What does "W/E" mean?))
I CERTAINLY DIG THE GAME. YOU'RE DOIN' A GOOD JOB.
CONTINUE DIRECTING THE SHANTY-BUILDING EFFORTS.
COBBLE TOGETHER A SHACK OF MY OWN, PREFERABLY NEAR THOSE OF ANY VOLUNTEERS I AM FRIENDS WITH WHO HAVE ALSO DECIDED TO STICK AROUND. MAYBE EVEN FENCE IN A LITTLE BIT OF YARD IN WHICH I CAN GROW VEGGIES SOMEDAY.
IF MY NEW HOME IS SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED, PARK CAR OUT THE FRONT, LIE ON FLOOR AND GO TO SLEEP - AFTER GIVING INSTRUCTIONS AND NOMINATING SOMEBODY TO BE IN CHARGE WHILE I'M NAPPING, OF COURSE.
(Building more shacks = 5) They build even more sacks.
(Building own shack = 2+2 For safety and others helping) With the help of others you get your shack built.
(Building a little yard = 5) You manage to build a small fenced in area in front of your shack.
(Parking car out front = 1+1 For safety) You try to get the car close but there's to much stuff in the way.
(Nominating someone to be in charge = 4) You pick the guy that's been really helpful to be in charge while you sleep.
(Sleeping = 5) You quickly fall asleep on the floor.
Quote from: Egan_BW
Keep ripping pieces off ANGRY.(Fighting = 2) You would rip him apart but he picks you up, but then some flying guy rips ANGRY'S arm off and sets you free.
(Fighting = 3) You would have ripped him up but you were to busy trying to get your other self back.
Quote from: Doomblade187
Set up science and education programs.(Setting up science = 5) After a bit of work you manage to set up some science programs.
(Setting up education = 5) You even manage to set up an education system.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Keep sleeping in the car.(You sleeping = 3+1 For being asleep) You stay asleep.
(Friends sleeping = 5) They also stay asleep.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X6
Quarantine and guard the area around the town.(Guard = 3) Some of them fall asleep during guard duty.
(Quarantine = 4) They quarantine their area.
(Quarantine = 6) Somehow one of them dies.
(Guard = 2) They sit around and do nothing.
(Quarantine = 3) They sit around and do nothing.
(Guard = 4) They actually do their jobs and guard the area.
Quote from: Firefighters X3
Time to go home.(Leaving = 4) They head back home.
(Leaving = 4) They also head back home.
(Leaving = 2+2 For easy action) Even they head back home.
Quote from: Gates of Hell Haunted House - Twenty eight stories tall
Find more stuff to eat and grow bigger.(4) It eats even more stuff and grown another eight stories taller.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Building shacks in the camp.(Building = 2) They fall asleep.
(Building = 2) They also fall asleep.
Canada stuff:
Quote from: Canadian infantry X4
Fire upon the monster.(Fire at it = 3) They miss.
(Fire at it = 3) They miss the shots, somehow.
(Fire at it = 2) The gun malfunctions.
(Fire at it = 4) They shoot it some more.
Quote from: Canadian artillery X4
Fire upon the monster.(Fire at it = 3) They graze the monster.
(Fire at it = 5) They hit the monster.
(Fire at it = 4) They also hit it.
(Fire at it = 3) They also graze it.
Quote from: Canadian tanks X3
Fire upon the monster.(Fire at it = 2) They miss completely.
(Fire at it = 3) They only manage to graze the monster.
(Fire at it = 5) They manage to hit the monster.
Quote from: Canadian air force X5
Fire upon the monster.(Fire at it = 4) They hit the monster.
(Fire at it = 3) They graze the monster.
(Fire at it = 3) They also graze the monster.
(Fire at it = 6) The missile goes off coarse and hits some infantry.
(Fire at it = 5) They also hit the monster.
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 80,480
Canadians killed: 42,194
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,843,360
Americans killed: 4,734
Big city Population: 452,539
Displaced people: 7,062
Total killed: 47,374
Total killed in the past: 8
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES on December 28, 2018, 12:49:39 pm
Post by: KitRougard on December 28, 2018, 01:18:58 pm
Set up a little village for the Skeleton Army. We've done a lot of work recently...
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on December 28, 2018, 01:34:29 pm
Post by: ziizo on December 28, 2018, 02:07:12 pm
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on December 28, 2018, 04:23:56 pm
Post by: CABL on December 29, 2018, 12:24:44 pm
Kill the Satan with a flurry of demon horn stabs.
Post by: Enemy post on December 29, 2018, 12:57:27 pm
Post by: Dustan Hache on December 29, 2018, 01:58:26 pm
Post by: TricMagic on December 29, 2018, 02:12:40 pm
Also Meditate to improve my power.
More Dino Actions.
Post by: King Zultan on December 31, 2018, 08:14:12 am
ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES has decided to blow up again so his turn will be at the end of the turn, just to let people do some stuff before they potentially die.
Be sure to look at the bottom of the post to see what happens.
Thousands more Canadians die because of the poisoned maple syrup in their traditional Canadian breakfast.
Some people have gone to the big city, that's filled with all kinds of new things, like a renaissance fair.
The ruins of the town are now a lake with the spooky fortress on an island in the middle.
The Canadian army is attacking ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES.
The sun is starting to rise and Halloween in now over.
The firefighters have gone back home.
Its raining heavy.
Its November 1 7:30A.m.
Egan_BW didn't post for the seventh time so random action, if they doesn't post next turn they will become a NPC.
Yoink didn't post so random action.
"This place looks nice, right?"(1) You tell the skeletons that you want to live here, and they hate the idea of living in such a burnt up shithole and don't want to build a village.
Set up a little village for the Skeleton Army. We've done a lot of work recently...
Set off to the mountain. No matter how many setbacks my plan suffers, I shall proceed.(4) After a bit of driving you finally arrive at the base of the mountain, looking around this seems to be a really good spot to do whatever your planing to do.
Salvage more wood from the lake to build a small pier/dock(2) After a bit of work you only manage to get a few small pieces of burnt wood, not really enough to make a dock.
Toss this thing into the eldritch plain and then go help the boss.(Tossing the thing = 2) Well you would toss this thing into the elder plain, but you decide against it for some reason.
(Getting to the boss = 4) Using your magical powers you teleport to Satan's office, when you arrive some guy's tackling one of the bodyguards, and a dolphins stabbing Satan.
(Helping the boss = 6) You run to help Satan, but you trip over the dead bodyguard and fall on your face.
"SATAN IS MINE, TACKLE THE BODYGUARD!"(Stabbing Satan = 5) You charge forward and start stabbing the shit out of Satan, in the arm, the chest, basically anywhere you can stab.
Kill the Satan with a flurry of demon horn stabs.
(Does he die = 3) Even though you stabbed about fifteen times he isn't dead, looks like he might me stunned or something.
Also during the stab fest some guy with wings appears and immediately trips over the dead bodyguard.
Literally tackle the bodyguard.(4) You run and tackle the bodyguard and knock him to the ground.
While you were tackling the bodyguard some guy with appears and immediately trips over the dead bodyguards.
welp. file a claim with my insurance and start rebuilding...(Filing a claim = 1) Turns out the insurance company you were with was a small one based in the town that's destroyed, so it looks like you aren't getting any money for your house getting destroyed.
(Rebuilding = 5) You start gathering bits and pieces of concrete and metal, and start building a small shack on the edge of the lake.
Continue to set the schooling system right.(Fixing the education system = 4) After a bit of work you work out the all the kinks in the education system and get it to work smoothly.
Also Meditate to improve my power.
More Dino Actions.
(Meditating = 5) After all that work you meditate and finally improve your power.
(Building more houses = 2) The dinos decide to play around instead of building any houses.
(Make something that uses the wheel = 3+1 For having an idea) After several minutes of work they create a small two wheeled cart.
Quote from: Yoink
KEEP SLEEPING.(3+1 For already being asleep) You continue to sleep.
Quote from: Egan_BW
Keep ripping pieces off ANGRY.(Fighting = 3) You try but can't rip off any pieces of ANGRY'S flesh.
(Fighting = 4) You rip off a large piece of ANGRY'S leg meat.
Quote from: Doomblade187
Get the dinosaurs to build more houses, then show them the wheel.(Building more houses = 3) They build part of a house, and spend the rest of the time screwing around.
(Showing the wheel = 1) They can't give a fuck about the wheel or what its good for.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Keep sleeping in the car.(You sleeping = 4) You keep sleeping.
(Friends sleeping = 5) They also keep sleeping.
As you sleep your phone rings and wakes everyone up, its the hospital and they say the werewolf friend is out of surgery.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X6
Quarantine and guard the area around the town.(Guard = 4) They guard the area.
(Guard = 2) They fall asleep.
(Quarantine = 4) They successfully quarantine the area.
(Guard = 5) They protect the area.
(Quarantine = 5) They also quarantine the area.
(Guard = 2) They sit around and do nothing.
Quote from: Gates of Hell Haunted House - Thirty six stories tall
Its time to go forth and eat the big city!(2) It only gets part way towards the city.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Building shacks in the camp.(Building = 5) They build even more shacks.
(Building = 6-1 For safety) They also build more shacks.
Canada stuff:
Quote from: Canadian infantry X4
Fire upon the monster.(Fire at it = 6) They accidentally shoot some of their own men.
(Fire at it = 2) Their guns malfunction.
(Fire at it = 1) They get shot to death.
(Fire at it = 4) They hit the monster several times.
Quote from: Canadian artillery X4
Fire upon the monster.(Fire at it = 4) They hit the monster.
(Fire at it = 2) They have problems with their weapons.
(Fire at it = 6) They blow up some people.
(Fire at it = 4) They hit the monster again.
Quote from: Canadian tanks X3
Fire upon the monster.(Fire at it = 4) They land a hit on the monster.
(Fire at it = 4) They hit the monster.
(Fire at it = 4) They also hit the monster.
Quote from: Canadian air force X5
Fire upon the monster.(Fire at it = 4) They hit the monster.
(Fire at it = 4) They also hit the monster.
(Fire at it = 1) They crash right into the monster and die.
(Fire at it = 4) They manage to hit the monster.
(Fire at it = 5) They get a good hit on the monster.
ANGRY'S TURN:
THAT'S IT! BLOW THE FUCK UP AGAIN USING ALL MY LATENT ENERGY!!! THIS TIME FOR REAL!!! If I fail I'll just tear apart one of the bitting things with my remaining arm(BLOWING THE FUCK UP AGAIN = 6+2+2 For god powers, bigness, and LATENT ENERGY) After getting hit with some more missiles you finally get tired of the Canadians and their shit, so you decide to blow up again, the flying thing leaves before you explode, but that isn't as important as blowing up all these Canadians, so you channel all your LATENT ENERGY into yourself until you explode.
Canada and US stats before explosion:
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 78,056
Canadians killed: 59,856
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,843,360
Americans killed: 4,734
Total killed: 61,036
Who Survives?
People next to ANGRY (Need at least 5 to live)
Egan_BW (5) Somehow against all odds you survive the explosion unharmed.
Egan_BW (1) This version of you is completely destroyed by the explosion.
Canadian Infantry (3) They didn't stand a chance against such an explosion.
Canadian Infantry (2) They didn't live ether.
Canadian Infantry (3) They also die to the explosion.
Canadian Artillery (6) Somehow they survive the blast.
Canadian Artillery (4) They almost made it but they also died in the end.
Canadian Tanks (3) They get bunt alive in the tanks.
Canadian Tanks (3) They also die from the blast.
Canadian Air Force (1) They get knocked out of the air and die.
Canadian Civilians (4) They also die to the explosion.
Canadian Civilians (3) They die in the explosion as well.
Canadian Civilians (5) Somehow against all odds they also survive the explosion.
People further away (Need at least 4 to live)
Canadian Civilians (2) They die to the explosion.
Canadian Civilians (3) They also die to the blast.
Canadian Civilians (1) They didn't stand a chance against the explosion.
Canadian Military (2) They didn't stand a chance.
Canadian Military (4) They manage to survive the blast.
US Civilians (2) The blast even goes over the border and kills some US civilians.
US Military (6) They survive unaware of the explosion in their bunker.
People even further away (Need at least 3 to live)
Canadian Civilians (5) They don't get affected by the blast.
Canadian Civilians (3) They survive the blast as well.
Canadian Civilians (1) They didn't even stand a chance.
Canadian Civilians (3) They also survive the blast.
Canadian Military (2) They also die to the explosion.
US Civilians (4) They survive the explosion as well.
US Civilians (2) They die as well.
US Civilians (6) They don't even notice the explosion.
US Military (2) They die to the blast.
People immune or not near the explosion:
Basically everyone not mentioned.
Stats:
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 70,968
Canadians killed: 98,887 15352
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,842,472
Americans killed: 8,059
Big city Population: 452,539
Displaced people: 7,062
Total killed: 106,946
Total killed in the past: 8
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: Egan_BW on December 31, 2018, 09:40:19 am
Post by: ziizo on December 31, 2018, 10:09:54 am
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on December 31, 2018, 10:54:39 am
Post by: KitRougard on December 31, 2018, 11:50:04 am
Grab as much metal as you can, so we can increase our numbers later, and let's find somewhere you WANT to live."
Post by: Enemy post on December 31, 2018, 11:54:45 am
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on December 31, 2018, 01:19:36 pm
Post by: CABL on December 31, 2018, 02:30:21 pm
KEEP UNLEASHING MY BARRAGE OF VICIOUS STABBING ON THE SATAN, WHILE SIMULTANEOUSLY DEFENDING MYSELF FROM THE WINGED GUY AND THE REMAINING BODYGUARD BY BITCHSLAPPING THEM WITH MY TAIL!
Post by: Dustan Hache on December 31, 2018, 02:47:34 pm
Post by: King Zultan on January 02, 2019, 10:11:51 am
Some people have gone to the big city, that's filled with all kinds of new things, like a renaissance fair.
The ruins of the town are now a lake with the spooky fortress on an island in the middle.
A large part of Canada is now on fire.
Canadian firefights are on the way.
Its raining heavy.
Its November 1 8:00A.m.
Yoink didn't post for the second time so random action.
ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES didn't post but no random action as he's dead.
TricMagic didn't post so random action.
Eat the bits of angry that I've already torn free, split again. Continue killing angry.(Eating the ANGRY bits = 5) After a bit of looking you find ANGRY'S arm and eat it which causes you to grow even bigger.
(Splitting = 3+1 For being able to do that) You split into two identical creatures again, your both two stories tall.
(Killing ANGRY = AUTO 5) You would continue to tear ANGRY apart, but he's already dead as he exploded a few minuets ago.
keep Salvaging wood from the lake.(4) You manage to find and gather some large boards that were floating nearby.
Murderate the dolphin.(2) You try to get up but something your wearing got stuck on the dead guy, and as you struggle to get up the dolphin smacks you in the face with its tail.
"OK, OK, fine, so we won't live here.(Grabbing metal = 2) You look around for several minutes, but you can't find any usable metal pieces.
Grab as much metal as you can, so we can increase our numbers later, and let's find somewhere you WANT to live."
(Finding a better spot = 5) After wandering for several minutes you find a lake that's surrounded by trees in an area that the fire didn't touch.
Bonk the bodyguard I'm fighting on the head with my ukulele.(Bonk = 4) You start beating the bodyguard's head in with the ukulele, he struggles a little but you just keep beating on him.
(Does he die = 2) But he doesn't die he keeps wiggling around.
Have the crew members mine into the mountain for iron ore.(4) Your crew begins to mine into the mountain, after a bit of work they find a few pieces of iron ore, probably gonna need a bunch more to make that cannon.
"DIE, YOU HORNED RED-SKINNED BASTARD, DIE ALREADY!"(Stabbing Satan = 5) You keep stabbing the shit out of Satan, you stab every bit of him you can.
KEEP UNLEASHING MY BARRAGE OF VICIOUS STABBING ON THE SATAN, WHILE SIMULTANEOUSLY DEFENDING MYSELF FROM THE WINGED GUY AND THE REMAINING BODYGUARD BY BITCHSLAPPING THEM WITH MY TAIL!
(Does Satan die = 4) And during the stabbing you appear to have hit something major, as he's bleeding quite heavily, looks like if you keep up this pace you should be able to kill him soon.
(Defending self = 4) You see the winged guy trying to get up so you slap the shit out of him with your tail.
I can do better than just a shack! lets rebuild properly, and make a castle!(4) After a few minutes of work you started on the castle foundation which you make out of the bits of concrete and bricks, looks like it'll take a bit more work to finish but your off to a good start.
Quote from: TricMagic
Meditating some more.(Meditating = 3) You try to meditate but you keep getting distracted by the sounds of the dinos building houses.
Dino actions.
(Building more houses = 6-1 For knowledge ) They build even more house, looks like they might have enough houses soon.
(Creating cloth = 2) They try to make cloth, but can't figure out how to make any kind of fabric, or plants that could be used to make any.
Quote from: Yoink
KEEP SLEEPING.(5) You keep sleeping.
Quote from: Doomblade187
Show them the wheel again, and have them build more houses.(Showing the wheel = 3) You try again to teach them the ways of the wheel but they fall asleep during your lesson.
(Building more houses = 2) They don't build any houses this turn as their to busy messing about to care.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Go see friend at hospital.(2) You get stuck in traffic and it takes several minutes to move a few feet.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X6
Quarantine and guard the area around the town.(Guard = 6) A tree falls and one of them dies, somehow.
(Guard = 4) They guard the area from any threats.
(Guard = 2) They fall asleep.
(Guard = 4) They also guard the area.
(Guard = 4) They protect the area.
(Guard = 2) They also fall asleep.
Quote from: Gates of Hell Haunted House - Thirty six stories tall
Its time to go forth and eat the big city!(2) Its still really faraway from the big city, and has made little progress toward it.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Building shacks in the camp.(Building = 5) They build more shacks.
(Building = 4) They build even more shacks.
Canada stuff:
Quote from: Fire
Does the fire get worse?(5) Yes the fire gets even worse, burning even more of Canada.
Quote from: Fire killing people
Do people die in the fire?(6) Dozens of people die as a small town burns.
Percent of fire contained: 0%
How bad is the fire: BAD!
Percent of Ontario on fire: 18%
Turns until Canadian firefighters arrive: 1
Stats:
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 70,626
Canadians killed: 121,431
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,842,471
Americans killed: 8,060
Big city Population: 452,539
Displaced people: 7,062
Total killed: 129,491
Total killed in the past: 8
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on January 02, 2019, 11:26:27 am
Post by: TricMagic on January 02, 2019, 11:34:31 am
More Dino Actions.
Post by: CABL on January 02, 2019, 11:55:36 am
FINISH THE SATAN OFF BY JAMMING THE DEMON HORN INTO HIS BRAIN!
BITCHSLAP THE WINGED GUY WITH MY TAIL AGAIN!
Post by: Enemy post on January 02, 2019, 12:42:59 pm
Post by: ziizo on January 02, 2019, 12:43:43 pm
Post by: Dustan Hache on January 02, 2019, 12:56:59 pm
Post by: KitRougard on January 02, 2019, 03:56:45 pm
Post by: Yoink on January 02, 2019, 11:03:59 pm
HAVE A RAD DREAM ABOUT W/E THE POWERS-THAT-BE FEEL LIKE DESCRIBING
Post by: Egan_BW on January 02, 2019, 11:46:32 pm
Post by: King Zultan on January 04, 2019, 09:53:11 am
The ruins of the town are now a lake with the spooky fortress on an island in the middle.
The ruins of the town have been quarantined.
A large part of Canada is now on fire.
Canadian firefights have arrived.
Its raining heavy.
Its November 1 8:30A.m.
ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES didn't post for the second time but no random action as he's dead.
The_Two_Eternities didn't post so random action.
Angel and Devil powers, murderate the Dolphin.(4-2 For being slapped and tackled) You begin to channel your powers to kill the dolphin, when your suddenly tackled by some guy and knocked to the ground, then the dolphin slaps your face with its tail.
Meditate to refine my powers, to better control them.(Meditating = 5) You sit and meditate for a bit and gain better control over your powers.
More Dino Actions.
(Building more houses = 5) The dinos finished the houses, they now have houses for everyone.
(Discovering cloth = 4) They discover a primitive cloth made from plants.
"DIEDIEDIEDIEDIE!"(Stabbing the brain = 4) You start stabbing him in the face, and stab him in the brain giving him brain damage.
FINISH THE SATAN OFF BY JAMMING THE DEMON HORN INTO HIS BRAIN!
BITCHSLAP THE WINGED GUY WITH MY TAIL AGAIN!
(Does he die = 4) You stab his brain and give him some brain damage, but he's still not dead.
(Bitchslapping = 4) You see the winged guy get up and immediately get tackled by Enemy Post, using that to your advantage you slap the shit out of him.
Tackle Smoke Mirrors.(5) You quickly jump up off of the now unconscious bodyguard, and run up to and tackle the winged man, slamming him into the ground, then CABL slaps him.
whistle a tune with my Millions of bodies while salvaging for materials to build the dock.(Whistling = 6) You whistle, but for some reason none of your bodies seem to be whistling the same thing so it ends but being a cacophony of loud random whistling.
(Salvaging = 3) You don't really find anything that useful this time around.
(Building the dock = 2) You try to build the dock but quickly realize you don't have enough wood.
continue to build my castle, and try to convice others to build a village around it!(Building the castle = 3) You don't make much progress building the castle this time around, as you spend most of the time gathering the concrete to build it instead.
(Convincing others to build = 2) You look around for several minutes but you don't find anyone in the area.
"So we can set up here, right? Let's do it!"(5) You and the skeletons decide that this is a good place to set up a camp, and start building one but it will take a bit longer to set it up all the way.
((OOPS, SOMEHOW MISSED NOT ONE BUT TWO TURNS. ALSO W/E JUST MEANS "WHATEVER"))(3) You try to have a rad dream about W/E but end up having a dull dream about picking potatoes instead.
HAVE A RAD DREAM ABOUT W/E THE POWERS-THAT-BE FEEL LIKE DESCRIBING
Yeah well, angry already exploded once and that apparently didn't kill him so just make double sure that he's actually dead this time. Grow a powerful nose and sniff out any angry bits that might still be alive.(Growing a powerful nose = 4) You successfully grow a powerful nose that's capable of smelling all kinds of things.
(Growing a powerful nose = 5) You also grow a powerful nose.
(Finding ANGRY bits = 3) You manage to find some small ANGRY bits but they appear to be dead, but you eat them just in case.
(Finding ANGRY bits = 2) You can't find any bits.
Quote from: The_Two_Eternities
Have the crew continue to mine for iron.(3) They keep mining, but only find one piece of iron ore.
Quote from: Doomblade187
Show them the wheel until they learn what it is, and have them build more houses.(Showing them the wheel = 3) They still don't really care about the wheel.
(Building = 6-1 For knowing stuff) They build even more houses.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Go see friend at hospital.(3) Your still stuck in traffic.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X6
Guard the area around the town and send some of them back to base.(Guard = 2) They fall asleep.
(Guard = 4) They actually guard the area.
(Guard = 5) They also guard the area.
(Back to base = 3) They can't get back do to roads being damaged.
(Back to base = 4) They head back to base.
(Back to base = 4) They also head back to base.
Quote from: Gates of Hell Haunted House - Thirty six stories tall
Its time to go forth and eat the big city!(3) It gets slightly closer to the big city, but its still not there yet.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Building shacks in the camp.(Building = 5) They build even more shacks.
(Building = 2) They just sit around for a bit.
Canada stuff:
Quote from: Canadian firefighters x6
Fight the fire?(Firefighting = 1) They get overwhelmed by the fire and all die.
(Firefighting = 6) They lose a few guys to the fire.
(Firefighting = 2) They haven't gotten to the fire yet.
(Firefighting = 2) They also haven't gotten to the fire yet.
(Firefighting = 5) They put out some of the fire.
(Firefighting = 2) Their still on their way.
Quote from: Fire
Does the fire get worse?(6) The fire gets even worse.
Quote from: Fire killing people
Do people die in the fire?(6) Another large group of people die in a town that's burning.
Percent of fire contained: 1%
How bad is the fire: BAD!
Percent of Ontario on fire: 27%
Stats:
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 70,626
Canadians killed: 121,547
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,842,471
Americans killed: 8,060
Big city Population: 452,539
Displaced people: 7,062
Total killed: 129,607
Total killed in the past: 8
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: ziizo on January 04, 2019, 10:10:19 am
Post by: CABL on January 04, 2019, 10:14:42 am
GROWL TO GIVE ME MORE STRENGTH, THEN DO A COMBO OF STABS TO THE BRAIN!
Post by: Yoink on January 04, 2019, 11:06:59 am
PICK MORE DREAM-POTATOES!
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on January 04, 2019, 06:37:19 pm
Post by: Enemy post on January 04, 2019, 07:37:17 pm
Post by: TricMagic on January 04, 2019, 07:55:37 pm
Dino Actions. Sciences.
Post by: Egan_BW on January 06, 2019, 07:13:42 pm
Post by: King Zultan on January 07, 2019, 08:27:06 am
Some people have gone to the big city, that's filled with all kinds of new things, like a renaissance fair.
The ruins of the town are now a lake with the spooky fortress on an island in the middle.
The ruins of the town have been quarantined.
A large part of Canada is now on fire.
Satan has been killed.
Its raining heavily.
Its November 1 8:30A.m.
ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES didn't post for the third time but no random action as he's dead.
The_Two_Eternities didn't post for the second time so random action.
Dustan Hache didn't post so random action.
KitRougard didn't post so random action.
keep salvaging materials for the dock also remove the wood and materials used to block the spooky fortress windows(Salvaging wood = 5) After some more work you gather several more large wooden boards.
(Removing window barricades = 2) Turns out millions of normal sized spiders aren't able to pull the boards of the windows.
"YES, ENEMY POST; BEAT THE FUCKBOY WITH YOUR UKULELE WHILE HE'S DOWN!"(Growling for strength = 4) You release a primal growl that somehow increases your strength.
GROWL TO GIVE ME MORE STRENGTH, THEN DO A COMBO OF STABS TO THE BRAIN!
(Combo of stabs = 5) With your new found strength you unleash a massive barrage of stabs into Satan's brain effectively destroying it.
(Does he die = 4+1 For lots of stabs) With the destruction of this brain he finally dies a horribly painful death.
CONTINUE SLEEPING, I HAVE TO CATCH UP ON MY SLEEP AFTER ALL.(Continuing sleeping = 3+1 For already being asleep) You continue to sleep.
PICK MORE DREAM-POTATOES!
(Picking more dream potatoes = 3) You keep picking potatoes until you can no longer hold them all, and when you turn around to put them in the basket you see that the eggplant men have stolen all the potatoes and are taking them to their flying banana.
Murderate the Dolphin with angel and devil powers!(Getting back up = 1) Your trying to get up when the guy gets off of you and body slams you back down.
(Murderateing = 4-1 For being hurt recently) You decide to shoot the dolphin with your powers, but being slammed to the ground throws your aim off so your shot hits a wall.
You also see that the dolphin has stabbed Satan so much that his brains are no longer in his head, its safe to say that he's dead now.
Continue clinging to Smoke Mirror's ankles so he can't go attack CABL.(6) You see that the winged guy's trying to stand up even with you on him, so you getup and body slam him, and you injurer your face when it slams into the back of his head.
Gain even better control over my powers.(More control = 2) You try to gain more control, but you seem to have a good amount of control over your powers all ready, but you could get more control if you kept trying.
Dino Actions. Sciences.
(Mining = 1) The dinos tried to mine stone while in a cave, which caused a cave in killing several of them.
(Working with wood = 3+1 For tools) It wasn't that hard of a idea to work out with the tools they had.
Keep sniffing.(Sniffing = 4) You find and eat several more bits of ANGRY.
(Sniffing = 4) You also find and eat several more bits of ANGRY.
Quote from: Dustan Hache
Keep building the castle.(6) During the construction part of the castle collapses, this sets the finish date back further.
Quote from: KitRougard
Help the skeletons build a village.(You building = 5) You build a small cabin for you and the other skeletons to live in.
(Skeletons building = 3) They only build part of a building.
Quote from: The_Two_Eternities
Continue mining for iron ore.(5) After several minutes of work they bring back even more iron ore.
Quote from: Doomblade187
Damn it learn what a wheel is, and build more houses.(Showing them the wheel = 4) You finally have had enough of their shit, and start yelling at them about the wheel until they finally understand the wheel.
(Building = 5) They build even more houses.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Go see friend at the hospital.(5) After having sat in traffic for over an hour they finally get to the hospital and get to talk to the injured werewolf friend.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X4
Guard the area around the town and send some of them back to base.(Guard = 4) They guard the area and see nothing.
(Guard = 4) They guard the area and keep out any trespassers.
(Guard = 2) They all sit around and do nothing.
(Back to base = 2) They continue to find roads that can't be passed.
Quote from: Gates of Hell Haunted House - Thirty six stories tall
Its time to go forth and eat the big city!(2) It continues its slow journey towards the big city.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Building shacks in the camp.(Building = 5) They build even more shacks, they now have build enough shacks to house everyone.
(Building = 3) They sit around and talk for a bit.
Canada stuff:
Quote from: Canadian firefighters x5
Fight the fire?(Firefighting = 4) They put out some of the fire.
(Firefighting = 5) They put out a Large part of the fire.
(Firefighting = 3) They put out some small fires.
(Firefighting = 4) They also put out some of the fire.
(Firefighting = 1) A few guys die while working to put out the fire.
Quote from: Fire
Does the fire get worse?(4) The fire continues to spread.
Quote from: Fire killing people
Do people die in the fire?(4) A small group of people die in the burning town.
Percent of fire contained: 3%
How bad is the fire: BAD!
Percent of Ontario on fire: 31%
Stats:
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 70,626
Canadians killed: 121,575
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,842,471
Americans killed: 8,060
Big city Population: 452,539
Displaced people: 7,062
Total killed: 129,635
Total killed in the past: 18
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: TricMagic on January 07, 2019, 08:43:15 am
Meditate to gain better control of my powers.
More Dino actions.
Post by: ziizo on January 07, 2019, 08:50:42 am
Post by: CABL on January 07, 2019, 09:55:59 am
NOW THAT THE SATAN IS DEAD, ITS TIME TO DEAL WITH ANGELO/DIABLO: BY GRAPPLING AND BREAKING HIS LEGS, THEN FINISHING HIM OFF WITH AN EXPLOSIVE BEAN!
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on January 07, 2019, 10:19:07 am
Powers of Heaven and Hell use the now chaotic power of Hell and use it to utterly destroy the Dolphin.
Post by: Enemy post on January 07, 2019, 12:31:01 pm
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on January 07, 2019, 08:07:45 pm
No idea how I forgot that letter.
Post by: Egan_BW on January 07, 2019, 11:18:18 pm
Post by: Yoink on January 10, 2019, 06:02:37 am
Post by: King Zultan on January 10, 2019, 09:11:28 am
The ruins of the town have been quarantined.
A large part of Canada is now on fire.
Its raining.
Its November 1 9:00A.m.
ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES didn't post for the forth time but no random action as he's dead.
Dustan Hache didn't post for the second time so random action.
KitRougard didn't post for the second time so random action.
Teach the dinos about support structures. Keep the mines up with wood logs/beams.(Teaching about supports = 6-1 For for knowing about structural integrity) After a bit of talking and demonstration combined with the knowledge of structural integrity the dinos learn about support structures.
Meditate to gain better control of my powers.
More Dino actions.
(Meditating = 3) You meditate for a bit but nothing comes from it.
(Working with stone = 3+1 For tools) After a bit of trial and error they figure out how to work with stone.
(Water storage = 1+1 For tools) They try to create away to store water, but can't really come up with anything usable.
fuse into hundreds of dog sized pumpkin spiders then remove the boards of the windows(Fusing = 5) After several minutes your number is reduced and your size increased.
(Removing boards = 2) You yet again try to remove the boards, but you still can't even with your increased size,it turns out after closer inspection that the boards have been screwed on with way more screws than necessary, looks like you'll need a screwdriver or something to remove them.
"WATCH HOW THE INFERNO COLLAPSES WITHOUT ITS MASTER, FUCKBOY!"(Breaking his legs = 4) Using your strength you manage to break one of his legs before he can stand up.
NOW THAT THE SATAN IS DEAD, ITS TIME TO DEAL WITH ANGELO/DIABLO: BY GRAPPLING AND BREAKING HIS LEGS, THEN FINISHING HIM OFF WITH AN EXPLOSIVE BEAN!
(Explosive bean = 2) You then jump back and pull out a explosive bean and throw it at him, but nothing happens, it must have been a dud.
Right after you threw the bean Angelo/Diablo shoots you with a beam of some kind and burns your side.
You, f*cking idiot! You really shouldn’t have done that.(5-1 For pain from broken leg) When you try to stand up the dolphin smacks you so hard it beaks you leg and it throws a bean at you for some reason, then you use your powers to shoot the dolphin, but the pain from your recently broken leg throws your aim off and you only manage to graze its side.
Powers of Heaven and Hell use the now chaotic power of Hell and use it to utterly destroy the Dolphin.
Quickly glance back and forth at Angelo/Diablo and CABL's imminent showdown, before running and hiding behind Satan's desk.(4) You quickly glance around, then you run and jump over Satan's desk and hide behind it.
Have them start making cannons for the landship.(4) After a bit of work and all the iron you had, three cannons are created, but not installed.
No idea how I forgot that letter.
Well, keep sniffing. Until there's no more left.(Sniffing = 4) You sniff around for a bit and find several more bits of ANGRY which you eat.
(Sniffing = 4) You all so find some bits of ANGRY to eat.
(More sniffing = 5) You find even more big ANGRY bits which you eat, this causes you to grow even bigger.
(More sniffing = 3+1 For bits basically everywhere) You find and eat more ANGRY bits, which causes you to grow even bigger.
You have a feeling that there's even more ANGRY bits to be found.
DREAM UP SOME SORT OF SPEEDY AND STYLISH VEHICLE WITH WHICH TO PURSUE THE FLYING BANANA AND ITS CRETINOUS CREW!You dream up a vehicle to use, it can go (Speedy = 2) slightly faster than a electric wheelchair, and it looked like (Stylish = 3) a regular sedan with nothing special about it.
(Following the banana = 5) but even with how slow this vehicle can go you manage to follow the flying banana all the way to the eggplant man base which looks like a massive box of detergent surrounded by a moat of molten baked beans, looking around you can't seem to find a door so you'll need to find a way in.
Quote from: Dustan Hache
Rebuild the collapsed portion of the castle, then continue building.(Rebuilding = 4) After several minutes of work you rebuild the portion of the castle that collapsed.
(Building more = 4) You spend the rest of the time building even more on the castle.
Quote from: KitRougard
Keep working on the village.(2) You and the others would but you all fell asleep somehow.
Quote from: Doomblade187
Have them continue to build houses, and show them tools.(Tools = 4) You tell them and show them tools and they learn it right away so you don't yell at them again.
(Building = 1+1 For structural integrity) They only build one house this time around.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Sit with the friend for a bit.(3) You get to the friends room but he's asleep so you don't wake him.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X4
Guard the area around the town and send some of them back to base.(Guard = 5) They keep people out of the area.
(Guard = 4) They also keep people out of the area.
(Guard = 5) They protect the area.
(Back to base = 5) They go back to the base.
Quote from: Gates of Hell Haunted House - Thirty six stories tall
Its time to go forth and eat the big city!(3) It gets slightly closer to the town, slowest damn monster ever.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Sit around and rest for a bit.(Sitting around = 5) They all sit around and talk for a bit.
(Sitting around = 2) One guy sits in an ant bed.
Canada stuff:
Quote from: Canadian firefighters x5
Fight the fire?(Firefighting = 4) They put out some of the fire.
(Firefighting = 3) They put out some small fires.
(Firefighting = 2) Somehow they can't find any fire to put out.
(Firefighting = 4) They put out some fires.
(Firefighting = 2) The work they do doesn't put a dint in the fire.
Quote from: Fire
Does the fire get worse?(5) The fire gets even worse.
Quote from: Fire killing people
Do people die in the fire?(4) Another group of people die in the burning town.
Percent of fire contained: 5%
How bad is the fire: BAD!
Percent of Ontario on fire: 38%
Stats:
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 70,626
Canadians killed: 121,618
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,842,471
Americans killed: 8,060
Big city Population: 452,539
Displaced people: 7,062
Total killed: 129,678
Total killed in the past: 18
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: ziizo on January 10, 2019, 10:02:49 am
Post by: TricMagic on January 10, 2019, 10:49:08 am
More Dino Actions.
Post by: CABL on January 10, 2019, 11:38:58 am
GRAPPLE AND THROW ANGELO/DIABLO OUT IN THE WINDOW!
Post by: Dustan Hache on January 10, 2019, 01:20:20 pm
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on January 10, 2019, 03:31:25 pm
Post by: Enemy post on January 10, 2019, 03:53:41 pm
"Worldstar!..."
Post by: Egan_BW on January 10, 2019, 03:56:24 pm
Post by: KitRougard on January 10, 2019, 04:01:30 pm
Post by: The_Two_Eternities on January 10, 2019, 04:55:06 pm
Post by: Yoink on January 11, 2019, 03:14:38 am
SINGING TO MYSELF, REACH INTO BACK SEAT OF CAR AND PULL OUT A LOAF OF BREAD AND A SPOON!
THUS EQUIPPED, BEGIN EATING MY WAY THROUGH THIS DELICIOUS BEANY MOAT! ONCE I REACH THE OTHER SIDE, USE MY ACCUMULATED BEAN-GAS TO BLAST THE BASE'S WALLS OPEN WITH A CATACLYSMIC FART! ALSO, USE SMALLER, CONTROLLED FART BLASTS TO DEFLECT ANY PROJECTILE ATTACKS AIMED MY WAY BY THE EGGPLANT FIENDS AS I APPROACH.
Post by: King Zultan on January 12, 2019, 09:43:21 am
A large part of Canada is now on fire.
Its raining.
Its November 1 9:30A.m.
ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES didn't post for the fifth time but no random action as he's dead.
Use magic to unscrew the boards in the windows(5) After a bit of work you magic the screws out of all of the boards and you gather up all the screws and boards.
Meditate to gain better control of my powers.(Meditation = 5) You meditate for a bit and obtain even better control over your powers.
More Dino Actions.
(Mining = 5) It takes a long time but they finally set up a mine and begin bringing out stones.
(Water storage = 4) They finally after a bit of work they come up with several ways to store water.
"NOW I'M REALLY MAD!"(Grappling = 4) You grab Angelo/Diablo up from the ground and hold on to him.
GRAPPLE AND THROW ANGELO/DIABLO OUT IN THE WINDOW!
(Throwing = 3) And with a mighty thrust you throw him forward, and he bounces off the window and falls to the floor, looks like the window's stronger than it looked.
Keep building the castle, I want this thing to be solid enough to resist a siege!(5) You keep working on your castle, looks like if you keep at this rate you'll be finished in no time.
Murder the Dolphin.(1+2 For powers) As you begin to channel your powers the dolphin picks you up, and right as your about to unleash your power onto him, he throws you into the window and you bounce off and land on the floor in a heap.
Nervously peek out from behind the desk.(5) You effortlessly peek out from behind the desk and say "Worldstar!...", then duck back down.
"Worldstar!..."
Keep eating angry.(Smelling = 5) It doesn't take long to find even more pieces of ANGRY'S body which you immediately eat.
(Smelling = 4) You find even more pieces of ANGRY to eat.
Wake up, re-commence buildinbg the village(Waking up = 6) You wake up with a start and slam your head into a tree branch, giving yourself a headache.
(Building = 3) You and the others only manage to finish building the cabin from earlier.
Mount the cannons on the landship.(4) You and your crew quickly mount the cannons onto the landship with out any problems.
"OH, YEAH? ♫ BAKED BEANS, BAKED BEANS, THEY'RE GOOD FOR YOUR HEART, BAKED BEANS, BAKED BEANS, THEY MAKE YOU FART...♫"(Finding bread and spoon = 5) You find a convenient loaf of bread and a large spoon in the back seat of the car.
SINGING TO MYSELF, REACH INTO BACK SEAT OF CAR AND PULL OUT A LOAF OF BREAD AND A SPOON!
THUS EQUIPPED, BEGIN EATING MY WAY THROUGH THIS DELICIOUS BEANY MOAT! ONCE I REACH THE OTHER SIDE, USE MY ACCUMULATED BEAN-GAS TO BLAST THE BASE'S WALLS OPEN WITH A CATACLYSMIC FART! ALSO, USE SMALLER, CONTROLLED FART BLASTS TO DEFLECT ANY PROJECTILE ATTACKS AIMED MY WAY BY THE EGGPLANT FIENDS AS I APPROACH.
(Eating the bean moat = 4) It takes several minutes but you somehow eat all the baked bean moat.
(Blowing up the wall with fart = 4) Using all of your recently created fart gas you release a massive fart and blow a hole in the giant detergent box.
(Shooting down projectiles with farts = 2) You would shoot down projectiles with little farts but you used up all your fart to get into the building, luckily for you there weren't any projectiles, but it looks like the eggplant men are getting ready to release their herds of angry taxis on you.
Quote from: Doomblade187
Have them build more houses, and teach them about wood working.(Building = 6-1 For structural stability) The build even more houses.
(Teaching about woodworking = 5) They quickly learn about woodworking before you start yelling at them, its obvious their slightly afraid of you.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Wait around for friend to wake up.(3) You and the others wait even longer but the friend doesn't wake up.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Guard the area around the town.(Guard = 4) They guard the area.
(Guard = 5) They really guard the shit out of the area.
(Guard = 2) They slack off for a bit.
Quote from: Gates of Hell Haunted House - Thirty six stories tall
Its time to go forth and eat the big city!(1) It just stands there for the entire turn. At this rate this things never gonna get to the city.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Sit around and rest for a bit.(Sitting around = 3) Somehow they fail to relax.
(Sitting around = 3) They also fail to relax.
Canada stuff:
Quote from: Canadian firefighters x5
Fight the fire?(Firefighting = 6) One guy dies during the work.
(Firefighting = 1) They get killed trying to put out the burning town.
(Firefighting = 4) They put out some of the fire.
(Firefighting = 4) They also put out some of the fire.
(Firefighting = 3) They put out barely any of the fire.
Quote from: Fire
Does the fire get worse?(2) It only kind of gets worse.
Quote from: Fire killing people
Do people die in the fire?(5) A whole bunch of people from that burning town die.
Percent of fire contained: 5%
How bad is the fire: BAD!
Percent of Ontario on fire: 37%
Stats:
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 70,626
Canadians killed: 122,273 654
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,842,471
Americans killed: 8,060
Big city Population: 452,539
Displaced people: 7,062
Total killed: 130,333
Total killed in the past: 18
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: CABL on January 12, 2019, 11:00:50 am
Spoiler: GM ONLY (click to show/hide)
Post by: TricMagic on January 12, 2019, 12:11:08 pm
Dino Actions.
Post by: ziizo on January 12, 2019, 01:41:03 pm
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on January 12, 2019, 02:57:48 pm
Post by: Enemy post on January 12, 2019, 03:01:37 pm
Post by: Egan_BW on January 12, 2019, 06:10:49 pm
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Sniff out ANGRY bits x32
Post by: Yoink on January 13, 2019, 03:59:18 pm
WHILE THEY'RE THUS OCCUPIED, CHARGE PAST INTO THE BASE TO RETRIEVE MY POTATOES!
Post by: King Zultan on January 15, 2019, 07:21:09 am
A large part of Canada is now on fire.
Its raining.
Its November 1, 10:00 A.m.
ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES didn't post for the sixth time but no random action as he's dead.
Dustan Hache didn't post so random action.
KitRougard didn't post so random action.
The_Two_Eternities didn't post so random action.
KARATE CHOP A FIRE EXTINGUISHER I CARRY, USING IT AS A MAKESHIFT SMOKE GRENADE!(Karate chopping = 3+2 For ninja) You throw the fire extinguisher up into the air and unleash a powerful kung fu chop onto it which causes it to explode and spray its content everywhere obscuring all vision.Spoiler: GM ONLY (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: CABL ONLY (click to show/hide)
Meditate to gain Perfect Control of my Powers.{No Overshoots on 6 when using my powers}(Meditating for perfect control = 4) After some time you gain perfect control over your powers and now never have to fear overshoots when you use your powers. (Dinos can still have overshoots as their not influenced by your powers.)
Dino Actions.
(Continue mining = 3) The mine doesn't make much progress this time around and they only come out with some stone.
(Improve the tools = 6-1 For tools) After much tinkering they manage to improve on the tools they already have.
go back to salvage materials to build the dock.(5) After several minutes you gather even more large planks of wood.
KILL(1+2-1 [+2 For powers] [-1 For sudden blindness]) You begin to channel your powers into a kill spell when the dolphin pulls out a fire extinguisher and smashes it, which causes it to explode filling the room with white smoke making it impossible to see where the dolphin is.
Continue watching the fight and staying out of the way.(Watching = 6) You peak your head out from behind the desk just long enough to get hit in the face with a fire extinguisher that went flying while spraying its content everywhere.
(Staying out of the way = 4) After the injury you decide to duck back behind the desk and hide.
Well, we have a lot of mass to work with here, and there still seems to be a lot more of ANGRY to find, so...(Split THIRTY TWO TIMES = 2+1 For being able to do that) You try to split thirty two times but only manage to split sixteen times for some reason.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Split.
Sniff out ANGRY bits x32
(Sniffing = 2+1 For tons of bits) After a bit of of searching you find and eat some ANGRY bits.
(Sniffing = 3) You look around for a bit and find some bits to eat.
(Sniffing = 4) You find some bits to eat.
(Sniffing = 4) You also find some bits to eat.
(Sniffing = 5) You find several large bits to eat.
(Sniffing = 5) You find even more large bits to eat.
(Sniffing = 3) You also spend some more time to find and eat some bits.
(Sniffing = 5) You also find some large bits to eat.
(Sniffing = 3) It takes a bit but you find some bits to eat.
(Sniffing = 3) It takes a bit but you also find some bits to eat.
(Sniffing = 5) You find and eat several large bits.
(Sniffing = 3) You find some bits to eat.
(Sniffing = 2+1 For tons of bits) You spend several minutes looking and eventually find some bits to eat.
(Sniffing = 5) You find several more large bits to eat.
(Sniffing = 4) You also find some bits to eat.
(Sniffing = 4) You gather up some bits and eat them.
After all of that all sixteen of you grow to about one story tall each.
WHIP OUT MY SMARTPHONE, OPEN THE APPROPRIATE APP AND CALL IN A SWARM OF UBERS TO DO BATTLE WITH THE TAXIS!(Getting the phone = 4) You quickly check your pockets and find your phone.
WHILE THEY'RE THUS OCCUPIED, CHARGE PAST INTO THE BASE TO RETRIEVE MY POTATOES!
(Do you have the app = 5) And check it for the Uber app which you thankfully have.
(Calling a swarm of Ubers = 4) You make several calls or whatever you do get Ubers to show up, and summon a bunch of them.
(Ubers Vs Taxis = 2) As soon as the Ubers show up the taxis go after them and attack them, and you witness a massive slaughter the poor little Ubers didn't stand a chance, you hear the little Ubers honk in fear as the taxis tear them apart and even begin to eat some of the Ubers alive.
(Getting in the base = 4) While not quite what you wanted to happen it works well enough to keep the taxis away from you as you quickly run past bits and blood of dead Ubers and into the base proper.
(Saving the potatoes = 2) You would save the potatoes but you have to get to the very top of the building, and fight your way through all of the eggplant men that are armed with laser guns that make "pew pew" noises.
Quote from: Dustan Hache
Keep building the castle.(3)You continue to work on the castle but make little progress this time around.
Quote from: KitRougard
Continue to build the village.(6) You and the skeletons build another cabin, and watch as it immediately collapses.
Quote from: The_Two_Eternities
Have the crew mine some more iron ore.(5) The crew continues to mine and they produce a lot more iron ore.
Quote from: Doomblade187
Have them continue to build houses, and steal the information from TricMagic's dinos.(Building = 4) They build even more houses.
(Stealing info = 4) You stealthy sneak into TricMagic's kingdom and steal all of the knowledge from the dinos.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Keep waiting around for the friend to wake up.(4) After a bit more waiting the friend wakes up, and there's much happiness to be had.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Guard the area around the town.(Guard = 2) They sit around and do nothing.
(Guard = 4) They guard the area from any threats.
(Guard = 1) Rocks fall and some of them die.
Quote from: Gates of Hell Haunted House - Thirty six stories tall
Its time to go forth and eat the big city!(5) Somehow against all odds the giant monster finally arrives at the big city.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Sit around and rest for a bit.(Sitting around = 6-1 For safety) They sit and relax, safely.
(Sitting around = 2) They fail to relax
Canada stuff:
Quote from: Canadian firefighters x4
Fight the fire?(Firefighting = 1) Several of them die in the fire.
(Firefighting = 4) They put out some of the fire.
(Firefighting = 3) They don't really make a difference.
(Firefighting = 5) They put out a bunch of the fire.
Quote from: Fire
Does the fire get worse?(2) The fire doesn't really change that much.
Quote from: Fire killing people
Do people die in the fire?(6) A bunch of people die in the burning town.
Percent of fire contained: 8%
How bad is the fire: BAD!
Percent of Ontario on fire: 35%
Stats:
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 70,626
Canadians killed: 122,328
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,842,457
Americans killed: 8,074
Big city Population: 452,539
Displaced people: 7,062
Total killed: 130,402
Total killed in the past: 18
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: TricMagic on January 15, 2019, 07:31:58 am
Dino actions as usual.{Powers are personal, so of course they can't effect others.}
Post by: CABL on January 15, 2019, 08:47:02 am
Post by: ziizo on January 15, 2019, 09:14:10 am
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on January 15, 2019, 11:00:41 am
Post by: KitRougard on January 15, 2019, 06:54:19 pm
Spoiler: Note (click to show/hide)
Post by: Enemy post on January 15, 2019, 06:57:08 pm
Post by: Egan_BW on January 15, 2019, 07:06:42 pm
Anyway, one story tall is probably enough to split, so split each of my 16 bodies once, leaving me with 32 bodies. Half of one story tall is probably enough to split again, so split each of my 32 bodies once, leaving me with 64 bodies.
Keep eating ANGRY's remains.
Post by: King Zultan on January 17, 2019, 11:19:16 am
A large part of Canada is now on fire.
Its raining.
Its November 1, 10:30 A.m.
ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES didn't post for the seventh time but no random action as he's dead.
Dustan Hache didn't post for the second time so random action.
The_Two_Eternities didn't post for the second time so random action.
Yoink didn't post so random action.
Meditate to boost my powers to the point that 2s will work, even if the effect is far slighter than it should be.(Meditating to make 2=3 = 4) After a bit of meditation you achieve the desired result and from now on all 2 will become 3s for you.
Dino actions as usual.{Powers are personal, so of course they can't effect others.}
(Mining = 4) The dinos continue to mine and discover different kinds of stone.
(Making clothing = 4) After a bit of work they create clothing.
Hide under a cardboard box, awaiting a good moment to ambush Angelo/Diablo.(Finding a box = 5) It doesn't take long to find a cardboard box that you can hide in.
(Hiding = 3+2 For ninja) After a bit of searching you find a perfect place to hide, while hiding in the box.
(Setting up the ambush = 6-1 For ninja) I doesn't take much to set up the perfect ambush.
use magic to summon the gates of hell haunted house. It probably has enough materials for me to build the dock.(2) You try to summon the haunted house, but can't for some reason maybe your magic isn't strong enough, but looking at your wood pile it looks like you have enough wood to build the dock with out it.
Find the Dolphin, then KILL.(Finding = 4-1 For broken leg and temporary blindness) You try to find the dolphin but your broken leg makes it hard to move and the white smoke makes it hard to see anything, the only thing you learn is that he's no longer in the office.
Go through the portal to the Christmas Movie RTD that just opened up, like this "Virus" guy said to. Seems fun!(4) You and all the other skeletons go through the portal without any problems.Spoiler: Note (click to show/hide)
((Does this means your not going to be in this game anymore?))
Stay behind the desk.(5) You successfully continue to hide under the desk.
Technically I was only trying to split 30 times. I started with 2 bodies so 30 splits would leave me with 32 bodies.(Splitting in to 32 = 5) You split yet again and now have thirty two bodies.
Anyway, one story tall is probably enough to split, so split each of my 16 bodies once, leaving me with 32 bodies. Half of one story tall is probably enough to split again, so split each of my 32 bodies once, leaving me with 64 bodies.
Keep eating ANGRY's remains.
(Splitting another 32 times = 3+1 For being able to do that) Then you split again and now have sixty four bodies.
((I don't really want to roll the dice 64 times, so you get eight bodies doing stuff eight times.))
(Eight bodies finding and eating = 5) They find several large bits of ANGRY to eat.
(Eight bodies finding and eating = 4) They find several bits of to eat.
(Eight bodies finding and eating = 5) They also find several large bits to eat.
(Eight bodies finding and eating = 1+2 For powerful nose) They find a few bits to eat.
(Eight bodies finding and eating = 5) They find even more large bits to eat.
(Eight bodies finding and eating = 3) They find even more bits to eat.
(Eight bodies finding and eating = 3) They only find a few bits to eat.
(Eight bodies finding and eating = 5) They also find more large bits to eat.
By the time your finished you all grow to about a half a story tall and you feel that one more turn of this will get rid of the remaining ANGRY bits.
Quote from: Yoink
FIND A WEAPON TO USE AGAINST THE EGGPLANT MEN AND FIGHT MY WAY TO THE TOP OF THE BUILDING.(Finding a weapon = 6) As you rip a pipe from the wall you get shot several times with the pew pew lasers.
(Fighting = 5) Turns out pew pew lasers are nothing compared to your pipe and you kill all the eggplant men in your path.
(Getting to the top = 5) After a bit to murdering of eggplant men you finally get to the top of the building, but when you arrive at the top of the building you find that the potatoes are guarded by a giant toilet with arms and in these arms is a giant machine gun.
Quote from: Dustan Hache
Continue to build the castle.(5) You continue to build the castle, and looking at it your almost finished.
Quote from: The_Two_Eternities
Have the crew continue to mine for iron ore.(4) They continue to mine out more iron ore.
Quote from: Doomblade187
Have them build even more houses, and teach them how to use and make paper and ink.(Building = 3+1 For tools) They build even more houses, and finally every one have a house.
(Learning about paper = 3+1 For fear) You teach them about how to make and use paper.
(Learning about ink = 3+1 For fear) You also teach them about ink and how to use it.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
See if the friend can go back home with us.(4) The doctors say that the friend can finally go back home with you, so you take him back to the hatchback.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Guard the area around the town.(Guard = 2) They don't do anything this time.
(Guard = 5) They protect the area from everything.
(Guard = 5) They help in the protecting from everything.
Quote from: Gates of Hell Haunted House - Thirty six stories tall
Its time to eat the big city!(4) It finally starts eating the big city and several people die and it grows another five stories taller.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Sit around and rest for a bit.(Sitting around = 5) They sit around and play some cards.
(Sitting around = 4) They also sit around and look at books.
Canada stuff:
Quote from: Canadian firefighters x4
Fight the fire?(Firefighting = 5) They put out part of the fire.
(Firefighting = 6) Some of them die while they work.
(Firefighting = 5) They also put out part of the fire.
(Firefighting = 3) They don't really make a difference this time.
Quote from: Fire
Does the fire get worse?(5) The fire gets even worse.
Quote from: Fire killing people
Do people die in the fire?(1) No one dies to the fire this time.
Percent of fire contained: 10%
How bad is the fire: BAD!
Percent of Ontario on fire: 36%
Stats:
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 70,626
Canadians killed: 122,334
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,842,457
Americans killed: 8,127
Big city Population: 452,539
Displaced people: 7,062
Big city dead: 53
Total killed: 130,461
Total killed in the past: 18
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: TricMagic on January 17, 2019, 11:22:19 am
Dino Actions.
Post by: ziizo on January 17, 2019, 11:40:32 am
Post by: Outsider on January 17, 2019, 12:13:37 pm
> Transform
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on January 17, 2019, 03:50:45 pm
Spoiler: GM only (click to show/hide)
Post by: KitRougard on January 17, 2019, 04:55:12 pm
Post by: Egan_BW on January 17, 2019, 10:24:45 pm
Post by: CABL on January 19, 2019, 04:20:21 am
Post by: Enemy post on January 19, 2019, 10:18:42 am
Post by: Yoink on January 20, 2019, 05:28:19 am
THEN CLOSE THE DISTANCE AND SUBDUE IT WITH A GRAPPLE
Post by: King Zultan on January 20, 2019, 09:52:57 am
Post by: Enemy post on January 20, 2019, 10:36:17 am
Post by: King Zultan on January 22, 2019, 12:00:35 pm
A giant monster has arrived at the big city, and has now started to eat it.
People are panicking in the big city as a giant monster eats it.
The armies coming to kill the newest giant monster.
A large part of Canada is now on fire.
Its raining.
Its November 1, 11:00 A.m.
ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES didn't post for the eight time but no random action as he's dead.
Dustan Hache didn't post for the third time so random action.
The_Two_Eternities didn't post for the third time so random action.
KitRougard has left the game so no action.
Meditate even farther, 1s become 2s from now on.(This does not make them become 3s from the other power though.)(Meditating to make 1=2 = 4) After a bit of meditation you succeed and you no longer need to fear getting a one on a roll.
Dino Actions.
(Mining = 1+1 For support structures) The mine makes little progress this time around.
(Look at the different kinds of stone = 6-1 For tools) After a bit of examination they discover that they're actually different kinds of stone with different properties, some of them are even malleable which requires further study.
Build the wooden dock(3+1 For lots of boards and screws) After several minutes of work you finally finish the dock you've been trying to build, and you even have some wood and screws leftover.
> Spawn as the embodiment of Halloween: Masked Rider Jack-O(3) You are the Embodiment of Halloween: Masked Rider Jack-O, and you try to transform but can't for some reason, you know you can transform but you can't right now form some reason.
> Transform
You are currently standing in a park in the big city.
F*ck itSpoiler: GM only (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Smoke Mirrors only (click to show/hide)
Sniff.(Eight bodies finding and eating = 5) They find and eat several big pieces.
(Eight bodies finding and eating = 3) They find and eat a few pieces.
(Eight bodies finding and eating = 5) They also find and eat several big pieces.
(Eight bodies finding and eating = 1+2 For powerful nose) They only find a few pieces to eat.
(Eight bodies finding and eating = 5) They find a lot of pieces to eat.
(Eight bodies finding and eating = 6-1 For being fireproof) They walk into fires to get some pieces to eat.
(Eight bodies finding and eating = 5) They gather and eat lots of pieces.
(Eight bodies finding and eating = 5) They also gather lots of pieces to eat.
After much time and work you finally find and eat whats left of ANGRY and all your bodies grow to one story tall each.
Keep waiting for Angelo/Diablo to appear in my vicinity, then spring out from the box and stab him in the neck.(3) You continue to wait for him to show up but he doesn't, so you continue to sit and do nothing.
Keep watching the fight.(4) You sit and watch the winged guy heal himself, then whats left of the smoke leaves the room for some reason, and them a bit later it came back somehow.
PROJECTILE VOMIT A MOLTEN STREAM O' BEANS INTO THE TOILET FROM WHERE I STAND(Vomiting = 5) You take aim and spew forth a stream of molten baked beans straight towards the giant toilet.
THEN CLOSE THE DISTANCE AND SUBDUE IT WITH A GRAPPLE
(Does it get into the toilet = 4) And it goes right in to the bowl which is also its mouth, it doesn't look like it appreciate being vomited in.
(Closing the distance = 5) Then you run right towards the giant toilet avoiding all the bullets it fires at you.
(Grappling = 4) Then you somehow grab and grapple the giant toilet.
(Subduing = 5) And then you somehow subdue the giant toilet by crushing it with your bare hands.
Now nothing stands between you and saving your potatoes.
Quote from: Dustan Hache
Keep working on the castle.(3) You don't really make any progress this time around.
Quote from: The_Two_Eternities
Have the crew keep mining iron ore.(3) They keep mining but don't get any ore this time.
Quote from: Doomblade187
Have them start mining stone, and show them how to make playing cards, and how to play card games.(Mining = 5) They start mining using the info you stole.
(Making cards = 5) You teach them how to make playing cards.
(Playing card games = 3+1 For fear) You then teach them how to play some card games, like solitaire, go fish, black jack, Texas holdem and poker.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Go and gets something to eat, then go to the store for some supplies. (Like bottled water and canned goods.)(Getting food = 4) You and the friends go and eat some food.
(Buying food = 6) You go to a store and get over charged for a bunch of canned food.
(Buying water = 5) But at least the water bottles are regular price.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Guard the area around the town.(Guard = 1+1 For well guarded area) Lucky for them no one died, and they did nothing else.
(Guard = 4) They guard the area.
(Guard = 5) They guard the area better than the other guys.
Quote from: Gates of Hell Haunted House - Forty one stories tall
Its time to eat the big city!(5) It gorges its self on the buildings and people, and grows another six stories taller.
The armies been alerted to this things presence and will arrive shortly.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Sit around and rest for a bit.(Sitting around = 1+1 For safety) They don't really do anything this time around.
(Sitting around = 2) They don't really do anything ether.
Canada stuff:
Quote from: Canadian firefighters x4
Fight the fire?(Firefighting = 3) They don't really do much to the fire.
(Firefighting = 2) They have no effect on the fire.
(Firefighting = 4) They put out some more of the fire.
(Firefighting = 4) They also put out some of the fire.
Quote from: Fire
Does the fire get worse?(6) The wind picks up and makes the fire even worse.
Quote from: Fire killing people
Do people die in the fire?(2) But against all odds no one dies.
Percent of fire contained: 12%
How bad is the fire: REALLY BAD!
Percent of Ontario on fire: 41%
Stats:
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 70,626
Canadians killed: 122,334
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,842,457
Americans killed: 8,343
Big city Population: 452,539
Displaced people: 7,062
Big city dead: 269
Percent of big city destroyed: 11%
Total killed: 130,677
Total killed in the past: 18
Turns until the army arrives: 2
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: TricMagic on January 22, 2019, 12:08:38 pm
More Dino actions.
Post by: Enemy post on January 22, 2019, 12:42:54 pm
Post by: Dustan Hache on January 22, 2019, 03:36:37 pm
Post by: ziizo on January 22, 2019, 07:02:34 pm
Also Send advices to newspapers than the spooky fortress in the lake is hiring butlers and maids.
Post by: Egan_BW on January 22, 2019, 11:23:08 pm
Spoiler: action spoiled for length~ (click to show/hide)
Take care not to accidentally crush anyone.
Post by: CABL on January 23, 2019, 04:45:16 am
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on January 23, 2019, 08:30:14 am
Spoiler: GM only (click to show/hide)
Post by: Enemy post on January 25, 2019, 02:24:17 pm
Spoiler: GM only (click to show/hide)
Post by: Yoink on January 25, 2019, 11:28:58 pm
Post by: King Zultan on January 26, 2019, 05:47:42 pm
The army abandoned the quarantine and went to attack the monster.
People are panicking in the big city as a giant monster eats it.
The armies coming to kill the newest giant monster.
More firefighters will be arriving in Canada soon.
A large part of Canada is now on fire.
Its raining.
Its November 1, 11:30 A.m.
ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES didn't post for the nine time but no random action as he's dead.
The_Two_Eternities didn't post for the forth time so random action.
Outsider didn't post so random action.
Teach the Dino's about the Magic of Friendship.(Literal Magic)(Teaching about magic = 5) After a bit of teaching you teach about basic magic and how to preform some basic spells.
More Dino actions.
(Mining = 5) The mine continues at an increased pace and they come out with even more stone and some more of the malleable stone.
(Studying malleable stone = 2) They poke and prod at it, but don't really come up with any new ideas this time around.
Finish it already! I want to start rebuilding the town around my glorious fortress of a castle!(4) It takes some time but you finally finish the castle you've been building, and get ready to rebuild the town.
use my power as a halloween god to create to a tiny spider to infect a person near kamen rider jack-o and turn him or her into a toku monster of the week (every kamen rider needs villains with the same power source than him)(Creating tiny spider = 5) You easily create a tiny spider and place it next to Kamen rider Jack-O.
Also Send advices to newspapers than the spooky fortress in the lake is hiring butlers and maids.
(infecting a person = 5) And then you have it bite a random guy.
(Does it turn in to a toku monster = 5) And that guy turns in to a lizard thing, and then runs around screaming in his weird lizard language.
(Sending advices to the paper = 2) You would but you remembered that the town's newspaper doesn't exist any more so you can't.
(Eight bodies merging = 4) It only takes a few minutes to reform into one being.Spoiler: action spoiled for length~ (click to show/hide)
Take care not to accidentally crush anyone.
(Eight bodies merging = 3+1 For being able to do that) They also form into one.
(Eight bodies merging = 5) They do as well.
(Eight bodies merging = 4) So do they.
(Eight bodies merging = 5) They also do it.
(Eight bodies merging = 4) Even they manage to do it.
(Eight bodies merging = 4) They also do the thing.
(Eight bodies merging = 5) After a bit they merge as well.
After a bit you look and see that your now sixty four stories tall.
Keep waiting for my nemesis to appear in my vicinity, then surprise bash him in the face with my tail.(4) You continue to sit and wait for him to appear, then suddenly some mildly irritating white smoke appears around you.
Spoiler: GM only (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Smoke Mirrors only (click to show/hide)
"CABL look out, he healed up!"((I combined these two actions for convenience.))Spoiler: GM only (click to show/hide)
(2) You yell out to CABL, but he probably can't hear you as your still in the building and he isn't.
Spoiler: Enemy post only (click to show/hide)
RETRIEVE MY BELOVED POTATOES AND SHOWER THEM WITH KISSES WHILST SHEDDING TEARS OF JOY(Retrieving = 4) You run forward and grab all the potatoes.
(kissing = 5) And shower them and kisses, (Shedding tears = 4) while shedding tears of joy.
But this touching moment is short lived as the building starts to crumble, looks like you'll have to do some fancy maneuvering to get out of this one.
Quote from: Outsider
>Transform.((Don't be mad but I don't really know much about what your characters supposed to be.))
(6-1 For being able to do that) You quickly turn into your Kamen rider form.
Then suddenly some guy turns into a lizard thing and begins to run around and scream in a weird lizard language.
Quote from: The_Two_Eternities
The crew shall continue to mine for iron ore.(5) They mine some more iron and now probably have enough to make a few more cannons.
Quote from: Doomblade187
Have them continue to mine, and have them build a casino and show them how to build a still and how to brew alcohol.(Mining = 5) They mine out a bunch of stone this time.
(Building the casino = 4) After much work they finish the casino.
(Building a still = 4) You teach them how to build a still and they build it.
(Making alcohol = 2+2 For fear of being yelled at) You yell at them a little and they get the picture and learn and create some alcohol.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Shits going down its time to leave.(5) You try to leave the city but get stuck in traffic.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Go to the big city and attack the new giant monster.(Going = 2) They try to leave but can't find a road out.
(Going = 5) After a bit of traveling they get to the city.
(Going = 3) They can't find a road out ether.
Quote from: Gates of Hell Haunted House - Forty seven stories tall
Its time to eat the big city!(3) It eats a few more building and grows another three stories taller.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Sit around and rest for a bit.(Sitting around = 2) They get bored.
(Sitting around = 1+1 For safety) They sit and stare at walls.
Quote from: People evacuating the big city
Runaway!(Running = 3) They get stuck in traffic.
(Running = 4) They manage to get out of the city.
(Running = 3) They also get stuck in traffic.
(Running = 3) Even they get stuck in traffic.
Canada stuff:
Quote from: Canadian firefighters x4
Fight the fire?(Firefighting = 4) They manage to put out some of the fire.
(Firefighting = 1) They all die in the fire.
(Firefighting = 2) They don't really accomplish anything.
(Firefighting = 5) They put out a bunch of the fire.
Quote from: Fire
Does the fire get worse?(4) The fire continues to get even worse.
Quote from: Fire killing people
Do people die in the fire?(6) A huge group of people die in a burning town.
Percent of fire contained: 18%
How bad is the fire: REALLY BAD!
Percent of Ontario on fire: 40%
Stats:
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 70,626
Canadians killed: 123,230
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,842,457
Americans killed: 8,463
Big city Population: 452,539
Displaced people: 7,062
People fleeing the city: 348
Big city dead: 389
Percent of big city destroyed: 12%
Total killed: 131,693
Total killed in the past: 18
More firefighters arriving in Canada: 1
Turns until the army arrives: 2
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: Enemy post on January 26, 2019, 06:20:10 pm
Spoiler: GM and CABL only (click to show/hide)
Post by: TricMagic on January 26, 2019, 06:20:46 pm
Dino Actions.
Post by: ziizo on January 26, 2019, 06:53:39 pm
If I don't use god magic to give good wi-fi to it
Post by: CABL on January 27, 2019, 06:38:18 am
Post by: Egan_BW on January 27, 2019, 06:44:02 am
Also grow a magic-interdiction organ to keep gods or whatever from messing with me.
Post by: King Zultan on January 30, 2019, 04:18:58 pm
The army abandoned the quarantine and went to attack the monsters.
People are panicking in the big city as a giant monster eats it.
The armies coming to kill the newest giant monsters.
More firefighters have arrived in Canada.
A large part of Canada is now on fire.
Its no longer raining.
Its November 1, 12:00 A.m.
ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES didn't post for the ten time but no random action as he's dead, if he doesn't post next turn he will be dead permanently.
The_Two_Eternities didn't post for the fifth time so random action.
Outsider didn't post for the second time so random action.
Dustan Hache didn't post so random action.
Smoke Mirrors didn't post so random action.
Yoink didn't post so random action.
Spoiler: GM and CABL only (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Enemy post and CABL only (click to show/hide)
Teach them about the Magic of Friendship.(Teaching the magic of friendship = 1+2 For basic magic) After a bit it becomes obvious that they're having difficulty understanding what your trying to teach them.
Dino Actions.
(Mining = 6-1 For support structures) There was almost a disaster in the mine but it was avoided thanks to the support structures, they also mined some more stone.
(Building water storage = 1+3 For tools and knowledge) They build several water storage tanks around their farms.
Try to see if I still have wi-fi in the spooky fortress.(Do you still have wi-fi = 4) Thankfully that expensive wi-fi equipment you had installed still works, so you can still use the internet.
If I don't use god magic to give good wi-fi to it
Spring out from the cardboard box, then rush towards Angelo/Diablo and deliver a powerful tail kick to his jaw.(Springing = 6-1 For ninja) You quickly spring the trap as soon as you hear Angelo/Diablo's voice.
(Kicking in the face = 2) And when you go to deliver the kick you see that Angelo/Diablo and Enemy post are currently falling from a broken window, so you can't really kick him from where you are.
Also the smoke that was around you suddenly disappears.
Saunter over to the big city and casually punch the giant monster over there into a thousand tiny pieces with a single earth-shattering punch using the culmination of all my strength and mass.(Getting to the big city = 4) It takes a bit but you still get there faster than if you had driven.
Also grow a magic-interdiction organ to keep gods or whatever from messing with me.
(Punching the monster = 5) When you see the monster you run up to it and punch (Does it die = 6) and it blocks the punch and shoves you backwards into a building.
(Growing an magic-interdiction organ = 6-1 For being able to mutate) Also during all of this you grow that organ you wanted.
Several buildings get destroyed and dozens of people die because of your fighting.
Quote from: Dustan Hache
Start rebuilding the town around the castle.(2) You would start rebuilding the town but you realize that you used up most of the materials building the castle.
Quote from: Smoke Mirrors
Have the smoke try to choke the dolphin again.(1) You try yet again to make the smoke kill the dolphin, but you instead end up killing the smoke.
Then suddenly the guy that's been hiding behind the desk bum rushes you and pushes you out the window, and you get lots of cuts from the glass, you and the guy are now falling towards the ground.
Quote from: Yoink
DO SOME JUMPS AND GYMNASTIC SHIT TO GET DOWN AND OUT OF THE BUILDING.(Jumps = 5) You do all kinds of sick jumps and shit through the collapsing building.
(Gymnastic shit = 4) Then you do all kinds of gymnastic shit to get even further down in the collapsing building.
(Getting out = 3) Right as you get to the bottom of the building you path is blocked by the reanimated corpses of the evil eggplant men.
Quote from: Outsider
Go fight the obviously evil lizard thing.(3) You spend several minutes chasing the lizard thing around, but you never catch up to it.
Quote from: The_Two_Eternities
Have them forge more cannons and mount them to the land ship.(Forging cannons = 5) Four more cannons are forged form the iron you acquired.
(Mounting the cannons = 3) Your crew tells you that they are tired from all the mining and want to sit for a bit before they install the cannons.
Quote from: Doomblade187
Have the mine continue to work, and create an some money and an economy so my casino has a purpose.(Mining = 5) They mine out even more stone.
(Creating money = 5) It takes a bit but you get them to make coins from some of the stone.
(Making an economy = 5) Then you create an economy where your stone coins have value and can be used to by stuff, meaning your casino now has a purpose and a working economy.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Keep trying to leave.(2) You continue to be stuck in traffic.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Go to the big city and attack the new giant monster.(Going = 4) They also get arrive and see that there's two monsters.
(Attacking the giant monster= 2) They were going to attack but now there's two of them.
(Going = 3) They continue to be lost.
Quote from: Gates of Hell Haunted House - Fifty stories tall
Its time to eat the big city!(3) It only gets to eat some of the city before it gets attached by the giant wolf thing, it only grows four stories taller.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Sit around and rest for a bit.(Sitting around = 5) They fall asleep.
(Sitting around = 4) They also fall asleep.
Quote from: People evacuating the big city
Runaway!(Running = 4) They get out of the city.
(Running = 3) They gets stuck in traffic.
(Running = 5) They also get out.
(Running = 1) One of the monsters steps on them.
Canada stuff:
Quote from: Canadian firefighters x7
Fight the fire?(Firefighting = 5) They put out a huge chunk of the fire.
(Firefighting = 5) They also put out a large chunk of the fire.
(Firefighting = 1) They all burn up.
(Firefighting = 3) They don't really do anything.
(Firefighting = 6) They make the fire slightly worse.
(Firefighting = 3) They don't really affect the fire.
(Firefighting = 2) They don't really do anything this time.
Quote from: Fire
Does the fire get worse?(1) It doesn't.
Quote from: Fire killing people
Do people die in the fire?(2) No one dies this time.
Percent of fire contained: 23%
How bad is the fire: REALLY BAD!
Percent of Ontario on fire: 36%
Stats:
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 70,626
Canadians killed: 123,253
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,842,457
Americans killed: 8,826
Big city Population: 452,539
Displaced people: 7,062
People fleeing the city: 1735
Big city dead: 1,187
Percent of big city destroyed: 20%
Total killed: 132,514
Total killed in the past: 18
Turns until the army arrives: 1
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: ziizo on January 30, 2019, 04:50:08 pm
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on January 30, 2019, 06:05:33 pm
Spoiler: GM only (click to show/hide)
Post by: Dustan Hache on January 30, 2019, 06:23:52 pm
Post by: Egan_BW on January 30, 2019, 10:50:46 pm
Post by: TricMagic on January 31, 2019, 12:30:03 pm
As always, Dino Actions.
Post by: CABL on February 01, 2019, 06:07:40 am
If the stab is successful, push the demon horn deeper, hoping to pierce his heart.
Post by: Enemy post on February 01, 2019, 10:44:56 am
Pin Smoke Mirrors' wings so he can't fly.
Post by: Yoink on February 02, 2019, 06:53:35 pm
((COULDA SWORN I POSTED...))
Post by: King Zultan on February 03, 2019, 10:41:33 am
Haunted house now has health so I can have an idea of when its dead.
There are now two giant monsters at the big city, and one is eating it.
The army abandoned the quarantine and went to attack the monsters.
People are panicking in the big city as a giant monster eats it.
The armies coming to kill the newest giant monsters.
A large part of Canada is now on fire.
Its November 1, 12:30 A.m.
ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES is now permanently dead.
The_Two_Eternities didn't post for the sixth time so random action.
Outsider didn't post for the third time so random action.
Go back to fish stuff from the lake this time with the intention of building a small ship.(2) Even after several minutes of work you don't come up with anything.
Spoiler: GM only (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Smoke Mirrors only (click to show/hide)
scavenge the ruins for materials. collect them inside my castle walls.(4) You spend several minutes gathering bits of wood and concrete and leave it in a pile inside the castle walls.
Drop the werewolf form thing to return to my natural base state. Then optimize my body's structure for a single absurdly powerful single one-shot strike. Create a giant reinforced bone blade and use every single gram of my remaining biomass as pure muscle, putting 100% on my potential strength into slicing the monster in half vertically.(Returning to normal = 5) You quickly return to your original form.
(Making bone blade = 5) You then make all the bone matter in your body into a massive blade.
(Everything else into muscle = 2+2 For being able to do that) Then you make everything else into muscle.
(Cutting the monster in half vertically = 3) You then put all your strength into cutting it in half, but you don't manage to cut very far into it.
(Does it die = 2) It doesn't seem to notice that you even tried to cut it in half, and it just reforms a few minutes later removing the damage you did.
Continue Teaching the Magic of Friendship.(Friendship magic = 4) It takes a bit but you teach them the magic of friendship.
As always, Dino Actions.
(Mining = 2) The mine doesn't produce anything usable this time around.
(Figuring out the malleable stone = 4) It takes a long time and a lot of studying and the dinos finally decide that this stuff isn't stone but a new thing that they call metal, and that this metal is a kind that they call copper.
Once Angelo/Diablo is close to falling to the ground, I stab him in the chest with all my strength.(2) Well you would stab him but he suddenly became transparent and started floating upwards, which caused Enemy post to start falling but luckily for him he managed to grab onto a demon that was flying by.
If the stab is successful, push the demon horn deeper, hoping to pierce his heart.
"THIS WAS A TERRIBLE IDEA WHY AM I EVEN HEREEEEEE"(5) You try to pin his wings, but suddenly he becomes transparent and you fall though him and you start falling for a bit, and in your desperate grabbing at anything you pass by you manage to grab onto a passing demon and hold on for dear life.
Pin Smoke Mirrors' wings so he can't fly.
TOSS ONE OF MY POTATOES TOWARDS THE ENEMY, AT WHICH POINT IT BURSTS OPEN TO RELEASE A NON-COPYRIGHT POKEMON EQUIVALENT!(Throwing the potato = 4) You decide to throw one of your precious potatoes at the undead eggplant men.
((COULDA SWORN I POSTED...))
(Potato becoming ripoff Pokemon = 5) It explodes and reveals the totally not a pokemon creature that was inside, it appears to be an edgeosaurus it looks like a t-rex that's wearing a black trench coat and has spikes all over it and everything it says is super edgy.
Quote from: Outsider
Keep trying to fight the lizard thing.(1) You trip and fall into an open manhole, and get injured.
Quote from: The_Two_Eternities
Let them rest a bit them install the cannons.(Resting = 2) They don't really rest, they just kind of sit there.
(Installing = 5) And when their done they install all of the cannons.
Quote from: Doomblade187
Have them continue to mine, and have some start working at the casino and make more alcohol.(Mining = 5) Then mine out a bunch of stone and some malleable stone this time.
(Working at the casino = 4) Several of them are now working at the casino.
(Making more alcohol = 3+1 For knowing how to make it) They make even more alcohol.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Continue to try to leave.(3) You're still stuck in traffic.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Go to the big city and attack the new giant monster.(Attacking the giant monster = 3) They don't really have any idea of what to do.
(Attacking the giant monster = 2) They continue to do jack shit about the monsters.
(Going = 3+1 For just get there all ready) They finally make it ti the city.
Quote from: Gates of Hell Haunted House - Fifty four stories tall - Health 85%
Attack the wolf thing!(3) It would attack but spends the whole time recovering from the injury.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Sleep for a bit.(Sleeping = 6) They have terrible nightmares.
(Sleeping = 3) They toss and turn a lot.
Quote from: People evacuating the big city
Runaway!(Running = 6) Some of them die to falling debris.
(Running = 5) They get out of the city.
(Running = 3) They get stuck in traffic.
(Running = 6) Some of them also die to the debris.
Quote from: infantry platoons X4
Kill the little monster.(Killing = 4) They hit the small monster.
(Killing = 5) They do some small damage to the small monster.
(Killing = 4) They also hit the small monster.
(Killing = 1) They die to some falling debris.
Quote from: Tanks X4
Kill the little monster.(Killing = 4) They do some damage to the small monster.
(Killing = 1) They have a malfunction and they explode.
(Killing = 4) They also do some damage to the small monster.
(Killing = 4) They hit them small monster to.
Quote from: Artillery X2
Kill the little monster.(Killing = 1) They blow themselves up.
(Killing = 3) They miss and kill some civilians.
Canada stuff:
Quote from: Canadian firefighters x6
Fight the fire?(Firefighting = 3) They barely do anything to the fire.
(Firefighting = 5) They put out even more of the fire.
(Firefighting = 4) They out out some of the fire.
(Firefighting = 6) They make the fire worse somehow.
(Firefighting = 5) They also put out a bunch of the fire.
(Firefighting = 2) They don't do anything this time around.
Quote from: Fire
Does the fire get worse?(3) The fire gets just barely worse.
Quote from: Fire killing people
Do people die in the fire?(2) No one dies this time ether.
Percent of fire contained: 29%
How bad is the fire: REALLY BAD!
Percent of Ontario on fire: 33%
Stats:
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 70,626
Canadians killed: 123,253
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,842,389
Americans killed: 9,062
Big city Population: 452,539
Displaced people: 7,062
People fleeing the city: 2,278
Big city dead: 1,355
Percent of big city destroyed: 24%
Total killed: 132,750
Total killed in the past: 18
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: Egan_BW on February 03, 2019, 11:15:53 am
Liquidate assets, spread out and use the buildings for cover. Begin to set up harpoon tentacles surrounding the monster which can shoot into it and immobilize it. Give each tentacle its own neural cluster so they each roll individually. Keep setting up until I have at least 150 harpoon tentacles or the enemy tries to move out of range.
Post by: ziizo on February 03, 2019, 01:29:59 pm
Post by: King Zultan on February 06, 2019, 03:05:25 pm
The army has arrived to fight the giant monsters that are attacking the city.
Haunted house now has health so I can have an idea of when its dead.
There are now two giant monsters at the big city, and one immobilized.
The army abandoned the quarantine and went to attack the monsters.
People are panicking in the big city as a giant monsters fight in it.
The armies here to kill the newest giant monsters.
A large part of Canada is still on fire.
Its November 1, 1:00 P.m.
The_Two_Eternities didn't post for the seventh time so random action.
Outsider didn't post for the fourth time so random action.
Smoke Mirrors didn't post so random action.
Dustan Hache didn't post so random action.
TricMagic didn't post so random action.
CABL didn't post so random action.
Enemy post didn't post so random action.
Yoink didn't post so random action.
"Please stop trying to shoot at me, you're just embarrassing yourselves."(Splitting up = 5) You decide to split up yet again and yet again you succeed.
Liquidate assets, spread out and use the buildings for cover. Begin to set up harpoon tentacles surrounding the monster which can shoot into it and immobilize it. Give each tentacle its own neural cluster so they each roll individually. Keep setting up until I have at least 150 harpoon tentacles or the enemy tries to move out of range.
(Setting up harpoon tentacles = 6-1 For being able to do that) Then you change all your bodies into tentacle harpoon things.
(Harpooning ten times = 3) Only a few of the harpoons hit them monster, the others hit buildings.
(Harpooning ten times = 5) They all hit the monster.
(Harpooning ten times = 5) They also all hit the monster.
(Harpooning ten times = 2) None of them hit the monster, they all just hit random buildings.
(Harpooning ten times = 6) A few hit the monster and several bring some debris down on top of part of you.
(Harpooning ten times = 4) They all hit the monster.
(Harpooning ten times = 2) They all miss and hit some random buildings.
(Harpooning ten times = 6) Several hit the monster and another knocks some debris down onto you.
(Harpooning ten times = 4) They all hit the monster.
(Harpooning ten times = 4) They also hit the monster.
(Harpooning ten times = 2) They all miss the monster.
(Harpooning ten times = 3) Some of them hit the monster the rest hit some buildings.
(Harpooning ten times = 5) They hit the monster.
(Harpooning ten times = 2) None of them hit.
(Harpooning ten times = 5) They hit the monster.
You have successfully immobilized the monster, but there's also quite a bit of collateral damage, the monster also gets hit with some tank shells.
keep fishing for stuff to build the small ship(4) You spend several minutes gathering even more wood for the ship.
Quote from: Smoke Mirrors
Stop floating upwards.(4) You manage to stop your self before you could get any higher, but you're really high up now.
Quote from: Dustan Hache
Use the materials to start rebuilding the town.(4) You build several houses with the items you recovered.
Quote from: TricMagic
Teach the dinos some advanced magic.(Advanced magic = 4) You spend a long time teaching the dinos about advanced magic, and some advanced spells.
Dino actions.
(Mining = 5) They mine even more stone and some copper to.
(Figure out what coppers good for = 2) They can't really figure out anything that it might be good for at this time.
Quote from: CABL
Throw some rocks at Smoke Mirrors.(2) You throw some rocks, but none of them get anywhere near him.
Quote from: Enemy post
Get the demon to fly me to the ground.(3+1 For being liked) The demon recognizes your voice from the PSA's and immediately flies you down he also has you sign an autograph for him.
Quote from: Yoink
GET THAT EDGY DINOSAUR TO KILL THE UNDEAD EGGPLANT MEN.(6) He begins to read some poetry that's so edgy that the undead eggplant men kill themselves, then upon seeing all the death around it it decides to kill its self as well.
Quote from: Outsider
Get out of the sewer and fight the lizard thing.(Getting out = 3) You look around for a bit but can't find a ladder to use to get out, you also hear the lizard thing laughing at you.
Quote from: The_Two_Eternities
Go to the big city and attack the one of the giant monsters.(Getting to big city = 5)After a bit of traveling you finally make it back to the big city and to where the monsters are.
(Attacking one of the monsters = 5) Seeing that one monster has been immobilized you have your crew point all of the cannons at it and fire, and all of the cannons hit their targets.
Quote from: Doomblade187
Have them continue to mine, and figure out what the malleable stone is then make some more alcohol.(Mining = 3) The mine doesn't come up with anything useful this time around.
(Figuring out the malleable stone = 5) After a bit of examination they decide that it is not stone but a different substance that they call metal, and that this stuff shall be a metal they call copper.
(More alcohol = 6-1 For knowing how) They brew even more alcohol.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Find a different way out of town.(5) After a bit of driving around you finally find a way out of town.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Attack the new giant monster.(Attacking the giant monster = 5) They shoot the now immobile monster.
(Attacking the giant monster = 4) They also shoot the monster.
(Attacking the giant monster = 5) They also shoot the monster some.
Quote from: Gates of Hell Haunted House - Fifty four stories tall - Health 64%
Attack the other monster.(1) It would attack but its prevented from doing so by all of the harpoons.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Sleep for a bit.(Sleeping = 4) They continue to sleep.
(Sleeping = 6) They have night terrors.
Quote from: People evacuating the big city
Runaway!(Running = 2) They get stuck in traffic.
(Running = 1) They get killed by debris.
(Running = 2) They also get stuck in traffic.
(Running = 5) They escape the city.
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Kill the little monster.(Killing = 5) They hit the monster.
(Killing = 4) They also hit the monster
(Killing = 6) They hit the monster, but also hit a building.
Quote from: Tanks X3
Kill the little monster.(Killing = 4) They hit the monster.
(Killing = 6) They graze the monster and hit a building.
(Killing = 3) They miss and blow up a building.
Quote from: Artillery
Kill the little monster.(3) They miss and kill a bunch of civilians.
Canada stuff:
Quote from: Canadian firefighters x6
Fight the fire?(Firefighting = 1) They all burn up.
(Firefighting = 2) They don't really do much to the fire.
(Firefighting = 4) They put out some of the fire.
(Firefighting = 5) They put put a bunch of the fire.
(Firefighting = 5) They also put out a bunch of the fire.
(Firefighting = 5) Even they put out a bunch of the fire.
Quote from: Fire
Does the fire get worse?(5) Even with all of the fire extinguishing the fire gets worse
Quote from: Fire killing people
Do people die in the fire?(5) A whole bunch of people die in the fire this time around.
Percent of fire contained: 30%
How bad is the fire: REALLY BAD!
Percent of Ontario on fire: 31%
Stats:
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 70,626
Canadians killed: 123,547
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,842,389
Americans killed: 10,351
Big city Population: 452,539
Displaced people: 7,062
People fleeing the city: 2,649
Big city dead: 2,209
Percent of big city destroyed: 50%
Total killed: 133,898
Total killed in the past: 18
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: Dustan Hache on February 06, 2019, 03:10:28 pm
Post by: Enemy post on February 06, 2019, 03:22:28 pm
Give the demon the autograph and ask him to fly me back up to Satan's office. Once there, take a seat at the desk and hit the intercom button.
"Excuse me, may I have your attention please? This is that guy from the PSAs. Due to unfortunate circumstances, Hell is now under new management. I will be assigning your new duties momentarily."
Take over Hell.
Post by: ziizo on February 06, 2019, 03:24:27 pm
Post by: Egan_BW on February 06, 2019, 04:10:00 pm
Heal up from that damage using spare biomass.
Berate the military for shooting at me.
"IF YOU IDIOTS KEEP TRYING TO ATtACK ME I'LL HAVE TO REPURPOSE YOUR FLESH TO BE LESS USELESS."
Post by: CABL on February 07, 2019, 02:07:24 am
Jump and grab on the wall of the buildings, then do a wall jump and hit Angelo/Diablo in the belly with my tail.
Post by: King Zultan on February 07, 2019, 03:41:55 am
"IF YOU IDIOTS KEEP TRYING TO ATtACK ME I'LL HAVE TO REPURPOSE YOUR FLESH TO BE LESS USELESS."Just gonna say that they haven't at shot you yet, but you can still kill them if you want, I'm sure they'll be okay with you eating them.
Post by: Egan_BW on February 07, 2019, 06:49:24 am
Post by: King Zultan on February 07, 2019, 06:56:29 am
Post by: TricMagic on February 07, 2019, 08:51:45 am
Dino Actions.
Post by: Yoink on February 07, 2019, 09:14:29 am
COLLECT MY FALLEN EDGE-OSAUR AND RETURN HIM TO HIS POTATO. OBSERVE MY SURROUNDINGS. MAYBE IT IS TIME TO WAKE UP? I DUNNO.
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on February 07, 2019, 07:19:11 pm
Spoiler: GM only (click to show/hide)
Post by: CABL on February 08, 2019, 10:57:10 am
Post by: King Zultan on February 10, 2019, 09:27:09 am
There are now two giant monsters at the big city, and one is immobilized.
Haunted house now has health so I can have an idea of when its dead.
People are panicking in the big city as a giant monsters fight in it.
The armies here to kill the newest giant monsters.
A large part of Canada is still on fire.
Hell's now under new management.
Its November 1, 1:30 P.m.
The_Two_Eternities didn't post for the eighth time so random action.
Outsider didn't post for the fifth time so random action.
Nice. check how much i have left in salvaged materials, then set up a plot for farming. also, search for people to live in my town.(Finding out how much material is left = 5) You look over the pile of materials and see that there's still a lot of stuff probably enough to build several more houses.
(Setting up a farm = 5) It doesn't take that long to set up the farm plot.
(Searching for people = 3) You wander around the burnt woods and eventually find one guy that's also wandering around.
(Getting them to live in the town = 3) When you ask him if he wants to join your town, and he just stands looking confused, its like his brain's turned off or something.
Sorry, I thought I'd posted already.(Giving the autograph = 4) You sign the demons paper with your beautiful signature, he looks very pleased with it.
Give the demon the autograph and ask him to fly me back up to Satan's office. Once there, take a seat at the desk and hit the intercom button.
"Excuse me, may I have your attention please? This is that guy from the PSAs. Due to unfortunate circumstances, Hell is now under new management. I will be assigning your new duties momentarily."
Take over Hell.
(Getting a ride back to Satan's office = 4) You then ask if he'll give you a ride back to Satan's office, which he's more than happy to do.
(Delivering the message = 4) Upon arriving in Satan's office you walk over to his desk and shove his mutilated corps out of the chair, sit down and deliver the message.
(Taking over hell = 5) A few minutes later a bunch of demons come into the office to congratulate you and tell that you are a better person for the job than Satan was, then they begin asking what you want them to be doing.
Keep fishing wood and other materials until I can build the boat(Getting wood = 3) You only find a few more boards.
(Do you have enough to build a boat = 6) You have more than enough wood to build a boat.
Every tentacle which missed, furl up and try to hit it again. It's a giant immobile target.(Harpooning seven times = 5) They all hit the monster.
Heal up from that damage using spare biomass.
Berate the military for shooting at me.
"IF YOU IDIOTS KEEP TRYING TO ATtACK ME I'LL HAVE TO REPURPOSE YOUR FLESH TO BE LESS USELESS."
(Harpooning ten times = 3+1 For stationary target) They also hit the monster.
(Harpooning ten times = 6-1 For stationary target) They hit the monster to.
(Harpooning ten times = 4) They hit monster as well.
(Harpooning eight times = 4) Even they manage to hit them monster.
(Harpooning ten times = 5) They hit the monster.
(Healing self = 3+1 For being able to do that) You heal your self all the way.
(Berating the army = 6) You say a bunch of hateful things to the soldiers, but they say even more hateful thing back at you and this hurts your feelings.
Taunt Angelo/Diablo: "Both demons and angels are full of shit, and you're just two fat pinatas of shit bundled together."(Taunting = 4) You taunt Angelo/Diablo and he replies with "Well, you are free to have your opinion, even if wrong.", but you know that the things you said hurt his feelings.
Jump and grab on the wall of the buildings, then do a wall jump and hit Angelo/Diablo in the belly with my tail.
(Jumping up the building = 3+1 For ninja) You then do some impressive jumps and some wall running until you get to the top of Satan's building.
(Hitting in the guts = 3) But even on top of Satan's building you still aren't close enough to him to smack him, he's still way to high in the sky.
Teach the Dinos about delegation and organization. That will help you get more done in the same amount of time. Just work together!(3-5 Dino Actions, every time.)(Teaching about delegation and organization = 4) After several minutes you teach them how to delegate and organize, thus allowing them to get more done.
Dino Actions.
(Mining = 6-1 For structural supports) The mine avoids a disaster thanks to the supports, and they mine out some more stone and copper.
(Figuring out what coppers good for = 4) After much tinkering they figure out that they could make tools and blades from the copper.
"HE'S JUST FAINTED, DON'T SWEAT IT"(Collecting and returning = 6) Well your not really sure if the Edge-osaur's dead or not, but even then it takes a bit to cram him back into the potato.
COLLECT MY FALLEN EDGE-OSAUR AND RETURN HIM TO HIS POTATO. OBSERVE MY SURROUNDINGS. MAYBE IT IS TIME TO WAKE UP? I DUNNO.
(Observing the surroundings = 5) You spend several minutes looking around and you see that all the undead eggplant men are dead and the building has completely collapsed.
(Wake up maybe = 6) You think about waking up but instead fall asleep in the dream, and while you sleep in the dream you begin to dream, leading you to have a dream within a dream.
You now find yourself in what looks like a cheap hotel room.
Well, you are free to have your opinion, even if wrong.Spoiler: GM only (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Smoke Mirrors only (click to show/hide)
Quote from: Outsider
Find use my powers to get out of the sewer, then kick the lizard things ass.(Getting out of the sewer = 3) You spend several more minutes looking for an exit, but you still can't find one.
Quote from: The_Two_Eternities
Keep attacking the giant monster.(4) After reloading the cannons you have the crew fire again, and every cannon hits the target.
Quote from: Doomblade187
Have them mine some more, and figure out what coppers good for, and have them build some stores, set them up to sell stuff from, and hire staff.(Mining = 4) The mine produces even more copper and stone.
(Figuring out copper = 2) They spend several minutes messing with the copper but they can't figure out anything its good for yet.
(Building stores = 5) They also spend awhile building several stores from which they'll eventually sell things.
(Setting up = 5) Then they spend even more time stalking the shelves.
(Getting people to work at them = 2) But no one wants to work at the stores.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Get further away from the city.(2) You run into more traffic and don't get any further from the city.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Attack the new giant monster.(Attacking = 6) They shoot the monster and accidentally kill some civilians.
(Attacking = 2) They just stand there and don't do anything.
(Attacking = 6) They shoot the monster and they also kill some of the civilians.
Quote from: Gates of Hell Haunted House - Fifty four stories tall - Health 41%
Try and break free from the harpoons.(1) It tries to break free but just ends up hurting its self instead.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Sleep for a bit.(Sleeping = 3) They toss and turn in their sleep.
(Sleeping = 2) They wake up.
Quote from: People evacuating the big city
Runaway!(Running = 6) Some escape and some die trying.
(Running = 6) Some escape, some die.
(Running = 5) They all escape.
(Running = 2) They get stuck in traffic trying to escape.
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Kill the little monster.(Killing = 5) They hit the monster.
(Killing = 3) They hit the monster and some civilians.
(Killing = 2) They miss completely and kill some civilians.
Quote from: Tanks X3
Kill the little monster.(Killing = 3) They miss and hit a building.
(Killing = 3) They miss and hit a building as well.
(Killing = 5) They hit the monster.
Quote from: Artillery
Kill the little monster.(4) They hit the monster.
Canada stuff:
Quote from: Canadian firefighters x5
Fight the fire?(Firefighting = 5) They put out a bunch of the fire.
(Firefighting = 6) They also make the fire worse.
(Firefighting = 6) They make the slightly worse.
(Firefighting = 3) They don't really have any effect on the fire.
(Firefighting = 4) They put out some of the fire.
Quote from: Fire
Does the fire get worse?(2) The fire doesn't really do anything.
Quote from: Fire killing people
Do people die in the fire?(3) One guy dies to the fire.
Percent of fire contained: 34%
How bad is the fire: BAD
Percent of Ontario on fire: 31%
Stats:
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 70,626
Canadians killed: 123,548
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,842,389
Americans killed: 11,705
Big city Population: 452,539
Displaced people: 7,062
People fleeing the city: 3,718
Big city dead: 3,563
Percent of big city destroyed: 59%
Total killed: 135,253
Total killed in the past: 18
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: Egan_BW on February 10, 2019, 09:31:48 am
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on February 10, 2019, 10:13:36 am
Spoiler: GM only (click to show/hide)
Post by: ziizo on February 10, 2019, 10:14:08 am
Post by: Dustan Hache on February 10, 2019, 11:15:48 am
Post by: Enemy post on February 10, 2019, 12:02:11 pm
Get my demon hordes to break up the fight between CABL and Smoke Mirrors.
I walk over to the window.
"Hey, CABL, SM! You guys don't really need to fight anymore. I'm running this place now, so I don't know if there's anything to fight about. I mean, I'm technically your boss now, right Smoke Mirrors? I order you to stop fighting CABL. CABL, please stop hurting my employee's feelings."
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on February 11, 2019, 11:56:47 am
Post by: CABL on February 11, 2019, 12:12:01 pm
”I’m not fighting, he’s just being a dick.”
"No, he's the true dickweed here!"
Slide down the building's wall.
Post by: King Zultan on February 13, 2019, 08:36:02 am
People are panicking in the big city as a giant monsters fight in it.
A large part of Canada is still on fire.
Its November 1, 2:00 P.m.
The_Two_Eternities didn't post for the nine times so random action.
Outsider didn't post for the six times so random action.
TricMagic didn't post so random action.
Yoink didn't post so random action.
Have the ends of my tentacles burrow farther into the monster.(Burrowing ten times = 3) They only push in a little bit further.
(Burrowing ten times = 5) They push even further into the monster.
(Burrowing ten times = 4) They also push even further into the monster.
(Burrowing ten times = 3) They also push in a little further.
(Burrowing ten times = 2) They try to go further into the monster but can't.
(Burrowing ten times = 1+1 For already being in the body) They can't get further in to the monster.
(Burrowing ten times = 5) They push into the monster.
(Burrowing ten times = 5) They push further into the monster.
(Burrowing ten times = 4) They also push further into the monster.
(Burrowing ten times = 3) They barely get any deeper into the monster.
(Burrowing ten times = 6) They get further into the monster, but also get hurt on something.
(Burrowing ten times = 6) They also get hurt on something in the monster.
(Burrowing ten times = 2) They couldn't get any further into it.
(Burrowing ten times = 2) They also couldn't get any further into it.
(Burrowing ten times = 6) They get hurt in the monster as well.
Spoiler: GM only (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Smoke Mirrors only (click to show/hide)
Build the boat so I can go in our out the island whenever I want(4) It takes a long time but you eventually finish the boat, which uses up most of the wood and screws that you had, but at least you have a way to leave the island now.
Show him the town that I am rebuilding on the ruins, and ask him if he would like to join. also, go scqvenge some gardening centers for crop seeds to plant in the farm plot. oh, and other intact foodstuffs too.(Showing him the town = 5) You spend several minutes showing him around the town, and he seems to like what he sees.
(Getting him to join = 5) After several minutes you manage to convince him to join you.
(Scavenging some seeds = 3) You only manage to find one package of seeds, looks like the others burnt up.
(Scavenging some food = 3) You then scavenge for some food but only come up with a few cans of food.
"First off, I'd really appreciate it if you guys could get those two to stop fighting. Try not to kill them, please."(Stop CABL fighting = 5) The demons go out and meat with CABL as soon as he hits the ground.
Get my demon hordes to break up the fight between CABL and Smoke Mirrors.
I walk over to the window.
"Hey, CABL, SM! You guys don't really need to fight anymore. I'm running this place now, so I don't know if there's anything to fight about. I mean, I'm technically your boss now, right Smoke Mirrors? I order you to stop fighting CABL. CABL, please stop hurting my employee's feelings."
(Stop Smoke Mirrors fighting = 3) They try to get to Smoke Mirrors but he's still really high up and they didn't get near him yet.
(2+2 For ninja) It takes a bit but you finally slide all the way to the bottom of the building.”I’m not fighting, he’s just being a dick.”
"No, he's the true dickweed here!"
Slide down the building's wall.
At the bottom you meet several demons that say they're there to stop the fighting.
Quote from: TricMagic
Meditate on my powers.(Meditating = 2) You try to meditate but there's to much going on and it distracts you.
Dino actions.
(Mining = 4) They mine out even more stone.
(Heating the copper to mold it = 5) After a bit they figure out that heating up copper can melt it and they can mold it, they call this process forging.
(Figure out uses for clay = 1+1 For tools) They think it could be useful but they can't figure it out.
(Find some uses for stone = 5) They realize that they could make blocks, dishes, and statues out of it.
Quote from: Yoink
Go to sleep in the cheep hotel bed.(2) You try to sleep in the dream but you can't, maybe you need some pills or something.
Quote from: Outsider
Use my powers to get out of the sewer, then kick the lizard things ass.(Getting out of the sewer = 4) You finally get tired of wandering around in shit so you use your powers to blow a hole out.
(Kicking the lizard thing = 4) Then you walk over to the lizard thing and kick it in the ass, which causes it to cry.
Quote from: The_Two_Eternities
Attack the monster some more.(3) It takes longer then usual to reload the cannons so they don't get to fire this time around.
Quote from: Doomblade187
Have them keep mining, and keep trying figure out what coppers good for, and get some people to work at the stores.(Mining = 4) They mine out even more stone.
(Figuring out copper = 5) They figure out that they can make tools and blades out of the copper if they melt it.
(Getting people to work at the stores = 2+2 For fear of yelling) You get tired of them not working at the store so you yell at them until some of them work at the store.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Keep trying to get away from the city.(2) You continue to be stuck in traffic.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Attack the new giant monster.(Attacking = 6) They hit the civilians instead of the monster.
(Attacking = 3) They graze the monster and kill some civilians.
(Attacking = 5) They hit the monster with their bullets.
Quote from: Gates of Hell Haunted House - Fifty four stories tall - Health 25%
Try and break free from the harpoons.(2) It tries to get free but can't.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Sleep for a bit and go back to sleep.(Sleeping = 5) They have some pleasant dreams.
(Going back to sleep = 3) They try but can't go back to sleep.
Quote from: People evacuating the big city
Runaway!(Running = 3) They get stuck in traffic.
(Running = 5) They manage to get out.
(Running = 2) They also get stuck in traffic.
(Running = 5) They also get out.
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Kill the little monster.(Killing = 3) They graze the monster and kill some civilians.
(Killing = 2) They miss the monster completely and kill some civilians.
(Killing = 3) They also graze the monster and kill some civilians.
Quote from: Tanks X3
Kill the little monster.(Killing = 6) They miss and kill some civilians.
(Killing = 4) They hit the monster.
(Killing = 3) They miss and kill more civilians.
Quote from: Artillery
Kill the little monster.(4) They hit the monster.
Canada stuff:
Quote from: Canadian firefighters x5
Fight the fire?(Firefighting = 3) They don't really effect the fire.
(Firefighting = 4) They put out some fire.
(Firefighting = 4) They put out more fire.
(Firefighting = 4) They also put out some fire.
(Firefighting = 6) They make the fire worse.
Quote from: Fire
Does the fire get worse?(5) The wind picks up.
Quote from: Fire killing people
Do people die in the fire?(6) A whole bunch of people burn up.
Percent of fire contained: 36%
How bad is the fire: BAD
Percent of Ontario on fire: 34%
Stats:
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 70,626
Canadians killed: 124,080
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,842,389
Americans killed: 12,709
Big city Population: 452,539
Displaced people: 7,062
People fleeing the city: 4,903
Big city dead: 4,567
Percent of big city destroyed: 65%
Total killed: 136,789
Total killed in the past: 18
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: WyrdByrd on February 13, 2019, 09:41:49 am
Post by: CABL on February 13, 2019, 10:13:49 am
Ask the Hell police if they can take me back to the material world.
If they can't do so, ask enemy post to do so.
Post by: ziizo on February 13, 2019, 02:50:54 pm
Post by: Egan_BW on February 13, 2019, 03:28:31 pm
Post by: Enemy post on February 14, 2019, 01:52:18 pm
"Now then. With the recent changes, I figure it's high time for a change in our business strategy. I was thinking...educational PSAs."
Turn Hell to the purpose of making PSAs and short educational films for the material world. We'll call our business Centron Corporation.
Post by: Dustan Hache on February 14, 2019, 03:30:03 pm
Post by: TricMagic on February 15, 2019, 09:49:45 am
Dino Actions as usual.
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on February 16, 2019, 08:29:23 am
Spoiler: GM only (click to show/hide)
Post by: King Zultan on February 17, 2019, 08:27:27 am
People are panicking in the big city as a giant monsters fight in it.
Hell has been renamed to Centron Corporation.
One of the monsters in the big city died.
A large part of Canada is still on fire.
Its November 1, 2:30 P.m.
The_Two_Eternities didn't post for the tenth time so random action, if he doesn't post next turn he'll become a NPC.
Outsider didn't post for the seventh time so random action.
Yoink didn't post for the second time so random action.
Grab a wizard costume.(5) During the chaos you steal a wizard costume from an abandoned store.
Your now a wizard you're currently in the big city, hiding in a store not that far from were the giant monsters are fighting.
" *fins up* Okay, okay, folks; I'm harmless, and your overlord is a friend of mine! I'll not do anything bad, just let me return to the material world."(Getting hell police to take you home = 4) After a bit of walking the demons lead you to a door out of hell, which you walk through and you now find your self in the ruins of the big city, near by a giant monster get torn a part and bombed.
Ask the Hell police if they can take me back to the material world.
If they can't do so, ask enemy post to do so.
fuse some bodies into a human form which will take the boat to the other shore. The other hundreds of spider bodies will keep salvaging the lake (mostly to clean the trash out of it)(Fusing into a human = 3+1 For god powers) You use your powers to fuse back into a human and sail the boat to the other shore, then you tie it to a post near the water to make sure it doesn't float away.
(Salvaging = 4) The other bodies pull some more wood, bottles, and some bits of plastic from the water.
now RIP IT APART by having all harpoons retract at once.(Ripping it apart ten times = 3) They pull out and do some slight damage.
(Ripping it apart ten times = 5) They pull out ripping off pieces of the monster.
(Ripping it apart ten times = 3) They pull out of the monster as well.
(Ripping it apart ten times = 6) They rip out of the monster but get hurt in the process.
(Ripping it apart ten times = 5) They also pull out and rip off pieces of the monster.
(Ripping it apart ten times = 5) They pull out as well also ripping off pieces of the monster.
(Ripping it apart ten times = 5) They also rip out of the monster taking pieces of it with them.
(Ripping it apart ten times = 2) They pull out but don't do anymore damage than when they went in.
(Ripping it apart ten times = 5) They pull out of the monster and rip some pieces off.
(Ripping it apart ten times = 4) They pull out of the monster.
(Ripping it apart ten times = 5) They also rip out of the monster and take some pieces with them.
(Ripping it apart ten times = 2) They also don't do any more damage.
(Ripping it apart ten times = 3) They also pull out and do some slight damage.
(Ripping it apart ten times = 3) They also pull out of the monster.
(Ripping it apart ten times = 6) They also rip out of the monster and hurt them selves in the process.
You succeed in ripping apart the other monster, and even though the monsters dead the military keeps shooting and bombing the corpse.
"No problem. Bye CABL. I'd come with, but you blew up my house. Demons, would you kindly show my friend to the door?"(Changing purpose of hell = 3) You hold a big meeting with the board of directors, all the chair members, and shareholders, and tell then about the new direction you want to take hell in and how you want to release educational PSAs, while they don't entirely hate the idea they want you to give them a better of how this will benefit them and turn a profit before they except the idea.
"Now then. With the recent changes, I figure it's high time for a change in our business strategy. I was thinking...educational PSAs."
Turn Hell to the purpose of making PSAs and short educational films for the material world. We'll call our business Centron Corporation.
(Name for business = 4) They do like the name and immediately except it, and start the process of renaming everything.
ask the new resident to search for other survivors or wayward travelers to stay. scavenge for more food in the meantime, then till the farming plot.(Getting him to find more people = 6) You tell him that you want him to go gather people for the town, but he gets a really strange look on his face and pulls out a knife and runs into the woods, you have a feeling that he didn't quite get what you wanted him to do.
(Does he find any one = 1) He comes back several minutes later with several severed human heads, yeah he definitely didn't get what you were asking him to do.
(Scavenging for food = 3) You search around for a bit, but only come up with three cans off food.
(Tilling the farming plot = 4) It doesn't take that long to till the farm plot.
Meditate to gain bonuses whenever I roll lower than 4, on my next roll, +/- 1. I shall ascend my powers to the next level.(Meditating for +1 for numbers under 4 = 6-1 For no overshoots thing) You meditate until you obtain the ability to have a +1 for every roll under 4.
Dino Actions as usual.
(Mining = 6-1 For structural supports) They mine even more stone and copper.
(Making copper tools = 3+1 For knowledge and tools) After a bit of work they create copper tools.
(Figuring out a use for clay = 4) After a bit of tinkering they figure out how to make items from clay and how to heat them so they keep their shapes.
(Food preservation = 5) After even more tinkering they figure out how to preserve food using salt and smoking.
Spoiler: GM only (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Smoke Mirrors only (click to show/hide)
Quote from: Yoink
EAT ALL THE SLEEPING PILLS AND GO TO SLEEP IN THE HOTEL BED.(Eating all the pills = 6) You run around the world at the speed of light and eat every sleeping pill ever.
(Going to sleep = 5+1 For EATING ALL THE PILLS) You immediately fall asleep and go from a dream in a dream, to a dream in a dream in a dream in a dream in a dream in a dream in a dream in a dream in a dream in a dream in a dream in a dream.
You now find your self in on the ground in a gas station parking lot.
Quote from: Outsider
"Oh no, the lizard thing wasn't the enemy at all, it only wanted to do whatever lizard things do."(Making it feel better = 4) You tell the lizard thing that your sorry for kicking it and it accepts your apology.
Try to make it feel better and make friends with it.
(Making friends with it = 4) Then you and the lizard thing make friends after talking about stuff for a bit.
Quote from: The_Two_Eternities
Keep attacking the monster.(6) You have the crew fire the cannons at the monster again, but as soon as you have them fire the monster gets ripped apart and dies and then your told that the cannons are out of ammo.
Quote from: Doomblade187
Keep mining, and figure out how to melt lots of copper, then build some water storage things.(Mining = 2+1 For structural supports) The mine doesn't produce anything this time around.
(Melting copper = 1) Several dinosaurs die in an accident involving molten copper.
(Building water storage = 5) They also build several water storage containers.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Screw this, me and the other werewolves will pick up the car and move it out of town.(6) You and the others carry the car for a bit, and eventually everyone gets tired and you realize that you have carried the car to somewhere it can't drive out of.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Attack the new giant monster.(Attacking = 5) They shoot the monster some more even though its dead.
(Attacking = 3) They miss and kill some civilians.
(Attacking = 5) They also continue to shoot the dead monster.
Quote from: Gates of Hell Haunted House - Fifty four stories tall - [s
Health 0%[/s] DEAD](6-6 Because it really dead) It doesn't do shit because its dead.
Try and break free from the harpoons.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Sleep for a bit and go back to sleep.(Sleeping = 5) They continue to sleep.
(Going back to sleep = 3) They continue to not sleep.
Quote from: People evacuating the big city
Runaway!(Running = 5) They all get out of the city.
(Running = 2) They get stuck in traffic.
(Running = 2) They also get stuck in traffic.
(Running = 3) Only a few get out of the city.
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Kill the little monster.(Killing = 5) They continue to shoot the dead monster.
(Killing = 4) They also shoot the dead monster.
(Killing = 4) Even they keep shooting the dead monster.
Quote from: Tanks X3
Kill the little monster.(Killing = 3) They miss the dead monster and blow up a group of civilians.
(Killing = 4) They hit the dead monster.
(Killing = 4) They also hit the dead monster.
Quote from: Artillery
Kill the little monster.(5) They blow up whats left of the monster.
Canada stuff:
Quote from: Canadian firefighters x5
Fight the fire?(Firefighting = 4) They put out some of the fire.
(Firefighting = 4) They also put out some of the fire.
(Firefighting = 5) They put out quite a bit of the fire.
(Firefighting = 3) They don't really affect the fire.
(Firefighting = 4) Even they put out some fire.
Quote from: Fire
Does the fire get worse?(5) The fire gets worse.
Quote from: Fire killing people
Do people die in the fire?(4) A large group of people die to the fire.
Percent of fire contained: 43%
How bad is the fire: BAD
Percent of Ontario on fire: 31%
Stats:
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 70,626
Canadians killed: 124,245
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,842,389
Americans killed: 13,156
Big city Population: 452,539
Displaced people: 7,062
People fleeing the city: 8,690
Big city dead: 5,014
Percent of big city destroyed: 65%
Total killed: 137,401
Total killed in the past: 23
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: ziizo on February 17, 2019, 08:42:29 am
Human Body will craft a vehicle out of magic and whatever he finds around him.
Post by: TricMagic on February 17, 2019, 10:20:16 am
Dino Actions.
Post by: Egan_BW on February 17, 2019, 02:29:10 pm
Post by: Yoink on February 17, 2019, 05:19:27 pm
Post by: WyrdByrd on February 17, 2019, 07:36:47 pm
Post by: Dustan Hache on February 17, 2019, 08:21:31 pm
go give the people he killed a proper burrial, and pray that he hasn’t become a well known psychopath...
Post by: CABL on February 18, 2019, 10:56:57 am
Post by: Enemy post on February 19, 2019, 02:49:42 pm
Post by: King Zultan on February 21, 2019, 09:10:59 am
There's now a random psychopath wandering around the woods.
Hell has been renamed to Centron Corporation.
One of the monsters in the big city died.
People are panicking in the big city.
A large part of Canada is still on fire.
Its November 1, 3:00 P.m.
The_Two_Eternities didn't post for the eleventh time so so he's now a NPC.
Outsider didn't post for the eighth time so random action.
Smoke Mirrors didn't post so random action.
Spider Army will keep cleaning the lake.(Spiders cleaning the lake = 4) After several more minutes of work they pull out some more plastic pieces, bottles, and wood.
Human Body will craft a vehicle out of magic and whatever he finds around him.
(Making a vehicle = 6) Using your magic powers you take a burnt car and repair it, and as soon as you try to start it, it catches on fire looks like you might have messed up putting it back together.
Build a magnificent Palace stone by stone with my powers.(Building a palace = 4) It takes a bit for you to build the palace but you finally finish it and it's magnificent.
Dino Actions.
(Mining = 2) They don't make any progress in the mine this time around.
(Building a warehouse = 5) After a lot of work they finish building the warehouse.
(Build a fence around the farms = 6) Then they build a stone fence around the farms, and they use up all the stone and there aren't any left over.
(Pave the most used roads = 3) They try to start but realize that there isn't any stone left as it was used up in other projects.
Take a little nap to recover.(5) You fall asleep for a bit, and during this sleep you heal your injuries.
GET TO MY FEET AND ASSUME A FIGHTING STANCE.(4) You jump to your feet and get ready to fight, then you look around for something to fight all you see is gas pumps and tumble weeds, looks like your at a gas station that's in the desert.
Cast a spell, converting things into the store into my servants.(3+1 For wizard) Using your magical powers you make some of the random things that were on the shelves into your servants, you now have dozens of small servants.
the heck man? i asked him to go bring back survivors to stay, not kill them! explain in detail that he is supposed to nonviolently and nonthreateningly try to convince them to join the town so that there are more people capable of scavenging and tending to the farm plot.(Explaining to him what he did wrong = 6) You spend several minutes telling him why what he did was wrong, and he takes it very poorly and yells about how you can't control him then he runs off into to the woods yelling about how he'll kill again. Well that didn't go as planed.
go give the people he killed a proper burrial, and pray that he hasn’t become a well known psychopath...
(Giving the severed heads a proper burial = 3+1 For being easy to do) You spend some time respectfully burying the severed heads.
(Praying that he doesn't become a psychopath = 4) You spend some time praying that he wont become a well known psychopath, but you have a feeling that he might all ready be one.
Ad-lib some lyrics about incoming apocalypse and the fall of mankind, then growl the lyrics, standing at a relatively high building.(Making up some lyrics = 6-1 For being a heavy metal dolphin) You spend some time making up some lyrics about the coming apocalypse and when your finished you feel that their really good.
(Finding a tall building = 2) You wander around for a bit looking for tall buildings, but it turns out that all the tall buildings have been destroyed so you stand on top a two story building.
(Growling the lyrics = 6-1 For being a heavy metal dolphin) You start growling the lyric from the top of the building, the people down below seemed to really like your growling and clapped when you finished.
Do a PSA on the value of making PSAs.(4) You do a PSA on the value of PSAs, this seems to impress the demons at the meeting and they seem to like the idea of doing PSAs for money.
Quote from: Smoke Mirrors
Go to the bosses office.(4) It takes a bit but you finally make it to the bosses office, but he's not in when you arrive so you sit down and wait for him to come back.
Quote from: Outsider
"Come lizard thing we must help the people trapped in the ruble."(You helping = 5) You spend quite a while helping people out of the ruble.
Finally realize that there were bigger monsters and go help those trapped in the ruble with the help of the lizard thing.
(Lizard thing helping = 4) The lizard thing also helps several people out of the ruble.
Quote from: The_Two_Eternities
Now that the monsters dead return to the mine and gather some more iron to make more ammo.(Returning to the mine = 2) You spend several minutes stuck in traffic, looks like your going to be here for a bit.
Quote from: Doomblade187
Have them continue to mine, then try to melt the copper again, then have them preserve food.(Mining = 5) They mine out even more stone and copper.
(Melting the copper = 2) Everyone's afraid to do this task after the last people doing it died.
(Preserving food = 3+1 For fear of yelling) After some yelling and time they figure out how to preserve food with salt and smoke.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Fuck it, abandon the hatchback and get out of town with out it.(2) You and the werewolf friends leave the hatchback behind and wander around whats left of the big city and get lost.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Secure the area.(Securing = 4) They search the area for any threats, but don't find any.
(Securing = 2) They don't do anything.
(Securing = 2) They also don't do anything.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Sleep for a bit and go back to sleep.(Sleeping = 5) They continue to sleep.
(Going back to sleep = 2) They finally give up with trying to sleep.
Quote from: People evacuating the big city
Runaway!(Running = 4) They all get out of the city.
(Running = 3) Only a few of them get out.
(Running = 2) They get stuck in traffic.
(Running = 5) They also all get out of the city.
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Help evacuate people.(Evacuating = 3) They only find a few people to get out of the city.
(Evacuating = 5) They also get a bunch of people out of the city.
(Evacuating = 2) They don't find anyone to help.
Quote from: Tanks X3
Clear the evacuation route.(Clearing = 3) They don't really clear much of a path.
(Clearing = 3) They also don't clear the path.
(Clearing = 3) They also don't do jack shit.
Quote from: Artillery
Aid in the evacuation.(5) They find a bunch of people to help.
Canada stuff:
Quote from: Canadian firefighters x5
Fight the fire?(Firefighting = 2) They don't do anything to the fire.
(Firefighting = 2) They also don't do anything to the fire.
(Firefighting = 5) They put out a bunch of the fire.
(Firefighting = 6) They make the fire slightly worse.
(Firefighting = 5) They also a bunch of the fire.
Quote from: Fire
Does the fire get worse?(5-1 For containment) The fire only gets slightly worse.
Quote from: Fire killing people
Do people die in the fire?(4) A bunch of people burn up.
Percent of fire contained: 50%
How bad is the fire: BAD
Percent of Ontario on fire: 30%
Stats:
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 70,626
Canadians killed: 124,599
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,842,389
Americans killed: 13,161
Big city Population: 452,539
Displaced people: 7,062
People fleeing the city: 14,448
Big city dead: 5,014
Percent of big city destroyed: 65%
Total killed: 137,760
Total killed in the past: 23
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: ziizo on February 21, 2019, 09:22:38 am
The spider army keeps cleaning the lake.
Post by: WyrdByrd on February 21, 2019, 09:31:19 am
Post by: Dustan Hache on February 21, 2019, 12:46:02 pm
Post by: Enemy post on February 21, 2019, 12:54:16 pm
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on February 21, 2019, 03:07:40 pm
Post by: Egan_BW on February 21, 2019, 11:08:33 pm
Post by: CABL on February 23, 2019, 11:00:02 am
Find some people for my band, namely a drummer and a bassist.
Call my band "Infected Wound".
Post by: Yoink on February 23, 2019, 05:01:29 pm
Post by: King Zultan on February 25, 2019, 07:44:44 am
Hell has been renamed to Centron Corporation.
People are panicking in the big city.
A large part of Canada is still on fire.
Its now raining again.
Its November 1, 3:30 P.m.
Outsider didn't post for the ninth time so random action.
TricMagic didn't post so random action.
Use magic so the fire doesn't damage the car or the people on it. (What? having a flaming car would be cool).(Magicking the car = 3+1 For god powers) Using your god powers you make it to where the fire doesn't damage the car or the people inside.
The spider army keeps cleaning the lake.
(Spiders cleaning the lake = 6) The spiders continue their work, but when they start to bring in their latest hall the net gets caught and tears and everything they just caught floats back into the lake.
Have half of the servants put on whatever costumes they like, while the other half scavenges for building materials. Cast a spell summoning rain in my general area.(Servants putting on costumes = 4) After a bit of wandering and changing they come back to you, you now have several little wizards, werewolves, witches, skeletons, and a sack of potatoes as servants.
(Servants gathering building materials = 2) Turns out that their to small to be able to pickup any building materials.
(Summoning rain = 3+2 For wizard) You use your magic to make it rain.
in that case, I’d best bring him to justice before he can kill any other innocents. swiftly!(Finding the psychopath = 2) You wander around the woods and look all over but you can't find the psycho.
Go back to my office and write up some new PSA ideas.(6) You trip on the way to your office, then you get back up and write up some PSA ideas, and there good ideas.
Design a PSA against bullying.(5) You spend several minutes writing and you end up with the perfect anti bullying PSA.
Divvy up my mass into a horde of humanoids, who will repair and inhabit the big city. My city now.(Becoming a horde of humanoids = 6-1 For being able to do that) It takes a bit but you turn into sixty four, ten foot tall humanoids, then you start to rebuild the city.
(Eight bodies repairing the city = 1) They try to fix some stuff, but some rubble collapses on top of them and they get trapped.
(Eight bodies repairing the city = 2) They move some stuff around but get nothing accomplished.
(Eight bodies repairing the city = 4) It takes a bit but the manage to rebuild some stuff.
(Eight bodies repairing the city = 4) They also rebuild some stuff.
(Eight bodies repairing the city = 3) They only rebuild a few really small things.
(Eight bodies repairing the city = 4) They rebuild several things.
(Eight bodies repairing the city = 2) They move some stuff around.
(Eight bodies repairing the city = 5) They rebuild several buildings.
At this rate the city will be rebuilt in a few turns and when every leaves you can take over.
Go and loot an abandoned musical instruments store, steal a guitar.(Stealing a guitar = 2+2 For not being that hard) You look around until you find a pawn shop which you break into and steal a guitar.
Find some people for my band, namely a drummer and a bassist.
Call my band "Infected Wound".
(Finding a drummer = 4) Then you look at all of the people fleeing and ask around for a bit and you eventually find someone that can play the drums.
(Finding a bassist = 2) But even with all the searching you can't find anyone that can play bass.
BEGIN FLEXING AND SCREAMING AT THE TOP OF MY LUNGS WHILST POWERING UP(6) You begin to scream and you scream so loud all the glass at the gas station explodes, then you begin to flex and you flex so much and so fast the the gas station explodes, and you continue to do these things gaining more and more power.
Quote from: TricMagic
Time to magic some fancy furniture for the palace.(Making furniture for the palace = 5) You use magic to make some super fancy gold furniture for your palace.
Dino actions
(Mining = 5) The mine produces some more stone and copper.
(Make some furniture from wood = 2+2 For woodworking and tools) After quite a bit of work they make enough furniture for every house to be furnished.
(Figure out a way to move water around without rivers = 2+2 For tools and clay knowledge) It takes a bit of work but they manage to make some pipes out of clay, but there's not enough to do anything big with.
(Pave the most used roads = 4) Using the stone that was just mined out they pave the roads around the kingdom.
Quote from: Outsider
Continue to help people from the rubble with the help of the lizard thing.(You helping = 4) You spend several minutes helping more people out of the rubble.
(Lizard thing helping = 2) It can't find any people to help out of the rubble.
Quote from: The_Two_Eternities The Captain of Halloween
Return to the mine and gather some more iron.(Returning to the mine = 4) After a bit of traveling they arrive back at the mine.
(Mining = 4) They spend several minutes mining and produce some iron ore.
Quote from: Doomblade187 The King of The Dino Age
They shall continue to mine, then make them melt the copper again, and have them pave the roads.(Mining = 3) The mine doesn't produce much stone this time around.
(Melting the copper = 3+1 For yelling) After a bit of yelling they finally decide to melt the copper and figure out how to forge stuff.
(Pave the roads = 6) They use up all of the stone paving the roads.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Just head in a direction until we get out of the city.(3) You make little progress getting out of the big city and you're still lost.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: Psychopath
Find people and kill them.(1) After a long search he finds his way to the big city where he finds a soldier which he immediately attacks, which ends poorly for him as the soldier fills him with lead and he dies.
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Secure the area.(Securing = 3) They only sort of secure the area.
(Securing = 2) They don't do jack shit.
(Securing = 5) They secure the area from all enemies and one of them kills some psycho that tried to attack him.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Sleep for a bit and do something else.(Sleeping = 5) They continue to sleep.
(Do something else = 5) They play some card games.
Quote from: People evacuating the big city
Runaway!(Running = 3) Only some of them make it out of the city.
(Running = 5) They all make it out of the city.
(Running = 6) Some get trampled as others flee.
(Running = 3) Only some of them make it out.
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Help evacuate people.(Evacuating = 1) They accidentally kill some people that were trapped in some rubble.
(Evacuating = 5) They help a huge group of people escape.
(Evacuating = 5) They also help a huge group.
Quote from: Tanks X3
Clear the evacuation route.(Clearing = 3) They don't really make much progress.
(Clearing = 4) They make a bunch of progress.
(Clearing = 3) They also don't make much progress.
Quote from: Artillery
Aid in the evacuation.(3) They only help a few people.
Canada stuff:
Quote from: Canadian firefighters x5
Fight the fire?(Firefighting = 2) They don't really have any effect on the fire.
(Firefighting = 4) They put out a bunch of the fire.
(Firefighting = 3) They only put out a little of the fire.
(Firefighting = 1) They die in the fire.
(Firefighting = 4) They also put out a bunch of the fire.
Quote from: Fire
Does the fire get worse?(1) The fire goes out a little.
Quote from: Fire killing people
Do people die in the fire?(5) A huge group of people die when a hospital burns.
Percent of fire contained: 50%
How bad is the fire: Not that good
Percent of Ontario on fire: 21%
Stats:
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 70,626
Canadians killed: 124,963
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,842,389
Americans killed: 13,984
Big city Population: 452,539
Displaced people: 7,062
People fleeing the city: 32,248
Big city dead: 5,837
Percent of big city destroyed: 48%
Total killed: 138,947
Total killed in the past: 23
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: Dustan Hache on February 25, 2019, 07:52:19 am
Post by: WyrdByrd on February 25, 2019, 09:54:06 am
Cast a spell mending the rubble in my area.
Post by: ziizo on February 25, 2019, 10:13:38 am
The spider army keeps cleaning the lake.
Post by: Enemy post on February 25, 2019, 10:24:22 am
Post by: CABL on February 25, 2019, 11:33:06 am
Post by: Egan_BW on February 25, 2019, 05:18:59 pm
Post by: Yoink on February 25, 2019, 08:05:28 pm
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on February 27, 2019, 12:59:18 am
Post by: King Zultan on February 28, 2019, 06:26:47 am
Post by: King Zultan on February 28, 2019, 11:10:46 am
A large part of Canada is still on fire.
People are panicking in the big city.
Its now raining again.
Its November 1, 4:00 P.m.
Outsider didn't post for the tenth time so random action, if he doesn't post by next turn he will become a NPC.
TricMagic didn't post for the second time so random action.
he can’t have gone far! keep looking!(4) After quite a bit of searching you finally find him, it looks like he tried to use his knife to attack someone that had a gun, and it looks like he lost.
Have the wizard servants cast spells to create more servants , the witch servants craft more costumes, and the sack of potatoes provide moral support. The werewolves can start reinforcing the store, and hunting around the area for survivors to bring back.(Wizards making more servants = 2+1 For moral support from potatoes) After several minutes of searching the store with moral support they finally find three more items to turn into little servants.
Cast a spell mending the rubble in my area.
(Witches making more costumes = 4) The witches spend the time gathering materials and making some random costumes.
(Moral support from sack of potatoes = 4) The sack of potatoes goes around and provides moral support for every group.
(Werewolves reinforcing the store = 5) They start by pulling apart all the shelves and using them to barricade the windows, then they barricade the back door.
(Werewolves hunting for survivors = 4) After they finish barricading they go out looking for people to bring back, (Bringing them back = 3) they only manage to get three guys to come back with them.
(Mending the rubble = 5) You use your magical powers to fix some of the ruined building around your store.
Drive the car to a nearby big city that haven't been destroyed yet.(Driving to a new city = 3) You spend several minutes driving, but even after all that time driving you realize that you still have a long way to go.
The spider army keeps cleaning the lake.
(Spiders cleaning the lake = 6) After spending several minutes fixing the net they only have enough time to gather a few bits of plastic.
Produce and distribute the anti-bullying PSA Smoke Mirrors wrote.(Producing = 6-1 For the perfect anti-bullying PSA) With the help of Smoke Mirrors you two produce the best anti-bullying PSA that hell's ever seen.
(Distributing = 4) You then send it to be copied a bunch of times and then have it sent all over hell and have it played on all the TV networks in hell.
Keep searching for a bassist for Infected Wound. Loudly yell and ask people if someone's willing to try their luck in the musical career.(5) After much yelling and wandering around you finally find a bassist for your band.
Auto actions for all bodies, please.(Eight bodies trying to get out of the rubble = 4) After much wiggling and moving stuff around they finally manage to free themselves.
(Eight bodies helping the other bodies get out of the rubble = 3) They sort of help the others escape the rubble.
(Eight bodies repairing the city = 6) They fix some buildings but they also damage some in the process.
(Eight bodies repairing the city = 4) They spend some time fixing some apartment buildings.
(Eight bodies repairing the city = 5) They rebuild some of the destroyed office buildings.
(Eight bodies repairing the city = 5) They also spend some time fixing a bunch of stuff.
(Eight bodies repairing the city = 4) They spend some time fixing some stores.
(Eight bodies repairing the city = 2) They just kind of move some stuff around.
Just a little bit more of this and the city will be back to its former glory.
GATHER AS MUCH POWER AS I CAN SAFELY HOLD, OR MORE, THEN PUNCH THE GROUND BENEATH MY FEET WITH ALL MY MIGHT(Gathering more power = 5) You continue to scream and flex causing you to gain more and more and more power, this causes you to glow from all the power.
(Punching the ground = 6) You scream and slam your fist into the ground with all your might which causes the planet to explode, leaving you in space surrounded by rubble but you don't die because you're to powerful to die.
Help EP.(5) You spend some time helping Enemy post produce the anti-bullying PSA, then a bit later you see that it gets broadcast on all the TV stations in hell.
Quote from: TricMagic
Make a fancy fish pond on the palace grounds.(Making fish pond = 1+3 For magicalness) Using your magic powers you make a small pond on the grounds of your palace, then using more magic you fill it with water and fish.
Dino actions
(Mining = 5) After more work they produce more stone and more copper.
(Make some more pipes = 2+2 For knowing how to make pipes and tools) Other dinos spend quite a bit of time making more pipes.
(Dig some irrigation channels = 4) It takes a bit but they finish the irrigation channels around all the farms.
(Create some statues = 4) Some artisans spend quite a while making statues.
Quote from: Outsider
Me and the lizard thing will start helping people evacuate the ruined city.(You helping = 4) You help a bunch of people get out of the city.
(Lizard thing helping = 3) It helps a few people to help escape the city.
Quote from: The_Two_Eternities The Captain of Halloween
Have them continue to mine for iron ore.(5) After a bit of work they produce some more iron ore.
Quote from: Doomblade187 The King of The Dino Age
They shall continue to mine, then they shall make copper tools, and then they shall build a warehouse.(Mining = 3) They only get some stone this time around.
(Making copper tools = 6-1 For tools) After much work they produce copper tools.
(Building warehouse = 2) The warehouse can't be built with out stone.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Keep walking in a straight line until we get out of the city.(3) You and the werewolf friends spend some more time wandering around the ruins getting slightly closer to finding away out of the city.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Quit trying to secure the area and help people evacuate.(Evacuating = 5) They help a bunch of people escape.
(Evacuating = 4) They help some people escape.
(Evacuating = 6) While their helping people escape some panic and trample some people.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Sleep for a bit and do something else.(Sleeping = 4) They continue to have good dreams.
(Do something else = 3) They get bored and spin a bottle around.
Quote from: People evacuating the big city
Runaway!(Running = 5) They all get out of the city.
(Running = 5) They also all get out.
(Running = 6) Some people get trampled as they escape.
(Running = 6) Some more people get trampled as they also escape.
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Help evacuate people.(Evacuating = 3) They only help a few people get out.
(Evacuating = 4) They help some people get out.
(Evacuating = 5) They help a bunch of people escape.
Quote from: Tanks X3
Clear the evacuation route.(Clearing = 4) They move stalled cars out of the road.
(Clearing = 4) They move crashed cars out of the road.
(Clearing = 5) They move a bunch of stuff out of the road.
Quote from: Artillery
Aid in the evacuation.(2) They can't find anyone to help out.
Canada stuff:
Quote from: Canadian firefighters x4
Fight the fire?(Firefighting = 2) They have little affect on the fire.
(Firefighting = 2) They also don't do anything to the fire.
(Firefighting = 2) They don't do anything ether.
(Firefighting = 4) They actually do their job and put out some of the fire.
Quote from: Fire
Does the fire get worse?(6-2 For containment) The fire get worse.
Quote from: Fire killing people
Do people die in the fire?(3) Some random people get killed.
Percent of fire contained: 52%
How bad is the fire: Not that bad
Percent of Ontario on fire: 25%
Stats:
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 70,626
Canadians killed: 125,017
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,842,389
Americans killed: 15,463
Big city Population: 452,539
Displaced people: 7,062
People fleeing the city: 93,657
Big city dead: 7,316
Percent of big city destroyed: 26%
Total killed: 110,480
Total killed in the past: 23
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: Enemy post on February 28, 2019, 11:14:51 am
Post by: CABL on February 28, 2019, 11:32:55 am
Post by: Egan_BW on February 28, 2019, 11:33:31 am
Post by: ziizo on February 28, 2019, 11:53:55 am
Spider Army will remember they are gods too and magically recycle and the trash in the lake.
Post by: WyrdByrd on March 03, 2019, 12:06:24 am
Post by: King Zultan on March 03, 2019, 05:02:59 am
Am I in the city, or just a random store somewhere?Your in a random store in the city.
Post by: WyrdByrd on March 03, 2019, 08:30:29 am
Post by: TricMagic on March 03, 2019, 02:07:53 pm
Dino Actions.
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on March 03, 2019, 06:56:10 pm
Post by: Yoink on March 04, 2019, 11:24:10 pm
SEE IF I CAN BECOME POWERFUL ENOUGH TO WAKE UP
Post by: King Zultan on March 05, 2019, 10:16:41 am
People are panicking in the big city.
Its now raining again.
Its November 1, 4:30 P.m.
Outsider didn't post so there now a NPC.
Dustan Hache didn't post so random action.
Get healing for all the injuries I've accumulated lately.(5) You walk in to the bathroom that's connected to your office and find a first aid kit and use the Continent to heal your injures.
Now I would like to find a rhythm guitar player, and even if I don't find one, we're going to rent some space for our small, humble concert.(Finding a rhythm guitar player = 3) You spend several minutes wandering around the crowds of people, but no one in the crowd knows how to play rhythm guitar.
(Renting a space for the concert = 2) You then spend even more time calling places to rent some space for your concert, but most of them don't answer so there's potential that their owners are dead.
Auto.(Eight bodies repairing the city = 2) They spend several minutes moving pieces around trying to figure out where they go.
(Eight bodies repairing the city = 6) They rebuild some stuff but damage other stuff in the process.
(Eight bodies repairing the city = 5) They rebuild a bunch of stuff.
(Eight bodies repairing the city = 2) They also spend several minutes moving pieces around.
(Eight bodies repairing the city = 6) They also rebuild some stuff and damage some stuff in the process.
(Eight bodies repairing the city = 3) They only rebuild some small stuff.
(Eight bodies repairing the city = 2) They spent most of the time moving stuff around.
(Eight bodies repairing the city = 6) They rebuild some stuff and damage some stuff.
The city's almost rebuilt, and people are still fleeing the city, then you feel something magical wash over the city.
Use god powers to make the car fly and move faster.(Using powers to make the car fly = 6-1 For god powers) It takes you a second to magic the the car so it can fly.
Spider Army will remember they are gods too and magically recycle and the trash in the lake.
(Using powers to make the car faster = 5) Then you make the car go even faster.
(Reminding the spiders they are gods = 2+3 For being part of you) Then you send a psychic message to the spiders to remind them that their gods.
(Recycling the trash in the lake = 3+1 For godness) After some work they produce several not burnt pieces of wood, and blocks of plastic.
Have the witches and wizards turn the area into a Magical Realm. Try to persuade the guys to join up and try on a costume, and have the servants put on costumes to demonstrate. The skeletons and potato sack will continue moral support. Once all of this occurs, cast a spell to make the store fly, and declare myself the wizard king.(Witches and wizards making area into magical realm = 3+1 For magic) After several minutes of magical stuff they make the city into a magical realm.
(Persuading the random guys to join the group = 4) After some talking you convince the the three guys to join your group.
(Getting the random guys to put on costumes = 3+1 For moral support) After some convincing and moral support they put on costumes, and when their finished they turn into a werewolf, wizard, and a skeleton.
(Have some servants put on costumes = 5) Then the rest of the servants put on costumes, so now you have some more little wizards, little witches, little skeletons, little werewolves, and a little pumpkin man.
(Skeletons and potato sack continuing moral support = 4) They wander around the store and bring moral support wherever they go.
(Casting a spell to make the store fly = 2) You spend several minutes to try to make it fly but can't for some reason.
(Becoming the Wizard king = 3+1 For moral support) With moral support from the potato sack you become the WIZARD KING.
Teach the Dino's Science.(Teaching the dino's science = 5) It takes a bit but you teach them about the wonderful world of science.
Dino Actions.
(Mining = 2) They don't do any mining because they were busy learning about science.
(Build a park = 2+2 For tools) After a lot of work they make a beautiful park in the town.
(Try to make pipes from copper = 5) After much work they manage to make pipes from copper.
(Create a pipe line to the town so no one has to carry water any more = 3) After some measuring it turns out that they don't have enough pipes to get to the town.
Spread the PSA to the mortal world.(2) It turns out its really hard to spread the PSA around the mortal world when your intangible, especially when you can't actually pick up a copy of the PSA.
BEAT UP SOME MORE PLANETS AND ABSORB THEIR POWER, I GUESS(Getting to a different planet = 3) You try to punch your self to another planet but its still really far away.
SEE IF I CAN BECOME POWERFUL ENOUGH TO WAKE UP
(Are you powerful enough to wake up = 5) You finally have enough of this dream, so you punch the dream so hard you explode the layered dream and wake up, and when you awake you feel that your still have most of the power you had in the dream, you are now super powerful.
Quote from: Dustan Hache
Bring his body back to the castle and bury it.(4) You spend several minutes dragging him back to the castle and bury him.
Quote from: Outsider The Kamen rider
Me and the lizard thing will keep helping people evacuate the ruined city.(You helping = 3) You only help a few people out.
(Lizard thing helping = 4) The lizard finds a bunch of people to help out of the city.
Quote from: The_Two_Eternities The Captain of Halloween
Keep mining for iron ore.(6) As they bring out some ore part of the mine collapses, no one is killed or trapped, but they lose the ore.
Quote from: Doomblade187 The King of The Dino Age
Continue to mine, build the warehouse out of wood, then I don't know make some shit out of clay or something.(Mining = 3) They only mine out some stone.
(Build a warehouse out of wood = 5) It takes a bit but they manage to build it out of wood.
(Make some clay shit = 4) After a bit of work they manage to figure out how to make clay items and bake them.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Keep walking we need to get out of the city.(5) After much wandering you and your friends finally make it out of the city.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Quit trying to secure the area and help people evacuate.(Evacuating = 2) They don't help anyone.
(Evacuating = 2) They don't help anyone ether.
(Evacuating = 3) They find a few people to help.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Sleep for a bit and do something else.(Sleeping = 1) They have horrible nightmares and wake up.
(Do something else = 3) They spin a bottle around for a bit.
Quote from: People evacuating the big city
Runaway!(Running = 6) People panic and trample some others.
(Running = 1) They all get trampled by panicking people.
(Running = 6) More people panic and trample others.
(Running = 5) They all get out of the city.
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Help evacuate people.(Evacuating = 5) They help them all out.
(Evacuating = 1) They cause some panic and people die.
(Evacuating = 3) They only help a few out.
Quote from: Tanks X3
Clear the evacuation route.(Clearing = 2) They don't do anything.
(Clearing = 5) They clear a massive path out of the city.
(Clearing = 3) They only clear some stuff.
Quote from: Artillery
Aid in the evacuation.(1) They cause some panic and the people die.
Canada stuff:
Quote from: Canadian firefighters x4
Fight the fire?(Firefighting = 5) They put a bunch of the fire out.
(Firefighting = 3) They put out some small fires.
(Firefighting = 2) They don't do anything to the fire.
(Firefighting = 4) They also put out a bunch of the fire.
Quote from: Fire
Does the fire get worse?(3) The fire doesn't really do anything.
Quote from: Fire killing people
Do people die in the fire?(5) A large group of people die.
Percent of fire contained: 56%
How bad is the fire: Not that bad
Percent of Ontario on fire: 18%
Stats:
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 70,626
Canadians killed: 129,240
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,842,389
Americans killed: 31,130
Big city Population: 452,539
Displaced people: 7,062
People fleeing the city: 151,877
Big city dead: 22,983
Percent of big city destroyed: 4%
Total killed: 130,370
Total killed in the past: 23
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: Egan_BW on March 05, 2019, 10:26:14 am
Keep rebuilding.
Post by: ziizo on March 05, 2019, 10:35:21 am
Spider Army Will keep magically recycling the trash in the lake
Post by: CABL on March 05, 2019, 10:40:12 am
Post by: WyrdByrd on March 05, 2019, 11:24:05 am
Allow both the lake/castle and the party, but only if the sack of potatoes and the pumpkin can open for the latter.
Post by: Egan_BW on March 05, 2019, 11:28:15 am
Also get off my lawn this is my city now I claimed it and all.
Post by: TricMagic on March 05, 2019, 01:16:02 pm
More Dino Actions.
Post by: Dustan Hache on March 06, 2019, 11:12:50 am
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on March 07, 2019, 12:23:20 pm
Post by: King Zultan on March 09, 2019, 11:02:36 am
The big city has been restored to its former glory.
The big city is no longer a magical realm.
A large part of Canada is still on fire.
People are panicking in the big city.
Its now raining again.
Its November 1, 5:00 P.m.
Enemy post didn't post so random action.
Yoink didn't post so random action.
All bodies activate Magic-Interdiction Organs, causing the area to no longer be a magical realm. No magic allowed.(Activating the magic-interdiction organ = 5) All of your bodies activate their magic-interdiction organ's at the same time and the magical realm around the big city disappears.
Keep rebuilding.
(Repairing the city = 5) Then they finish fixing the last of the city, it now looks as if the all the bombs, missiles, and giant monster fighting never happened.
Drive to the magical Kingdom. Ask if I am allowed to move my lake and castle there.(Driving to the magical kingdom/big city = 4) It takes a little bit but you finally get to the city, but after a few minutes you feel the magic in the area suddenly disappear.
Spider Army Will keep magically recycling the trash in the lake
(Asking if allowed to move there = 2+3 For it being allowed) You ask if you can move to the city and WyrdByrd says that you can.
(Spiders recycling = 5) The spiders pull some plastic, metal, and glass blocks out of the lake.
Let's just play some death metal atop some building. Now that it's a magical realm, we might obtain an audience of headbanging skeletons... or even summon a meteor storm.(Getting on a building = 5) It takes a minute but you get up to the top and begin to set up your equipment, and while your setting up a sack of potatoes and a pumpkin man start dancing around and doing some gymnastic stuff, then they leave before you start your not really sure what to make of that.
(Playing some death metal = 3+2 For being a death metal dolphin) You and the band begin to play some really loud and really metal, death metal.
(Obtaining an audience = 3+1 For lots of people) When you start playing it attracts a large crowd of people.
(Obtaining an audience of skeletons = 5) They suddenly a bunch of skeletons rise from the ground and they also join the crowd and they began to headbang to the music.
(Summon a meteor storm = 4) Then you begin to sing about giant meteors slamming into the Earth and killing everyone, after you sing that you feel that there are now (How big are the meteors = 5) meteors the size of Colorado heading right towards the Earth, might not have been the best idea to summon those.
Have the wizards and witches cast a spell making the Magical Realm technically it’s own Demi--plane, thus removing its restriction in the area. Also, point out that technically, such an organ is magical due to Clarke’s law, and that not only can all of this be explained as some unknown science, but it also means that by negating the thing that made such a negation possible, a paradox occurs.(Having wizards and witches make the magical realm it's own demi-plane = 6) They spend several minutes making the magical realm into is own demi-plane, but it doesn't prevent Egan_BW from making it disappear.
Allow both the lake/castle and the party, but only if the sack of potatoes and the pumpkin can open for the latter.
(Pointing out that the organ is magical due to Clarke's law = 3) You yell that the organ is magic due to Clarke's law, but that doesn't seem to do anything.
(Allowing the castle = 5) You magically tell ziizo that he can move his castle to the city.
(Allowing the party if the if the potatoes and pumpkin can open = 5) You then allow the party to be held and you send the potato sack and the pumpkin to do the opening act.
Use my Powers to help with Dino Actions that use manual labor like digging out earth.(Using powers to help with stuff = 2+3 For multiple powers) You spend the day using your powers to help the Dino's mine and dig a trench.
More Dino Actions.
(Mining = 1+1+2 For structural supports and Tricmagic helping) After some work and magical help they mine out a bunch of stone and some copper.
(Making copper pipes = 1+1+2 For tools and Tricmagic helping) They also get some magical help while making pipes.
(Making clay pipes = 5) They spend some time making clay pipes.
(Create a pipe line from a river to the town = 4) After some work and magical help they finish the trench and lay the pipes allowing water to flow into a reservoir.
resume the search for food and non-psychopathic survivors.(Searching for food = 6) You spend some time searching the ruins and eventually find a bunch of food, but on further examination most of it is ruined.
(Searching for survivors = 2) You wander around for a bit but can't find anyone.
Get some demons to spread the PSA to the mortal world for me.(6) You look around until you find some demons that are willing to help, but it turns out that they're really slow and it takes forever for them to get any where, and by the time thirty minutes are up they just arrive in the mortal world.
Quote from: Enemy post
Write and produce some more PSAs.(Writing = 1+1 For GM not being able to come up with anything) You try to write something but you can't think of anything.
(Producing = 4) After a bit you decide to produce some of the PSAs you have already written, it takes a bit but they get finished.
Quote from: Yoink
GO ASK WHATS BEEN GOING ON SCENE I FELL ASLEEP.(3+1 For you being the leader) They tell you that nothing has been going on in the camp and the big city near by was attacked by giant monsters but the monster is dead now.
Quote from: Outsider The Kamen rider
Me and the lizard thing will continue to help people out of the city.(You helping = 6) You help some people out but you also cause a panic and some people die.
(Lizard thing helping = 3) It only is able to help a few people.
Quote from: The_Two_Eternities The Captain of Halloween
Clear the collapsed portion of the mine.(5) After much work they fix the mine and reclaim the iron ore.
Quote from: Doomblade187 The King of The Dino Age
Keep mining, and build fences around the farms, then start growing tobacco.(Mining = 3) They only manage to get some stone this time around.
(Build a fence around the farms = 1+3 For tools and yelling) After a bit of yelling they finish the fence around the farms.
(Grow some tobacco = 3) They manage to find some tobacco but they don't have a field ready for growing it.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Look around for an abandoned car and steal it.(6) You and your friends steal a Humvee when the soldiers aren't looking and drive off, but you get shot at as you drive which damages the vehicle.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Quit trying to secure the area and help people evacuate.(Evacuating = 3) They only manage to help a few people.
(Evacuating = 5) They help a bunch of people.
(Evacuating = 4) They also help a lot of people.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Do some random stuff.(Stuff = 3) They sit around and get bored.
(Stuff = 6-1 For safety) They play some card games.
Quote from: People evacuating the big city
Runaway!(Running = 6) A bunch of them escape while they panic and trample others.
(Running = 1) They get trampled by panicking people.
(Running = 4) They escape the city.
(Running = 5) They all escape.
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Help evacuate people.(Evacuating = 3) They only help a few people out.
(Evacuating = 1) When they aren't paying attention some one steals their Humvee.
(Evacuating = 1) They cause a panic and get people killed.
Quote from: Tanks X3
Return to base.(Leaving = 3+1 For cleared path) They leave and return to base.
(Leaving = 6+1 For cleared path) They also leave and return to base.
(Leaving = 2+2 For cleared path) They return to base.
Quote from: Artillery
Aid in the evacuation.(5) They help a bunch of people out of the city.
Canada stuff:
Quote from: Canadian firefighters x4
Fight the fire?(Firefighting = 6) They put out some fire but also make it worse.
(Firefighting = 3) They put out a little of the fire.
(Firefighting = 6) They also put out some fire but make it worse.
(Firefighting = 6) They also put out some of the fire and make it worse.
Quote from: Fire
Does the fire get worse?(3) The fire doesn't really do anything.
Quote from: Fire killing people
Do people die in the fire?(5) A bunch of people die.
Percent of fire contained: 56%
How bad is the fire: Not that bad
Percent of Ontario on fire: 12%
Stats:
Turns until the meteors arrive: 6
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 70,626
Canadians killed: 132,891
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,842,389
Americans killed: 36,538
Big city Population: 452,539
Displaced people: 7,062
People fleeing the city: 217,195
Big city dead: 28,391
Percent of big city destroyed: 0%
Total killed: 139,429
Total killed in the past: 23
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: TricMagic on March 09, 2019, 11:08:16 am
Dino Actions
Post by: CABL on March 09, 2019, 11:24:10 am
Post by: Enemy post on March 09, 2019, 11:29:18 am
Send out a PSA on working together to prevent forest fires, which will be hastily edited to be about meteors.
Post by: Egan_BW on March 09, 2019, 01:08:14 pm
Have half my bodies leave the city, start eating all the available biomass in some forests or something, self replicate, spread out over the whole earth. Once I have bodies covering the whole surface, have them all grow organic shield generators.
Post by: Dustan Hache on March 09, 2019, 01:48:00 pm
Post by: ziizo on March 09, 2019, 04:14:27 pm
Use God Powers to push the meteros one millimeter to the left. Due to the speed and distance of them this should be enough to make them fail to hit the earth for a few millions kilometres.
Spider Army Keeps cleaning the lake.
Post by: WyrdByrd on March 09, 2019, 05:12:52 pm
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on March 09, 2019, 09:52:04 pm
Send the meteor to the Eldritch Plain.
Post by: King Zultan on March 13, 2019, 10:19:37 am
The meteors have been sent to the Eldritch Plain and are no longer a threat.
The suns been blocked as Egan_BW covers the Earth.
The fire in Canada finally got put out.
People are panicking in the big city.
Its now raining again.
Its November 1, 5:30 P.m.
Yoink didn't post for the second time so random action.
Using the Power I had accumulated in my meditation, shift the meteors to the alternate dimension.(I:E their future, not our present/past.) Split the timelines.(Sending the meteors to another dimension = 1+3 For powers) Using your powers you make the meteor that was going to kill the dinosaurs go to an alternate dimension.
Dino Actions
(Mining = 2) The mine doesn't produce anything this time around.
(Make some copper pipes = 2+2 For tools) Some more copper pipes are produced.
(Make some wooden planks = 5) They produce a large quantity of wooden planks.
(Build a town hall = 4) And they use some stone and the wooden planks to build a town hall.
Finish the concert with a song about humanity's darkest hour, after which the humanity gets obliterated along with the planet.(Finishing the concert = 6) As you finish the concert a bunch of pyrotechnics go off and set a building on fire, but that doesn't matter because its not your building.
(How does the crowd feel about it = 4) There's lots of clapping and cheering in the crowd, it seems like they liked your performance.
(Does humanity get obliterated = 3) Well humanity's gonna get destroyed but your not sure whats gonna do it, and its gonna take a bit to get here.
Oops.(Do you have a PSA about forest fires = 3+1 For all ready having one) You look through the PSAs you already have and find one about preventing forest fires.
Send out a PSA on working together to prevent forest fires, which will be hastily edited to be about meteors.
(Quality of hastily edited PSA to be about meteors = 5) You have your editors modify the PSA, and when their finished it looks like the PSA was always about meteors.
(Sending out PSA about meteors = 4) You send the PSA everywhere, but the PSA only ends up getting spread around hell as the ones going to the mortal world don't make it in time before thirty minutes are up.
Make all my bodies able to survive a meteor impact.(Make all bodies able to survive meteors = 5) Somehow you make yourself immune to being killed by meteors.
Have half my bodies leave the city, start eating all the available biomass in some forests or something, self replicate, spread out over the whole earth. Once I have bodies covering the whole surface, have them all grow organic shield generators.
(Eight bodies leaving the city and eating biomass = 6) The bodies move out to a forest and absorb a bunch of trees and stuff including some people that were fleeing the big city.
(Eight bodies leaving the city and eating biomass = 3+1 For being able to do that) These bodies also move to a forest and absorb some trees.
(Eight bodies leaving the city and eating biomass = 1+3 For being able to do that) These bodies move to a forest and absorb some trees.
(Eight bodies leaving the city and eating biomass = 6) These bodies move to a forest and absorb some trees and a bunch of people that were fleeing the big city.
(Spreading over the whole Earth = 6) You try to cover the Earth with just the bodies you absorbed stuff with, but it turns out that you need to use all of your bodies to cover the entire Earth.
(Growing organic shield generators = 5) It doesn't take long for you to grow the organic shield generators.
take a moment to tend to the farming plot and start planting crops with the seeds I found.(5) You spend some time tending the farm plot then you plant and water the seeds you had.
There is no point into moving to a no magical city so the fortress stays in the lake(Moving the meteors = 4) Using your god powers you shove the meteors away from the Earth, thus saving everyone.
Use God Powers to push the meteros one millimeter to the left. Due to the speed and distance of them this should be enough to make them fail to hit the earth for a few millions kilometres.
Spider Army Keeps cleaning the lake.
(Spiders cleaning the lake = 6-1 For god powers) They gather even more plastic, metal, and glass blocks.
Have the wizards cast a spell on a quarter of the city, and fly it into the forest. After that, establish Magical Realm 2: Electric Boogaloo. The Skeletons should start building a wizard tower on top of the store, with more moral support of Potato and Pumpkin.(Wizards casting spell to move a quarter of the city = 1+1 For magic) They try to teleport part of the city to a forest but nothing happens.
(Magicking up a new magical realm = 4-1 For Egan_BW's anti-magic thing) Then they try to make the place a magical realm again but Egan's anti-magic thing prevents it.
(Skeletons building a wizard tower on top of the store = 6-1 For moral support) It takes a bit but they finally finish the wizard tower.
(Potato sack and pumpkin moral support = 4) They give moral support to the guys building the tower.
"Well, it's no Doom Mug..."(4) Even though the meteors moved away from the Earth you decide to send them to the Eldritch Plain just in case.
Send the meteor to the Eldritch Plain.
Quote from: Yoink
JUMP INTO SPACE AND PUNCH THE METEORS TO DUST.(Jumping to space = 4) You run and leap into the sky all the way to space.
(Punching the meteors to dust = 1+1 For super strength) Just as your about to punch the meteors they move then they disappear.
(Getting back to Earth = 5) After seeing that you had no need to continue to be in space you fling your self back to Earth and eventually land in a lake near your base.
Quote from: Outsider The Kamen rider
Me and the lizard thing will keep helping people out of the city.(You helping = 4) You help even more people out.
(Lizard thing helping = 2) It doesn't really do anything this time.
Quote from: The_Two_Eternities The Captain of Halloween
Have the crew mine some more iron ore, then turn it into ammo for the cannons.(Mining = 5) They mine even more iron ore.
(Forging ammo for cannons = 4) They make a bunch of cannon balls.
Quote from: Doomblade187 The King of The Dino Age
Keep mining and make a farm for the tobacco and plant it, then build a fence around it.(Mining = 5) They mine out more stone and copper.
(Make a farm and plant the tobacco = 2+2 For tools and farm knowledge) After a bit of work they finish the farm and plant the tobacco.
(Build a fence around the tobacco = 3+1 For tools) After even more work they build a wall around the tobacco farm.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Go bite some people and turn them into werewolves.(6) You run around biting a bunch of people and turn some of them into werewolf friends and some you bite to hard and they die.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Quit trying to secure the area and help people evacuate.(Evacuating = 4) They help a bunch of people out.
(Evacuating = 4) They also help a bunch of people out.
(Evacuating = 1) They cause some people to panic and a bunch of people get trampled.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Do some random stuff.(Stuff = 3) They just sit around.
(Stuff = 6-1 For safety) They play some cards.
Quote from: People evacuating the big city
Runaway!(Running = 1) They get trampled by other people.
(Running = 3) Only a few get out.
(Running = 6) They panic and trample some people.
(Running = 6) They also panic and trample some people.
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Help evacuate people.(Evacuating = 6) They cause some panic and people get trampled.
(Evacuating = 3) Only a few people get helped.
(Evacuating = 3) They only help a few people.
Quote from: Artillery
Aid in the evacuation.(5) They help a bunch of people.
Canada stuff:
Quote from: Canadian firefighters x4
Fight the fire?(Firefighting = 1+2 For containment) They put out some of the fire.
(Firefighting = 2+1 For containment) They also put out some of the fire.
(Firefighting = 1+2 For containment) They also put of some fire.
(Firefighting = 5) They put out the rest of the fire.
Quote from: Fire
Does the fire get worse?(6-5 For containment) The fire dies out.
Quote from: Fire killing people
Do people die in the fire?(1) No one dies.
Percent of fire contained: 83%
How bad is the fire: What fire?
Percent of Ontario on fire: 0%
Stats:
Turns until impending doom: 5
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 70,626
Canadians killed: 132,891
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,842,389
Americans killed: 59,577
Big city Population: 452,539
Displaced people: 7,062
People fleeing the city: 354,728
Big city dead: 51,430
Percent of big city destroyed: 2%
Total killed: 162,468
Total killed in the past: 23
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on March 13, 2019, 10:32:54 am
Post by: TricMagic on March 13, 2019, 12:46:24 pm
Dino Actions
Post by: ziizo on March 13, 2019, 12:54:10 pm
Spider Army keeps cleaning the lake
Post by: WyrdByrd on March 13, 2019, 12:59:33 pm
Post by: Egan_BW on March 13, 2019, 01:28:29 pm
Post by: CABL on March 13, 2019, 01:45:03 pm
On our way to Toronto, rest and heal up while my drummer's driving the bus.
Post by: Enemy post on March 13, 2019, 01:47:55 pm
Send some demons to retrieve the remains of my house and bring it to Hell before the world is destroyed.
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on March 13, 2019, 02:11:49 pm
As the god if the sun (Rember that from M&M2?) I must stop Tric’s plan. Do that.
Post by: CABL on March 13, 2019, 02:19:41 pm
How could you do this, CABL? I'm sorry, but as the ruler ofHellThe Centron Corporation I just can't let you destroy everything that's important to me.
Sorry, I burned it down by an accident. I'll repay you the damage, eventually... Wait, you're a CEO? Well then, you probably can afford even better house, so suck it up.
Post by: TricMagic on March 13, 2019, 06:49:15 pm
”I can’t allow you to do that.”
As the god if the sun (Rember that from M&M2?) I must stop Tric’s plan. Do that.
Is confused cause you happen to be in the entirely wrong timeline, not to mention time period for that.
Post by: Enemy post on March 13, 2019, 07:05:40 pm
As the god if the sun (Rember that from M&M2?)
I do!
Post by: King Zultan on March 14, 2019, 06:13:08 am
”I can’t allow you to do that.”I remember you becoming a sun god.
As the god if the sun (Rember that from M&M2?) I must stop Tric’s plan. Do that.
Also TricMagic's in a different timeline, but it you want to stop the plan I'm not gonna stop you.
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on March 15, 2019, 09:29:01 am
Oh... I’ll freely admit I have a hard time keeping up with everyone, so just give me a moment.”I can’t allow you to do that.”I remember you becoming a sun god.
As the god if the sun (Rember that from M&M2?) I must stop Tric’s plan. Do that.
Also TricMagic's in a different timeline, but it you want to stop the plan I'm not gonna stop you.
Post by: Dustan Hache on March 15, 2019, 11:06:10 am
Post by: TricMagic on March 16, 2019, 08:48:35 am
Oh... I’ll freely admit I have a hard time keeping up with everyone, so just give me a moment.”I can’t allow you to do that.”I remember you becoming a sun god.
As the god if the sun (Rember that from M&M2?) I must stop Tric’s plan. Do that.
Also TricMagic's in a different timeline, but it you want to stop the plan I'm not gonna stop you.
I meanwhile, don't particularly bother, since we've been in this time period a while.
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on March 16, 2019, 09:14:51 am
Heal the wounds I’ve got.
Post by: Yoink on March 17, 2019, 07:31:12 am
Post by: King Zultan on March 18, 2019, 05:47:10 am
The suns been blocked as Egan_BW covers the Earth.
People are panicking in the big city.
Its now raining again.
Its November 1, 6:00 P.m.
Use my power to take control over the Sun, Planets and Moon.(Taking over the sun, moon, and planets = 3+2 For powers) Using your powers you take control of the the sun, moon, and all the planets, so you can now do anything you want with them.
Dino Actions
(Mining = 5) After a bit of work they bring out some stone and some copper.
(Making wood planks = 1+3 For tools and knowing how) They finish making more wooden planks.
(Making copper pipes = 6-1 For tools) After a bit of work they make some more copper pipes.
(See what happens when you put sand in a furnace = 5) After some experimentation they end up producing a lump of clear stuff they decide to call glass.
Use god to move myself the lake and the fortress away from this doomed universe and into a medieval fantasy style universe.(Moving the lake and the fortress to medieval fantasy land = 5) Using your powers you move the Spooky Fortress to a fantasy land.
Spider Army keeps cleaning the lake
(Moving yourself to the medieval fantasy land = 6-1 For powers) Then you use your powers to move yourself, you now find yourself next to the lake and the fortress and all that's in a large forest with a bunch of lizards wandering around.
(Spiders cleaning the lake = 5) They pull even more plastic, metal, and glass blocks.
Have all the wizards and witches in the area, including myself, cast a spell transporting the store and everyone into it into the medieval fantasy universe. Have the Pumpkin and Sack provide more moral support, and have the werewolves and skeletons gather up all the power tools in the area before leaving.(Moving the store to a medieval fantasy land = 4) You and all the wizards and witches combine power and intent to move the store to a medieval fantasy land, after a bit you go out and look around to see where you ended up, you now appear to be in a area of scrub land with several giant frogs.
(Moral support = 2) They would give moral support but they were to busy watching magic to do it.
(Gathering all the power tools = 4) They spend several minutes gathering power tools of all kinds, they don't know if they got them all or not.
Convert my shield generators into doom negators.(5) You spend a few minutes converting the shield generators into doom negators, you suddenly feel a bunch of the impending doom go away.
Now we're going to steal a bus, repaint it black, and spray out our band's logo.(Stealing a bus = 6) You and the band run to where people are evacuating and several threats of death and murder later you have a bus.
On our way to Toronto, rest and heal up while my drummer's driving the bus.
(Painting = 5) You drive the bus far away from where you stole it and with the help of the band you paint it black and add the band logo to the side.
(Healing = 2+2 For buses having first aid kits) You spend several minutes healing your injuries, then you sit and rest for a bit.
(Getting to Toronto = 6) It takes a bit but you finally make it to Toronto, but the bus blows a tire as you enter the city.
How could you do this, CABL? I'm sorry, but as the ruler of(2) You send the demons, but when they arrive at where you said the house was, they find a lake and then suddenly the lake disappears leaving nothing but a empty hole.HellThe Centron Corporation I just can't let you destroy everything that's important to me.
Send some demons to retrieve the remains of my house and bring it to Hell before the world is destroyed.
scavenge and search for survivors, as per usual.(Scavenging = 1) You end up injuring yourself while scavenging and you don't find anything.
(Searching for survivors = 4) Then as you continue to wander around you find a few random people in the woods.
New action then(4) You spend some time healing all the damage you've recently obtained.
Heal the wounds I’ve got.
HAVING AWOKEN FROM THESE STRANGE DREAMS (IN A LAKE, FOR SOME REASON - PERHAPS I SLEEPWALKED?) I SHALL PADDLE TO SHORE AND REJOIN MY SETTLEMENT, ALSO ASK SOMEONE TO REPORT ON WHAT'S BEEN GOING ON(Rejoining the group = Already there) You look around and see that your already in the camp.
(Asking whats going on = Already did that in previous turn) They tell you that nothing has been going on in the camp and the big city near by was attacked by giant monsters but the monster is dead now. You also still have most of the power you had in the dream, so your super powerful. ((This was from one of the turns you weren't here.))
Quote from: Outsider The Kamen rider
Do something to stop the impending doom with the help of the lizard thing.(You stopping the doom = 5) You wander around until you find a evil scientist which was going to blow up the Earth but you stopped him by blowing him up, thus defeating the impending doom.
(Lizard thing helping = 2) He didn't really do anything just kind of sat in the corner.
Quote from: The_Two_Eternities The Captain of Halloween
Forge some cutlasses from the iron.(6) After a bit of work they make a bunch of cutlasses, but it uses all of the iron ore.
Quote from: Doomblade187 The King of The Dino Age
Mine some more, then make some cigarettes, and Build and staff another casino.(Mining = 6-1 For structural support) They mine out even more stone and copper.
(Making cigarettes = 3+1 For yelling) After a bit of yelling they figure out how to make and smoke cigarettes, a bunch of dino's are now addicted to cigarettes.
(Building another casino = 1+2 For tools and structural integrity) They only manage to build part of the casino.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Me and the original werewolf friends will eat the dead bodies to become stronger.(You eating the dead people = 3) You spend a bit eating some dead people, but you only get a little stronger and you also get fatter.
(Friends eating the dead people = 6) They eat the rest of the dead people and they all get much stronger, but they also get fat.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Quit trying to secure the area and help people evacuate.(Evacuating = 4) They help a bunch of people.
(Evacuating = 6) Some people panic and trample others.
(Evacuating = 5) They also help a bunch of people.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Do some random stuff.(Stuff = 4) They play some card games.
(Stuff = 3) They get board.
Quote from: People evacuating the big city
Runaway!(Running = 5) They all get out.
(Running = 6) They panic and trample people.
(Running = 2) They don't really do anything.
(Running = 1) They get trampled.
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Help evacuate people.(Evacuating = 3) They help a few people.
(Evacuating = 3) They also help a few people.
(Evacuating = 6) They cause a panic and get people trampled.
Quote from: Artillery
Aid in the evacuation.(2) They don't really do anything.
Canada stuff:
Quote from: Canadian firefighters x4
Make sure there's no more fire.(Firefighting = 5) They check a bunch of places and kill any hot spots.
(Firefighting = 4) They also check and kill a bunch of hot spots.
(Firefighting = 1+1 For no fire) They don't do any thing.
(Firefighting = 4) They kill a bunch of hot spots as well.
Percent of fire contained: 100%
How bad is the fire: What fire?
Percent of Ontario on fire: 0%
Stats:
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 70,626
Canadians killed: 132,891
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,842,389
Americans killed: 67,586
Big city Population: 452,539
Displaced people: 7,062
People fleeing the city: 396,348
Big city dead: 59,439
Percent of big city destroyed: 2%
Total killed: 170,477
Total killed in the past: 23
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: Enemy post on March 19, 2019, 01:20:34 am
Post by: ziizo on March 19, 2019, 01:59:45 pm
Spider Army keeps cleaning the lake.
Post by: CABL on March 19, 2019, 02:06:10 pm
Find some indie label, a recording studio, then start recording our songs.
Post by: WyrdByrd on March 19, 2019, 09:21:35 pm
The Skeletons can begin constructing suits of armor, with Pumpkin and Potato as moral support.
Attempt to make myself Lord of Frogs.
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on March 21, 2019, 12:01:09 pm
Post by: TricMagic on March 21, 2019, 01:50:12 pm
Dino Actions.
Post by: King Zultan on March 23, 2019, 06:09:45 am
The suns been blocked as Egan_BW covers the Earth.
Everyone's been evacuated from the big city.
Its now raining again.
Its November 1, 6:30 P.m.
Egan_BW didn't post so random action.
Dustan Hache didn't post so random action.
Yoink didn't post so random action.
Make and release more PSAs.(Making = 6) You spend some time writing a bunch of PSAs, but they aren't that good.
(Releasing = 4) After a bit more work you get them released to the general public.
search for the ruler of this land.(Searching for the ruler = 2) You wander the forest for a long time, but you never find any signs of habitation other than some ruins.
Spider Army keeps cleaning the lake.
(Spiders clearing = 6-1 For powers) The spiders clear some wooden planks and metal blocks from the lake.
No time for the bus, but there's time for recording our first album.(Finding a label = 5) It takes a bit of wandering around but you finally find a indie record label and they like you enough to let you sign on.
Find some indie label, a recording studio, then start recording our songs.
(Recording some songs = 5) You and the band spend some time recording several songs and they all turn out better than you expected.
Have the Werewolves convert the power tools into effective weapons, then have them arm up and defend the tower. Have the wizards and witches expand the store, creating a grand wizard castle.(Werewolves making weapons from tools = 5) They spend several minutes removing safety guards and reconfiguring the tools parts into proper weapons.
The Skeletons can begin constructing suits of armor, with Pumpkin and Potato as moral support.
Attempt to make myself Lord of Frogs.
(Werewolves defending the tower = 4) They then equip them selves with a weapon and begin to walk around looking for anything that could be a threat, but they don't find anything threatening.
(Wizards and witches expanding the store = 3) They make some progress towards expanding the store but they run out of supplies before they get very far.
(Skeletons making armour = 4) They gather up some random things that were laying around and make several small suits of armour from it.
(Moral support = 4) The pumpkin and the potato sack go around and give moral support to anyone in need.
(Becoming lord of the frogs = 4) You march out of your store and go right up to one of the giant frogs and yell "I'm now the lord of the frogs and you will obey me." the frog sits and looks a you for a bit before it says that it excepts you ruling over it, then you hear several of the further away frogs saying they also except you ruling over them.
I'll head back up to the material world now.(4) It takes a bit but you finally get to the material world, you now find yourself in a bus station.
Take over the Asteroid Belt using my powers.(Taking over the asteroid belt = 4) After a bit of work you take control of the asteroid belt.
Dino Actions.
(Mining = 6-1 For structural supports) After much work the mine produces some stone and some more copper.
(Making glass = 5) A bit of work and they produce some glass.
(Making wooden planks = 6-1 For tools) It takes a bit but they produce some wooden planks.
(Try to make building materials from clay = 3+1 For tools) After a bit of messing around they produce something they decide to call bricks and they make several.
Quote from: Egan_BW
Keep a look out for potential threats.(4) You spend the whole time looking around for potential threats, but thankfully you don't find any.
Quote from: Dustan Hache
Convince the survivors to join my group, and scavenging for more supplies.(Getting survivors to join you = 4) After a bit of convincing you get them to join you, and they follow you back to the castle.
(Scavenging = 5) And after a bit of work you even come across a large amount of supplies.
Quote from: Yoink
CONTINUE TO TALK TO MY PEOPLE.(3) The conversation doesn't really go anywhere from there.
Quote from: Outsider The Kamen rider
Now that the crisis is gone its time to get back to helping with the evacuation.(You helping = 5) You help a large group out of the city.
(Lizard thing helping = 3) It only helps a few people out.
Quote from: The_Two_Eternities The Captain of Halloween
Go back to the city and help people evacuate.(4) You and your crew help a bunch of people out of the city.
Quote from: Doomblade187 The King of The Dino Age
Mine some more, finish Building the casing and staff it, then start a farm of growing cotton.(Mining = 2) The mine doesn't produce anything this time around.
(Finishing the casino = 6-1 For tools) After a bunch of work the second casino is finished.
(Staffing the casino = 3+1 For yelling) And after some yelling the casino is staffed.
(Getting cotton seeds = 6) It takes a long time but they finally find some cotton seeds.
(Setting up a farm for cotton = 4) And a little bit later they finish the cotton farm.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Steal another car so the new werewolves will be able to come with us.(5) After a bit of searching you find a shuttle bus for the rest of the group to ride in.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Quit trying to secure the area and help people evacuate.(Evacuating = 4) They evacuate a bunch of people.
(Evacuating = 4) They also evacuate a bunch of people.
(Evacuating = 5) They evacuate even more people.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Do some random stuff.(Stuff = 1+1 For safety) They don't do anything.
(Stuff = 6-1 For safety) They sit and play some card games.
Quote from: People evacuating the big city
Runaway!(Running = 4) They run out of the city.
(Running = 1) They die.
(Running = 1) They also die.
(Running = 3) They also run out.
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Help evacuate people.(Evacuating = 3) They get the people out.
(Evacuating = 6) They cause a slight panic.
(Evacuating = 5) They help a bunch of people out.
Quote from: Artillery
Aid in the evacuation.(4) They help some people out.
Canada stuff:
Quote from: Canadian firefighters x4
Go home, the jobs done.(Go home = 5) They pack up and go home.
(Go home = 4) They also pack up and go home.
(Go home = 5) Even they pack up and go home.
(Go home = 5) Even they also pack up and go home.
Stats:
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 70,626
Canadians killed: 132,891
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,842,389
Americans killed: 67,871
Big city Population: 452,539
Displaced people: 7,062
People fleeing the city: 399,877
Big city dead: 59,724
Percent of big city destroyed: 2%
Total killed: 170,762
Total killed in the past: 23
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: CABL on March 23, 2019, 10:29:14 am
Make sure the album is well-mastered, then release it.
Post by: ziizo on March 23, 2019, 06:36:40 pm
Spider Army Uses God-Powers to finish cleaning the lake
Post by: Enemy post on March 24, 2019, 11:44:43 pm
Post by: Dustan Hache on March 26, 2019, 08:28:23 pm
Post by: WyrdByrd on March 26, 2019, 09:29:00 pm
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on March 26, 2019, 09:56:32 pm
Post by: TricMagic on March 28, 2019, 10:30:37 am
Dino Actions.
Post by: King Zultan on March 31, 2019, 12:06:44 am
The sun has been blocked as Egan_BW covers the Earth.
Its now raining again.
Its November 1, 7:00 P.m.
Egan_BW didn't post for the second time so random action.
Yoink didn't post for the second time so random action.
The name of the album is "The Giblet Feast".(Making a well mastered album = 4) You spend quite some time mastering the songs you recorded earlier until they're perfect.
Make sure the album is well-mastered, then release it.
(Releasing it = 6) After all the work putting the album together when you try to release it very few people buy it, mostly because their still freaking out about the massive fire that was in Ontario earlier.
Use God powers so around the world people hear rumors about the Fortress of the Spider-God(Spreading rumors about a spider god fortress = 4+1 For powers) You use your powers to send a psychic message to everyone on the planet about the fortress of the spider god.
Spider Army Uses God-Powers to finish cleaning the lake
(Finishing cleaning the lake = 3+1 For powers) After a bit of work they finish clearing the lake of crap, they get some more wood, plastic blocks, metal blocks, and glass blocks.
Do a PSA about milk.(3) You write for a bit and end up with less of a PSA and more of a story about a house that ran out of milk and all the crazy things that happened because of it, you decide to name it minimalism and milk.
Retire to a life of farming and lordship over the small village i have worked hard to form.(Retiring to life of farming = 4) With the help of the other people in the camp you get the farm going better than when you were alone.
(Retiring to a life of being a lord = 6) You declare yourself to be a lord of the small village you built, while the people don't really care about your title they still listen to you.
Have the frogs teach us our ways, and have everyone available start building the Uncanny Kingdom, or the UK for short.(Having the frogs teach us our way = 5) The frog sits for a bit before saying that it can't teach you your way as it doesn't know what your ways are, but it can teach you its way which isn't that interesting in the end, apparently they sit around and eat giant bugs and that's about it.
(Everyone else build the UK = 5) It takes a bit to build but they manage to build a small kingdom around your store and you name it the Uncanny Kingdom.
Then suddenly you hear a message in your mind about the fortress of the spider god and how it exists somewhere.
See what's up in the material world now.(5) Well there's this giant thing covering the entire planet, thousands of people died in Canada when a massive fire broke out in Ontario after a massive monster battle, a big city in the US was destroyed by monsters then rebuilt in a few hours by monsters and everyone evacuated.
Add Clairvoyance to my Powers.(Becoming Clairvoyant = 2+2 For powers) It doesn't take much effort for you to become clairvoyant.
Dino Actions.
(Mining = 4) The mine produces some stone and copper.
(Make some more bricks = 4) They make even more bricks.
(Make some wooden planks = 4) They make even more wooden planks.
(Make some glass = 3+1 For tools) They make even more glass.
Quote from: Egan_BW
Search around for anymore potential threats.(4) You look a round for a bit and you can't find any kind of threatening thing.
Quote from: Yoink
GO TO THE CITY AND GET A LOT OF BEER THEN BRING IT BACK TO THE CAMP AND HAVE A PARTY.(Getting to the city = 4) You use your super strength to throw yourself to the big city, where you land safely.
(Getting the beer = 6-1 Can't get arrested if there aren't any cops) You walk into a liquor store and start grabbing everything you can.
(Getting back = 6) You then throw yourself back to your camp and slightly injure yourself in the process, but at least you saved the booze.
(Having the party = 4) You and the other survivors have a massive party at the camp.
Quote from: Outsider The Kamen rider
Now that the evacuation is complete me and my lizard friend shall go and fight some crime.(Fighting crime = 1) You spend several minutes searching the big city for any crime, but you can't find any nor can you find any other people.
(Lizard thing helping = 3) The lizard stops a cat from stealing food from another cat.
Quote from: The_Two_Eternities The Captain of Halloween
Now that the people are gone lets loot the place.(You looting = 3) You look around for a long time and you only find a cell phone.
(Your crew looting = 2) They look around for a bit and find nothing.
Quote from: Doomblade187 The King of The Dino Age
Keep mining, then build a wall around the cotton farm, then build some water storage, then I will steal the research from the other dinosaurs.(Mining = 4) They mine up some stone and some copper.
(Cotton farm wall = 2+2 For tools and stone) After a bit of work they finish the wall around the farm.
(water storage = 5) After much work they finish digging a reservoir.
(Stealing the others research = 3+1 For not being protected) You sneak into the other kingdom and steal their research from them.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Drive further away from the city, then figure out how to get to the medieval fantasy land.(Driving away = 4) You spend several minutes driving until you are far away from anyone.
(Getting to the medieval fantasy land = 5) Then somehow you open a portal to the medieval fantasy land and you and the others drive through the portal and arrive in a field next to a mountain.
Then suddenly you get a message in your mind about the fortress of the spider god and how it exists.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Return to base.(Leaving = 4) They return to the base.
(Leaving = 2) They get lost.
(Leaving = 1) They drive into a river and drown.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Do some random stuff.(Stuff = 3+1 For safety) Have fun at the party.
(Stuff = 4) They also have fun at the party.
Quote from: infantry platoons X3
Go back to base.(Leaving = 3) They only get half way there.
(Leaving = 5) They return to the base.
(Leaving = 2) They get lost.
Quote from: Artillery
Go back to base.(3) They only get part way back.
Stats:
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 70,626
Canadians killed: 132,891
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,842,366
Americans killed: 67,894
Big city Population: 0
Percent of big city destroyed: 2%
Displaced people: 459,601
Total killed: 170,785
Total killed in the past: 23
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: Enemy post on March 31, 2019, 10:34:14 pm
Make a sequel to the milk PSA.
Post by: ziizo on April 01, 2019, 06:00:29 am
use magic to get fish in the lake.
Spider army start making servant costumesa for themselves
Post by: WyrdByrd on April 02, 2019, 07:54:35 pm
Post by: CABL on April 03, 2019, 11:08:04 am
Post by: TricMagic on April 03, 2019, 04:02:50 pm
Dino Actions.
Post by: King Zultan on April 12, 2019, 03:12:27 am
Post by: Enemy post on April 12, 2019, 09:33:42 am
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on April 12, 2019, 01:21:25 pm
Post by: CABL on April 13, 2019, 10:02:26 am
Post by: ziizo on April 13, 2019, 02:49:42 pm
Post by: WyrdByrd on April 13, 2019, 09:56:42 pm
Post by: King Zultan on April 23, 2019, 05:57:48 am
Its now raining again.
Its November 1, 7:30 P.m.
Egan_BW didn't post for the third time so random action.
Yoink didn't post for the third time so random action.
Dustan Hache didn't post so random action.
Smoke Mirrors didn't post so random action.
Sorry to hear about your family member, Zultan. I hope things work out.(4) After spending a long time you finish the sequel to the minimalism and milk story, you call this one minimalism and milk 2 and this one starts in a medieval town which has all of its milk stolen which causes all kinds of crazy things to happen like a priest and a severed arm going to kill a
Make a sequel to the milk PSA.
Take your time. Hopefully they will get better.(Magicking fish into the lake = 5) It takes a minute but you find some fish in a nearby river and magically move them into the lake around your fortress.
use magic to get fish in the lake.
Spider army start making servant costumesa for themselves
(Spiders making servant costumes = 6-1 For powers) I takes several minutes of work waving silk into servant costumes but they finish and equip them, now they all look rather dapper.
Start expanding the UK, and start working on infastructure. Also, train the werewolves to be Lawnmower assassins.(Expanding the UK = 4) After a bit of work they add several houses to the UK.
(Working on the infrastructure = 5) After a bit of work they finish building roads all around the kingdom.
(Training the werewolves to be lawnmower assassins = 6) After a long training session the werewolves are now fully capable of killing lawnmowers in stealth only lawnmowers though, not sure what good the ability of stealthy killing lawnmowers is but now you have it.
Start Canada/USA tour. We can make some money for our label overlords that way.(4) After some messing around, scheduling, and phone calls you start your Canada/USA tour right after you get a new tire for the bus.
Focus on giving myself Perfect 5s next turn.(Meditation for an action with powers/Clairvoyance Check.)(Getting perfect 5s next turn = 4) After some meditation you guarantee that every action you and you friends do will succeed next turn. All rolls will be 5 next turn.
Dino Actions.
(Mining = 2+2 For structural support and tools) The mine produces even more stone and copper.
(Making glass = 3+1 For tools) After a bit of work they produce more glass.
(Making planks = 5) After some work they make even more planks.
(Making bricks = 3+1 For tools) It takes some work but they make even more bricks.
Quote from: Dustan Hache
Keep running my kingdom, also try to recruit more survivors.(Running the kingdom = 4) You keep running your kingdom and everyone seems to like you.
(Recruiting more people = 4) After some negotiations you get even more people to join your kingdom.
Quote from: Smoke Mirrors
Go see whats happening in Canada after the fire.(4) It takes a minute to get there but you don't see anything really that interesting going on in Canada at this moment.
Quote from: Egan_BW
Go search the moon for any potential hidden alien basses.(Getting to the moon = 2) You only get part way to the moon, it looks like there's still a long way to go to get there.
Quote from: Yoink
KEEP THE PARTY GOING.(2+2 From other people and alcohol) You keep the party going and it looks like most people are enjoying the party.
Quote from: Outsider The Kamen rider
Search for some crime for me and my lizard friend to fight.(Fighting crime = 3) You spend some time looking for crime but all you find is a rat stealing stuff from a store so you scare the rat off and save the food.
(Lizard thing helping = 2) The lizard spends several minutes looking for crime to stop, but it can't find any.
Quote from: The_Two_Eternities The Captain of Halloween
Keep looting the city there has to be good stuff somewhere.(You looting = 3+1 For no one stopping the looting) You loot several stores and find a bunch of money and valuable stuff.
(Your crew looting = 3+1 For no one stopping the looting) They also loot some stores and steal a bunch of money and some valuable stuff.
Quote from: Doomblade187 The King of The Dino Age
Mine some more, then everyone should learn to swim, then make some glass and bricks, and make some cigars.(Mining = 4) The mine produces even more stone.
(Learning how to swim = 5) After several lessons they finally know how to swim.
(Making glass = 4) They make some glass.
(Making bricks = 2+2 For tools and knowledge) They make some bricks.
(Making cigars = 5) After a bit of work they figure out how to make cigars and then they make some.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Some werewolves explore the field, while others explore the mountains.(Exploring the field = 4) After a bit of exploring they find that the field leads to a wooded area eventually.
(Exploring the mountains = 5) After some time they discover a abandoned mine in the side of the mountain.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: infantry platoons
Return to base.(4) They return to the base.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Do some random stuff.(Stuff = 3) They only have a little fun at the party.
(Stuff = 6-1 For safety) They have a bunch of fun at the party.
Quote from: infantry platoons X2
Go back to base.(Leaving = 5) They also return to base.
(Leaving = 5) They return to base.
Quote from: Artillery
Go back to base.(6) They get back to the base faster then everyone else.
Stats:
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 70,626
Canadians killed: 132,891
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,842,366
Americans killed: 67,894
Big city Population: 0
Percent of big city destroyed: 2%
Displaced people: 459,601
Total killed: 170,785
Total killed in the past: 23
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: Dustan Hache on April 23, 2019, 07:08:28 am
Post by: ziizo on April 23, 2019, 10:52:03 am
Post by: Enemy post on April 25, 2019, 11:01:26 am
Post by: Egan_BW on April 25, 2019, 10:29:33 pm
Post by: TricMagic on April 26, 2019, 07:42:49 am
Dino's run a Peacekeeping Campaign extolling the virtues of TricMagic, bringing all dinosaurs of land, sea, & sky under my benevolent rule.(roll d6 for number of dino actions this turn.)
Post by: CABL on April 26, 2019, 08:22:26 am
Post by: WyrdByrd on April 29, 2019, 09:54:08 am
Post by: Outsider on April 30, 2019, 02:54:58 pm
> Establish a nation of beasts (mammals and marine life) to rival the saurian kingdom.
Post by: King Zultan on May 02, 2019, 07:53:21 am
TricMagic killed Doomblade187 and took over his kingdom.
Egan_BW burrowed into the Earth for a long nap.
Its now raining again.
Its November 1, 8:00 P.m.
Dustan Hache left the game so no action.
Yoink didn't post for the forth time so random action.
Smoke Mirrors didn't post for the second time so random action.
Just live there now helping people that Come to the fortress (unless they want help for evil deeds)(Living in the fortress = 5) Everything's going good for you at the fortress, you and yourselves just hang around for the most part.
(Helping people that show up = 3) After several days one dude showed up and you give him directions back to his house, but other than that nothing happens.
Make a PSA advertising the high quality of CABL's music.(5) You spend several minutes writing a PSA about CABL's music being the best, then you send it out all around the world.
Burrow into the earth's crust for a nice little 5 millenia nap.(4) It takes a few minutes to get back to the Earth, then another couple of minutes of searching you find a nice cave and you go to sleep for quite a long time.
Declare War against Doomblade's Tyranny. Take the Fight to him, kill him, separate his soul and body, then seal the Soul in Pluto and the Body in Mercury. Seal Doomblade's Actions in the Moon, where he cannot reach them in any way. So long as I live, my power will contain them.((Just going to mention that I'd wouldn't let this action use guaranteed 5's if Doomblade was still playing.))
Dino's run a Peacekeeping Campaign extolling the virtues of TricMagic, bringing all dinosaurs of land, sea, & sky under my benevolent rule.(roll d6 for number of dino actions this turn.)
(Declaring war on Doomblade = 5) It doesn't take much effort on your part to declare war on him, you just walk up to him and say we're at war now.
(Fighting him = 5) Then you immediately start punching him in the face with your magically enhanced fists before he can even do anything about it.
(Killing him = 5) You keep punching him until his host body dies which causes his true form to appear which is a ghost carrying its own severed head.
(Separating his soul and body = 5) It doesn't take much effort to separate his soul from his body since the body wasn't his to begin with.
(Sealing the soul in Pluto = 5) You then grab his ghostly soul and throw it all the way to Pluto where he smashes into the ground and becomes trapped deep underground.
(Sealing the body in Mercury = 5) Even though the body wasn't his and is now dead, you decide to get rid of it anyway, so you throw it all the way to Mercury where it slams into the surface and explodes into gore.
(Sealing his actions in the Moon = 5) You then seal his ability to do anything away from him in the center of the moon.
(Using power to contain them = 5) Then you expend some of your power to make powerful wards to trap the pieces of Doomblade trapped on the celestial bodies you threw them to.
(Dino's running a peacekeeping campain to bring all the dinosaurs together under your rule = 5) After some speeches from your Dino's they finally convince Doomblade's Dinos to join your group, this even includes the ones that would have stayed loyal to Doomblade mostly because they are afraid of what you could do to them after seeing what you did to him.
Your kingdom also gained all the materials, buildings, and research that Doomblade's kingdom had such as a working economy, stone coins, several stores to sell stuff from that are fully staked with workers, some Dino's can breathe air and water, cotton farm with wall, Knowledge of how to make ink and paper,how to make playing cards, know how to play some card games including solitaire, go fish, black jack, Texas holdem and poker, knowledge of how to make alcohol, a casino with dinosaurs working at it, tobacco farm with fence, knowledge of how to make cigarettes and cigars, a second casino with staff.
(Mining = 5) After a lot of work they mine out some more copper and stone.
(Building a public pool = 5) It takes a long time but they finally finish the indoor public pool.
(Building a school = 5) It takes a while to build but it turns out really good.
(Figuring out how to make paper = 5) They end up not having to do anything when they find out that Doomblade's dinos already figured it out.
(Figuring out how to make ink = 5) They didn't have to do anything here ether as it was already figured out by Doomblade's dinos.
Compose a song for the upcoming live tour, showcasing that we'll gonna go heavier in the next album.(3+1 For recent PSA about your music) It takes a bit but you finally finish the song that showcases how much heavier your next songs will be.
You also hear a PSA about how good your music is which causes you ticket sales to skyrocket.
Expand, make more costumes, and make a flag for the UK.(Continuing to Expand = 6) Your kingdom continues to expand with new stores and houses, but some of them are built on unstable ground and they collapses as soon as there finished.
(Making more costumes = 4) After a lot of work they finish making even more costumes.
(Making a flag = 3) You spend several minutes trying to make a flag, but none of them are really that good to you, looks like you'll have to keep messing with the design.
Sure. Why not.(Welcome back to this crappy game I'm running.)
> Establish a nation of beasts (mammals and marine life) to rival the saurian kingdom.
(4) You wander around the big city gathering up random animals and bring them together into your kingdom, its not that big but its a start.
Quote from: Smoke Mirrors
Search around for any kind of threat to the Earth.(5) After flying around the Earth several times you can't find any threat to the Earth its self just some small conflicts all over the place.
Quote from: Yoink
THE PARTIES NOT OVER YET, KEEP IT GOING.(3) Even though you tried to save the party its starting to die off.
Quote from: Outsider The Kamen rider
Keep looking for crime to fight.(Fighting crime = 5) After along time spent wandering around you finally find a crime to stop, after a short fight you keep the thief from stealing the old woman's purse, then you take criminal to the cops so he can be arrested.
(Lizard thing helping = 3) It only finds some rats stealing some corn from a store to stop.
Quote from: The_Two_Eternities The Captain of Halloween
Continue with the looting of the city.(You looting = 2+2 For lots of loot) After some searching you find some valuable stuff to take.
(Your crew looting = 6-1 For no cops) They find a whole bunch of valuable stuff.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Me and the other werewolves will go explore the mine.(Ama exploring = 4) After a bit of exploring the mine you find a temple hidden deep within the mine.
(Original werewolf friends exploring = 6) They disturb some zombies that were sleeping in the temple.
(Werewolf friends exploring = 1+2 For being a group) They don't find anything or do anything interesting.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: Dustan Hache's kingdom
Keep everything running.(5) There's no trouble at Dustan's kingdom everything's going just fine.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Do some random stuff.(Stuff = 4) They keep having fun even thought the parties slowing down.
(Stuff = 3) They stopped having fun awhile ago.
Stats:
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 70,626
Canadians killed: 132,891
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,842,366
Americans killed: 67,894
Big city Population: 0
Percent of big city destroyed: 2%
Displaced people: 459,601
Total killed: 170,785
Total killed in the past: 23
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: TricMagic on May 02, 2019, 08:55:13 am
Dino actions, so many dinos~
And yes, figured that since an active player could tip the scale themselves. Having a 5 as the base would have made it a lot more successful though. The Tyrant is dead!
Post by: ziizo on May 02, 2019, 09:22:00 am
Becoming the all-powerful benevolent wizard far away is a good enough end for my character.
Post by: Enemy post on May 02, 2019, 12:12:18 pm
Become an NPC, running Hell/Centron Corporation as a PSA production company.
Post by: Outsider on May 02, 2019, 05:33:12 pm
Post by: King Zultan on May 12, 2019, 07:29:58 am
I'm gonna give you guys three more turns to finish off whatever you've got going.
There's a PSA going around about how good CABL's music is.
Its now raining again.
Its November 1, 8:30 P.m.
Egan_BW's sleeping so no action.
Yoink didn't post for the fifth time so random action.
Smoke Mirrors didn't post for the third time so random action.
CABL didn't post so random action.
WyrdByrd didn't post so random action.
Enemy post will be a NPC after this turn.
ziizo Has become a NPC.
Meditate to gain better administrative ability. Now that the tyrant is dead, I'm going to need it.(+/- 1 to administration of the kingdom)(Meditate to gain better administrative ability = 4) After a long time spent meditating you find the administrative enlightenment that you were looking for, +1 to administrative actions.
Dino actions, so many dinos~
And yes, figured that since an active player could tip the scale themselves. Having a 5 as the base would have made it a lot more successful though. The Tyrant is dead!
(Mining = 4) After a bit of work the mines produce even more stone and copper.
(Write some books = 6) After a long time they finish the books, but the books end up being a bunch of pretentious crap and crappy poems.
(Build a few more stores = 3+1 For tools) After some time they finish building some more stores then dinos get the place stalked and staffed.
(Build another warehouse = 2+2 For tools and supplies) After a lot of work they finish building another warehouse.
(Build a dedicated place to forge stuff = 3+1 For tools) It takes a bit but they finish the forging place.
(Try to figure out how to make a vehicle that can go on water = 3+1 For tools)It takes quite a bit of time but they finally figure out how to make water based vehicles which they call boats.
This has been a great RTD, but I think I'm at a logical endpoint for my character. At least until a sequel.(5) You successfully become a NPC and you continue to run the Centron Corporation that will continue to produce PSAs.
Become an NPC, running Hell/Centron Corporation as a PSA production company.
> Gather enough animals under my banner to allow for a bonus action each turn.(5) It takes a bit of searching but you finally find a large group of animals that you bring into your group making it even bigger.
Quote from: ziizo
Continue to help people that come to the fortress.(6-1 For powers) You spend some time helping some travelers get to where they were going.
Quote from: CABL
Write some songs for the tour.(4) After a long time you finish several really heavy songs for the tour.
Quote from: WyrdByrd
Salvage materials from the collapsed buildings and build them else were, then try to make a flag for the UK again.(Salvaging = 4) It takes them quite a while but they manage to salvage quite a bit of the materials from the ruined buildings.
(Building them again = 3) They only manage to rebuild one house before they have to rest for a bit,
(Making the flag = 5) After a long time you finally finish the flag and you feel that it's the perfect flag to represent your kingdom,
Quote from: Smoke Mirrors
Go back to writing PSAs.(6) You spend a lot of time working and end up with several PSAs but they are all of poor quality.
Quote from: Yoink
THE PARTIES NOT OVER UNTIL I SAY ITS OVER.(5) You save the party from its inevitable death and bring back the fun.
Quote from: Outsider The Kamen rider
Continue to look for crimes to stop.(Fighting crime = 3) You look around for a long time but find no crimes to fight.
(Lizard thing helping = 4) The lizard finds a guy stealing candy from babies so it runs over and punches the guy in the face, then drags him to the jail where he's arrested.
Quote from: The_Two_Eternities The Captain of Halloween
Keep the looting of the city.(You looting = 2+2 For there not being cops) You successfully steal even more valuable stuff.
(Your crew looting = 3+1 For lots of valuable stuff being unguarded) They also steal even more valuable stuff from the town.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Kill all the zombies that showed up.(Ama killing = 6) Ama kills several zombies but gets injured in the process.
(Original werewolf friends killing = 6) They finish off the zombies but get some injuries in the process.
(Werewolf friends killing = 3) They didn't really do anything during the fight.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: Dustan Hache's kingdom
Keep everything running.(3) There are a bunch of arguments about how the crops should be cared for, but its nothing Dustan can't handle.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Do some random stuff.(Stuff = 5) They enjoy the party some more.
(Stuff = 2+1 For safety) They only have a little fun at the party.
Stats:
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 70,626
Canadians killed: 132,891
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,842,366
Americans killed: 67,894
Big city Population: 0
Percent of big city destroyed: 2%
Displaced people: 459,601
Total killed: 170,785
Total killed in the past: 23
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on May 12, 2019, 07:35:11 am
Leave Hell and go back up to earth, and try to blend in.
Post by: TricMagic on May 12, 2019, 09:01:37 am
Dino Actions, Dino Actions, + More Dino Actions!
Post by: CABL on May 12, 2019, 10:39:43 am
Post by: WyrdByrd on May 13, 2019, 12:33:22 pm
Post by: Outsider on May 13, 2019, 04:42:44 pm
> Send my lizard to gather an army of reptiles and take over all of South America.
Post by: King Zultan on May 14, 2019, 07:01:18 am
> No longer Kamen Rider. Declare myself King of Beasts with a matching motif/costume.Just gonna mention that you were gone from the game so long that your old character ended up becoming a NPC, so your a different person now.
> Send my lizard to gather an army of reptiles and take over all of South America.
If you want your old character to join you we can roll for it.
Post by: Outsider on May 14, 2019, 10:38:04 am
If that's preferred then go for it.> No longer Kamen Rider. Declare myself King of Beasts with a matching motif/costume.Just gonna mention that you were gone from the game so long that your old character ended up becoming a NPC, so your a different person now.
> Send my lizard to gather an army of reptiles and take over all of South America.
If you want your old character to join you we can roll for it.
Post by: King Zultan on May 19, 2019, 08:43:41 am
There's a PSA going around about how good CABL's music is.
The rain finally stopped.
Its November 1, 9:00 P.m.
Egan_BW's still sleeping so no action.
Yoink didn't post for the sixth time so random action.
Enemy post has become a NPC.
ziizo Has become a NPC.
Sorry, this game stopped showing up as something I’d read,(Leaving hell = 3+1 For being allowed) It takes a bit but you finally get to the surface with out much trouble.
Leave Hell and go back up to earth, and try to blend in.
(Blending in = 6) You find yourself in New York city so you don't really have to try to blend in because no one gives a shit about about anyone but themselves.
Let the Bureaucracy commence.(-/+1 to major projects, more dino actions) Let Science, Begin.(+1 to Science!) Let's start up space travel!(Letting the bureaucracy happen = 6-1 For no sixes) It takes only seconds to release the Bureaucracy onto the world and soon the Dino's government is flooded with red tape. +1 to major projects.
Dino Actions, Dino Actions, + More Dino Actions!
(Letting the science happen = 2+2 For powers) It doesn't take much talking to encourage dinos to do some science. +1 to science.
(Space travel = 4) You start encouraging the thought of going to space, after a bit they start experimenting by jumping and some fly as high as they can, during the this time a few get injured and some even die but in the end they realize they don't really have the means to get to space as of yet but they now have something to strive for.
(Mining = 4) After a bit of work they mine out some more copper and stone.
(Making better metal = 4) After a long time messing around they discover that some of the stone they have is actually a different kind of metal which they call tin, then they discover that if they mix tin and copper together they get a new kind of metal that's even better they decide to call this metal bronze.
(Build another boat = 5) After a bit of work they make another boat.
(Start a fishing industry = 4) It takes a bit to build the docks and buildings but they do it and the start catching and processing large amounts of fish.
(Start taming some animals = 5) After much work they manage to tame some of the animals that wander the land.
(Build some more carts = 2+2 For tools and knowledge) It takes a group effort but they build a bunch of carts that'll help speed up some things.
(Make some mechanical components = 3+1 For tools) After a bit of tinkering a Dino comes up with a new thing called a gear.
(Find a way to harness the power of water = 3+1 For tools) After a lot of work, time, and gears they make a waterwheel which they decide to use to power a mill which they use to make flour.
Time to start the tour properly.(Starting the tour = 5) You and your band mates get on the bus and drive to the venue.
(How many people show up = 6) Because of the PSA about your music so many people showed up that there isn't enough room for everyone.
(How well do you play = 4) You and the rest of the band play well and everyone really seems to like it.
Cast a spell to unite everyone in the Region under the UK, and have my followers start making the kingdom self-sufficient.(Using magic to unite everyone in the region = 6) Using your magic you get some people in the region to join the UK, but others resist and see you as threat and declare war on you.
(Making the kingdom self sufficient = 5) After some work your servants finish some farm plots and get some crops growing.
(Getting Kamen rider and lizard thing to join you = 4) After some wandering around you finally find the Kamen rider and convince him and the lizard thing to stop fighting crime and join you and help you gather a army of animals.If that's preferred then go for it.> No longer Kamen Rider. Declare myself King of Beasts with a matching motif/costume.Just gonna mention that you were gone from the game so long that your old character ended up becoming a NPC, so your a different person now.
> Send my lizard to gather an army of reptiles and take over all of South America.
If you want your old character to join you we can roll for it.
(Becoming the king of beasts = 4) It isn't hard for you to become king of the beasts as no one else has claimed the title.
(Creating a matching costume = 1) You have the great idea to make a costume, so you set about digging through the dumpsters behind a goodwill and gather the items for your costume, when your done you appear to be a bipedal wolf wearing a tutu, bits of cardboard and a baseball cap that says worlds best grandpa. Your now a bipedal wolf.
(Sending the lizard thing to make a army and take over south America = 5) You then go to the lizard thing and tell it to take over South America with a army of lizards, which he agrees to do.
(Does he get there = 1) He then decides the best way to get there is to walk, so he slowly walks away.
Quote from: Enemy post
Keep producing PSAs.(4) After a bit of writing you make even more PSAs.
Quote from: ziizo
Keep helping whoever shows up at the door.(6) A massive group shows up at your door and it takes forever to help them all.
Quote from: Yoink
KEEP PARTYING.(2) The party finally dies even with you trying to save it.
Quote from: The_Two_Eternities The Captain of Halloween
Go sell the loot.(Getting to a place that will buy the loot = 3) You search for along time for someplace that will buy your ill gotten goods but in the end you can't find anywhere to sell it.
(Crew finding a place to sell the loot = 5) Where the captain failed the crew succeeded, they sell the loot for a massive amount of money.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Loot the temple and steal all the everything.(Ama looting = 5) After a bit of looking you find some gold statues.
(Original werewolf friends looting = 4) They find a bunch of gold jewelry.
(Werewolf friends looting = 5 ) They find a bunch of gold coins.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: Dustan Hache's kingdom
Keep everything running.(6) There's a few bumps in the road but they get evened out eventually.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Do some random stuff.(Stuff = 6-1 For safety) They enjoy the party tell the bitter end.
(Stuff = 3) They stopped having fun hours ago.
Stats:
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 70,626
Canadians killed: 132,891
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,842,366
Americans killed: 67,894
Big city Population: 0
Percent of big city destroyed: 2%
Displaced people: 459,601
Total killed: 170,785
Total killed in the past: 31
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: TricMagic on May 19, 2019, 08:51:55 am
More Dino actions, all the dino actions. Go into meditation to help guide all the dinos from behind the scenes.(-/+powers, -/+bureaucracy = -/+Dino Actions)
Post by: Egan_BW on May 19, 2019, 08:56:01 am
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on May 20, 2019, 08:41:31 pm
Post by: Outsider on May 21, 2019, 01:01:09 pm
> Lizard will get his ass on a plane or boat to get to South America, then establish a beastial empire.
> I will attempt to build 100 nuclear missiles and bomb every country on Earth with it.
Post by: King Zultan on May 29, 2019, 10:09:20 am
One turn remaining.
In a alternate timeline set at the beginning of the game Outsider started a nuclear war with everyone and his actions have lead to massive amounts of people being killed.
Egan_BW went so far into the future that it became the past and is now in TricMagic's kingdom.
There's a PSA going around about how good CABL's music is.
Billions of people died this turn thanks to Outsider.
Its overcast.
Its November 1, 9:30 P.m.
Yoink didn't post for the seventh time so random action.
CABL didn't post so random action.
WyrdByrd didn't post so random action.
At this point we are more an alternate reality.(Meditating to help = 6-1 For no 6) You meditate for a while until you finally are able to give advice through suggestion to the dinos to aid in their projects.
More Dino actions, all the dino actions. Go into meditation to help guide all the dinos from behind the scenes.(-/+powers, -/+bureaucracy = -/+Dino Actions)
(Mining = 5) The mine produces some stone, copper, and tin, copper and tin are immediately turned to bronze.
(Finding better metal = 6-1 For science) After a bit of looking around they discover that some of the stone was actually different metal and they call this metal iron, it seems to be similar to bronze in it durability.
(Build a mechanical engine = 3+1 For science) After a long time, lots of messing, and hints from TricMagic they finally figure out how to make a steam engine.
(Build a sawmill = 2+2 For science and tools) After a bit of work they build a sawmill and power it with the steam engine.
(Improving the houses = 5) It takes a long time but they refit the houses with better materials, like bricks, glass, and wooden planks.
(Make a cart system that can make the mine faster = 4) It takes a bunch of materials and time but they finally finish the mine cart and track system this increases the amount of stuff that can be extracted by the mine.
(Start farming domesticated animals = 3+1 For animal taming) It takes a bit to gather enough animals to start farming but they finally do it.
(Running water to all houses = 3+1 For pipes) Most of the times spent making the pipes but they finally finish them and start plumbing the houses and eventually get running water to all of them.
After a little bit a bit of the ground brakes apart near the kingdom and a giant dinosaur that looks kinda like Godzilla comes out.
Emerge from the earth in the far future which is secretly also the past. Morph to look like a perfectly normal dinosaur.(Going so far into the future that it becomes the past = 5) You sleep so long that all the humans die off, you sleep so long the Earth dies, you sleep so long that the sun explodes you somehow live thought this and continue to sleep, then you sleep thought the universe dying, and you sleep so long that the big bang happens which you also sleep through, then you keep sleeping until a planet forms around you and life starts to form on it.
(Becoming a normal dinosaur = 6) After a bit you finally feel like life is forming on the planet so you turn into a dinosaur to blend in you end up looking like Godzilla, after changing you emerge from your sleeping place and find your self in TricMagic's dino kingdom.
Find the (obviously) immortal Nikolai Tesla.(3) After a lot of searching you finally find Nikolai and it turns out he wants nothing to do with you.
> I want the Kamen Rider to use his Time Mask and become Kamen Rider Chrono, then rewind this RTD to the beginning.(Does he have the mask = 5) After a bit of searching he finally finds the mask tuns out he left it in his car, and with the mask he becomes Kamen Rider Chrono.
> Lizard will get his ass on a plane or boat to get to South America, then establish a beastial empire.
> I will attempt to build 100 nuclear missiles and bomb every country on Earth with it.
(Going back to the beginning of the game = 5) You, all the animal, the lizard thing, and kamen rider chrono all go back to October 31st, 4:00pm, not 100% at the beginning of the game as your still in the big city and the game started in a little town near there. Congratulations you made your own alternate timeline.
(Lizard getting on a plane = 5) You go yell at the lizard thing to get his ass on a plane, which he does.
(Does he get there = 1) About a minute after the plane takes off, it explodes into a massive fireball, Kamen rider chrono starts freaking out as the lizard thing was his best friend.
(Finding the materials for the nukes = 6) You then ignore the plane crash and go steal the components needed for the nukes from the nuclear power plan, during this you get radiation poisoning.
(Building the nuclear missiles = 4) It takes a long time but you build one hundred nuclear missiles.
(Bombing every country on Earth = 6) You would nuke every country on Earth but there's 195 countries so you pick the one hundred most important ones and nuke the capitals killing billions.
(Is there retaliation = 4) After your nuclear strikes whats left of the world decides to nuke other parts of the work in an attempt to kill whoever started the war (Which was you). Even more people die because of this.
CONGRATULATIONS YOU STARTED A NUCLEAR WAR WITH EVERYONE, BILLIONS DIE!
Quote from: CABL
Keep the concert going.(Keeping the concert going = 4) You and your band continue to play for a bit longer.
(Do you play well = 4) You guys play quite well.
(Do more people show up = 3+1 For the PSA) Even more people show up, even though they can't get in.
Quote from: WyrdByrd
Open up diplomatic relations with the other kingdoms and try to prevent the war, then my servants will continue to improve the UK.(Opening diplomatic relations = 6) Well you manage to get the relations open but its pretty obvious that they don't really like you, and want nothing to do with you.
(Preventing the war = 3) Well you manage to keep them from killing you at the meeting but it doesn't look like you stopped the war.
(Improving the UK = 5) The UK keeps getting better with the addition of wells and a wall around it.
Quote from: Enemy post
Continue to produce PSAs.(6-1 For making lots of them) You make tons of PSA about all kinds of things, people seem to really enjoy these's.
Quote from: ziizo
Continue to help everyone that shows up.(5) You keep helping everyone that shows up.
Quote from: Yoink
OH WELL, I GUESS I'LL GO READ A BOOK OR SOMETHING.(6) You read the book so hard that it explodes sending paper everywhere.
Quote from: The_Two_Eternities The Captain of Halloween
Convert the mine into a pirate cave.(Getting to the mine = 6) After a bit of driving you finally arrive at the cave.
(Converting it into a pirate cave = 6) Then you and your crew get to work turning it into the best pirate cave ever.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Build a fort into the temple and mine.(Ama building = 4) You alter the existing structure into a fort that you can call home.
(Original werewolf friends building = 5) They help alter the temple into a fort.
(Werewolf friends building = 2) They just kind of stand around and don't really contribute to the cause.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: Dustan Hache's kingdom
Keep everything running.(5) Everything's going well in the kingdom.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Do some random stuff.(Stuff = 1+1 For safety) They sit around being complaining about how boring it is.
(Stuff = 2) They also are bored.
Stats:
Canada population: 37,054,553
Canadian military: 70,626
Canadians killed: 132,891
US Population: 325,719,178
US military: 1,842,366
Americans killed: 67,894
Big city Population: 0
Percent of big city destroyed: 2%
Displaced people: 459,601
Outsider's alternate timeline:
Earth's population before bombs: 7,846,235,245
People dead: 5,134,887,325
Total killed: 5,135,058,110
Total killed in the past: 31
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: WyrdByrd on May 29, 2019, 10:20:34 am
Post by: TricMagic on May 29, 2019, 11:29:39 am
Post by: Egan_BW on May 29, 2019, 04:37:12 pm
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on May 29, 2019, 04:42:20 pm
Use magic to Return to October 28th.
Post by: King Zultan on May 30, 2019, 08:27:35 pm
Then use my powers to move the Dino Kingdom to another forum game set in my Dino Kingdom, so named Dino Kingdom RTD.Do you want me to do that, do you want me to run that game? You know it gonna be awful just like this thing.
Post by: TricMagic on May 30, 2019, 08:45:16 pm
Then use my powers to move the Dino Kingdom to another forum game set in my Dino Kingdom, so named Dino Kingdom RTD.Do you want me to do that, do you want me to run that game? You know it gonna be awful just like this thing.
I've had fun.
Post by: King Zultan on May 30, 2019, 08:50:13 pm
But do you want me to make a Dino Kingdom based RTD?Then use my powers to move the Dino Kingdom to another forum game set in my Dino Kingdom, so named Dino Kingdom RTD.Do you want me to do that, do you want me to run that game? You know it gonna be awful just like this thing.
I've had fun.
Post by: TricMagic on May 30, 2019, 09:59:29 pm
Post by: Avetruetotheimperator on May 31, 2019, 07:55:33 pm
In fact, become another Big Bang and restart the universe like that one Black Priest I saw.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on May 31, 2019, 10:52:22 pm
But do you want me to make a Dino Kingdom based RTD?Then use my powers to move the Dino Kingdom to another forum game set in my Dino Kingdom, so named Dino Kingdom RTD.Do you want me to do that, do you want me to run that game? You know it gonna be awful just like this thing.
I've had fun.
I found this game too late to play it, but a Dino Kingdom RTD sounds kinda fun, question, are birds included or is it only non avian dinosaurs, just curious
Post by: King Zultan on June 01, 2019, 02:44:19 am
Every kind of Dino is allowed, but I don't know if I'm even gonna run that game, just gonna mention that if I do run it its gonna be awful.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 01, 2019, 07:55:06 am
You can still join there's one turn left, I mean Avetruetotheimperator just joined.
Every kind of Dino is allowed, but I don't know if I'm even gonna run that game, just gonna mention that if I do run it its gonna be awful.
The only way to figure out if a game would be awful is to attempt it. :D
Post by: King Zultan on June 07, 2019, 06:45:35 am
Also the forums are running really slow and that's not helping any.
Post by: Outsider on June 08, 2019, 09:59:10 am
Post by: King Zultan on June 09, 2019, 03:42:21 am
Post by: Screech9791 on June 09, 2019, 08:55:23 pm
Also open the Gate to Hell 2.
Post by: King Zultan on June 13, 2019, 09:59:20 am
Avetruetotheimperator's and 0cra_tr0per's turns have been left until last so everyone can get one last action before the potential universe destroying and nuclear exploding things happen.
Be sure to keep reading until the end for the epilogue.
Avetruetotheimperator blew up the universe and killed everyone everywhere, then restarted the universe with an new big bang.
In a alternate timeline set at the beginning of the game Outsider started a nuclear war with everyone.
Everyone in the original timeline died thanks to Avetruetotheimperator.
There's a PSA going around about how good CABL's music is.
Egan_BW killed TricMagic.
Its overcast.
Its November 1, 10:00 P.m.
Yoink didn't post for the eight time so random action.
CABL didn't post for the second time so random action.
Outsider didn't post so random action.
Cast a spell to make the UK in the 'regular' timeline a version of the Uncanny Kingdom. The future will be the past which will be an alternate history and dimension.(5) You use a powerful spell to turn the United Kingdom into the Uncanny Kingdom, which makes it into a magical land filled with magical creatures and wizards.
Use my powers to tell the giant Dino what's up. Then use my powers to move the Dino Kingdom to another forum game set in my Dino Kingdom, so named Dino Kingdom RTD. Fast forward a hundred years of Dino Actions assisted by me, and volia, New Game+.(Using powers to tell the giant dino whats going on = 5) Using your powers you tell the big dino about whats going on in the kingdom and what your plans for the future are.
(Moving Dino kingdom into a new game = 4) You successfully move the Dino kingdom into a new game that'll most likely be terrible, but it might not be.
(Dino's getting better technology in the future = 3+1 For science programs) Thanks to the science programs the future looks bright for the dino's.
Right after you tell the giant dino about the kingdom it walks over to you and steps on you, but you manage to resist being crushed for a bit, but your trying to prevent whats basically an elder god crushing you and after a bit of resistance you eventually can resist no more and are crushed.
Step on the little fairy thing, become dinosaur monarch.Before you can act the pixie uses telepathy to tell you about the dino kingdom and what their goals for the future are.
(4 Vs 2) But you don't really care about any of that, you really just want to take over so you walk over to the pixie and step on it, it tries to resist you but your munch stronger than it so eventually you win and crush it. The dinosaurs are terrified of you because of what you did so they don't dare to question what you do, so you take over.
Last turn, Ok then.(3+1 For world saving powers) Using your powers you send yourself back in time to before the beginning of the game so you can prevent all the weird stuff that happened from happening.
Use magic to Return to October 28th.
Quote from: Outsider
> Have Kamen Rider Chrono go get more animals for the army.(Kamen Rider Chrono getting more animals = 5) He wanders off into the woods around the big city and eventually comes back with a large group of random animals.
> I shall look for something to cure my radiation sickness.
> Then I shall continue to expend my animal kingdom.
(Curing radiation poisoning = 4) After a lot of searching you find some anti-Rad tablets and take them curing your radiation poisoning.
(Expanding the animal kingdom = 2) You try to find more animals for your kingdom of beasts but it turns out Kamen Rider Chrono had already recruited them.
Quote from: CABL
Finish up the concert.(Finishing the concert = 4) You play your most metal song for the big finish of the concert.
(Do you play well = 4) You and your band played really well and people clapped and cheered.
(Do more people show up = 5) Even more people show up to the concert even though it just ended.
Quote from: Enemy post
Continue to produce PSAs.(4) You make even more high quality PSAs and release them onto the public.
Quote from: ziizo
Continue to help everyone that shows up.(4) You help even more people that show up.
Quote from: Yoink
GO SEE IF ANYONE IN THE CAMP NEEDS ANY HELP AND HELP THEM.(5) You help a few of the people in the camp with some tasks.
Quote from: The_Two_Eternities The Captain of Halloween
Start looting the area around the pirate cave.(4) You and your crew loot the area around the town gathering a bunch of loot.
Quote from: Ama the werewolf
Take over the area around the fort.(6) It takes a bit but you conquer the area but you lose a few werewolves in the process.
NPC stuff:
Quote from: Dustan Hache's kingdom
Keep everything running.(5) Everything continues just as you hoped it would.
Quote from: Yoink's small army of volunteers
Do some random stuff.(Stuff = 1+1 For safety) They don't really do anything.
(Stuff = 3) They play some cards.
>Spawn in just enough nuclear bombs to crash reality, using the powers of not having a sheet for the final turn.(Spawning nuclear bombs = 2) You use shear force of will to spawn a.... single grenade. (You never needed a sheet, they were something I did to keep track of stuff.)
Also open the Gate to Hell 2.
(Opening the gate to hell 2 = 6) You then use your will power to open the gates to hell, and demons begin to pour out.... but instead of killing people they just wander around and hand out pamphlets with PSAs on them.
go out with a bang! The Biggest bang!(5) You step out of your house and look around at the destruction that has happened over the last few hours and it displeases you, so you head to a store and grab a replica infinity gauntlet which when you put it on becomes real, then you step out of the building and focus on restarting the universe and with a snap of your fingers everything ceases to exist, then a little bit later there's a massive explosion and the universe starts all over again.
In fact, become another Big Bang and restart the universe like that one Black Priest I saw.
Epilogue:
What happens to everyone after the final actions?
Original Earth:
((I didn't roll for anything here because everyone died thanks to Avetruetotheimperator.))
The_Two_Eternities: While sitting in your base counting your loot you stop existing.
His crew: They were playing some cards when they stopped existing.
Enemy post: As your sitting at your desk writing more PSAs you ceases to exist.
Yoink: He stops existing while helping around the camp.
Yoink's small army of volunteers: They ceases to be while playing cards.
CABL: Right as your about to leave the stage you stop existing.
Your band: The rest of the band was right behind you when they stopped existing.
The people at your concert: They all cease while applauding.
The Uncanny Kingdom formally Known as The United Kingdom: It lasted barely a hour before it stopped existing.
Dustan Hache: While he was looking over his kingdom he ceased to be.
His kingdom: They were going about their lives when the ceased to exist.
0cra_tr0per: Rather than letting Avetruetotheimperator kill you, you blow yourself up with the grenade.
Avetruetotheimperator: Your the first one to stop existing.
The Dino Kingdom:
TricMagic: Didn't survive the last turn.
Doomblade's dead body the headless horseman and candy horse (4) After TricMagic's death he wanders around doing odd jobs for random dino's.
Big fat triceratops (6) It falls into a deep depression after TricMagic died it eventually gets a job and a house.
Egan_BW (4) You have no trouble keeping the dino kingdom under your control as no one is strong enough to try anything against you.
The Dino's (4) Over the years the Dino Kingdom gets better and better, and eventually develops ships capable of getting into space.
Medieval fantasy world:
WyrdByrd (6) You keep ruling your kingdom as best as you can even with the war going on.
The servents (5) They continue to serve you as loyal minions.
The giant frogs (3) Most of them get killed during the war.
The Uncanny Kingdom (6) The kingdom continues to exist even though it suffers heavy losses during the war.
The war against other kingdoms (2) Your kingdom suffers heavy losses and is forced to give back the land you took over, but you are spared and allowed to keep living.
ziizo (6) You get overwhelmed with all the people asking for help every now and then.
Your pumpkin spider selves (2) They eventually become their own people and go out into the world on their own.
Ama (6) You turn everyone in your kingdom into werewolves, not everyone likes that but they don't kill you so its not as bad as it could have been.
Original werewolf friends (6) They stay by your side through thick and thin.
New werewolf friends (4) They become part of your royal guard.
Ama's kingdom (5) The kingdom prospers after everything settles down.
Outsider's alternate timeline:
Outsider (2) You eventually succumb to various chemical weapons that were spread around because of the war you created.
The Kamen rider chrono (5) He takes over the kingdom of beast after Outsider dies and gathers more animals into it.
Kingdom of beasts (5) It continues to grow and eventually takes over a large portion of whats left of America.
Smoke Mirrors's alternate timeline:
Smoke Mirrors (5) After arriving in the past you work to prevent the future you came from, first you stop TricMagic from using any magic, then you prevent ANGRY_DEMON_NOISES from becoming a god and opening the gates of hell and various other things, but you feel that even though you saved this timeline it seems like one another was completely destroyed, and the Earth had a nuclear war in another, but at least you saved this one.
Stats:
Canada population: 0
Canadian military: 0
Canadians killed: All of them.
US Population: 0
US military: 0
Americans killed: There all dead.
Big city Population: 0
Percent of big city destroyed: 100%
Displaced people: All dead.
Earth's population: Everyone's dead.
Outsider's alternate timeline:
Earth's population before bombs: 7,846,235,245
People dead: 5,134,887,325
Total killed: EVERYONE EVER
Total killed in the past: 31
Spoiler: Player Statuses (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Other Stuff: (click to show/hide)
Post by: King Zultan on June 13, 2019, 10:04:03 am
Please note that this was the first game I've ever run, and that might be why it wasn't that good.
Post by: Egan_BW on June 13, 2019, 10:07:21 am
Post by: TricMagic on June 13, 2019, 11:05:37 am
yay I won
My kingdom survived, and so I live on.
Post by: Enemy post on June 13, 2019, 11:09:43 am
Although now my fridge is full of cockroaches again.
Post by: Smoke Mirrors on June 13, 2019, 12:52:44 pm
Post by: ziizo on June 13, 2019, 04:22:20 pm
Post by: Bobbop on April 27, 2021, 01:16:17 am
Thanks for running the game I have fun going from a ramdo trying to decorate his house to a spider god in an alternate universe.
Join! Thank you!! gorgeous!